(〈Sh-SH梵本聲聞地〉缺第一瑜伽處,可參〈Sh-ST梵本聲聞地TU〉之藏本)
tatra śikṣā katamā āha tisraḥ śikṣāḥ [/] adhiślaṃ śikṣā, adhicittram adhiprajñaṃ śiksā //(1)
tatrādhiśīlaṃ śikṣā katamā /(2) yathā api tac chīlān; vā (tac chīlavān) viharatīti vistareṇa pūrvva-vat //
tatrādhiśīlaṃ (cittraṃ) śikṣā vivi(9A-5[6])ktaṃ kāmaur viviktaṃ pāpakairakuśalair dharmaḥ sa-vitarkaṃ, sa-vicāraṃ, vivekajaṃ, prītisukhaṃ, cittaikāgratā[ñ] ca, prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ yāvac caturthaṃ dhyānam upasampadya viharati iyam adhicittaṃ, śikṣā (1) api khalu sarvve ārūpyāstadanyāś ca samādhi-samāpattayaḥ adhicittaṃ śikṣetyucyate api tu dhyānāni niśritya tat prathamataḥ sa(9A-5[7])tyābhisamayomā(2)vakrāntir bhavati na tu sarvveṇa sarvvaṃ vinā dhyānaiḥ tasmāt pradhānāni dhyānāni kṛtvā adhicittraṃ śikṣetyuktāni /
tatrādhiprajñaṃ śikṣā(3) yā caturṣv āryasatyeṣu yathā abhūtaṃ jñānaṃ [/] /
【2 釋唯三所以】kena kāraṇena tisra eva śikṣā na tad ūrdhvaṃ / āha / samādhi-pratiṣṭhārthena jñāna-saṃniśrayārthena / kṛtya-karaṇārṭhena ca tatra samādh(9A-5[8])i-pratiṣṭhā-rthenādhiśīlaṃ / śikṣā / tathāhi śīlaṃ pratiṣṭhāya cittaikāgratāṃ spṛśati (//) citta-samādhiṃ [//] tatra jñāna-sanniśrayārthena adhicittaṃ śikṣā / tathā hi samāhita citta-syaikāgratā / smṛtyā jñeye vastuni yathā abhūtaṃ jñāna-darśanaṃ pravarttate / tatra kṛtyakaraṇārthena adhiprajñaṃ śikṣā / tatha hi suviśuddhena jñānadarśa(9B-5[1])nena kleśa-prahāṇaṃ sākṣāt karoti / eṣa hi svārtha e[tat(1)] paramaṃ kṛtyaṃ yad uta kleśa-prahāṇaṃ [/] tata uttari-karaṇīyaṃ punar nāsti tena etās tisra eva śikṣāḥ(2) /
【3 辨先後次第】ka(ā(3))ḥ punar āsāṃ śikṣāṇām ānupūrvvī ṣuviśuddha-śīlasya vipratisāraḥ[2] [/] avipratisāriṇaḥ prāmodyaṃ, prītiḥ, praśrabdhiḥ, sukhaṃ, sukhitasya citta-samādhiḥ [/] samāhitacitto yathā abhū(9B-5[2])taṃ prajānāti / yathā abhūtaṃ paśyati / yathā abhūtaṃ jānan paśyan nirvidyate nirviṇṇo viravyate virakto vimucyate / vimukto[a]nupādāya parinirvvāti evam imāni śīlāni bhāvitāni agratāyām upanayanti / yad utānupādāya parinirvvaṇam iyam āsāṃ śīkṣāṇām ānupūrvvo /
【4 辨三學名增上所以】tatra kena kāraṇenādhiśīlaṃ śikṣā adhiśīlam i(9B-5[3])ty ucyate / evam adhicittam adhiprajñam adhikārārthena(ādhikārārthena(2)) ca /
tatra katham adhikārārthenā(nā a)dhicitta-madhikṛtya yac chālaṃ sā adhiśīlaṃ śikṣā / adhiprajñam adhikṛtya yaś cittasamādhiḥ / sā adhicittaṃ śikṣā /
kleśa prahāṇam adhikṛtya yaj jñānaṃ darśanaṃ / sā adhiprajñaṃ śikṣā /
yā cā dhicittaṃ / yā cādhiprajñaṃ śikṣā / etāḥ śikṣāḥ asminn eva śāsane asādhāraṇā ito bāhyaur evam adhikārthena [/]
【5 明成就多少】asti punar adhicittaṃ śikṣā yā adhiprajñaṃ śikṣāyā āvāhikā, asty adhiprajñaṃ śikṣā yā adhicittaṃ śikṣāyā āvāhikā / tad yathā / āryaśrāvakaḥ / alā(9B-5[5])bhī maula-dhyānānāṃ, śaikṣo, dṛṣṭapadaḥ, tataḥ paścādbhāvanā-prahātavyānāṃ kleśānāṃ prahāṇāya prayujyamāna[ḥ] smṛti-saṃbodhyaṃgaṃ bhāvayati iyam adhiprajñaṃ śikṣā(/) adhicittaṃ śikṣāyā āvāhikā adhicittaṃ punaḥ śikṣā adhiprajñāyā āvāhikā pūrvvam evoktā // tatra asty adhiśīlaṃ śikṣā / nādhici(9B-5[3])ttaṃ, nādhiprajñaṃ / asty adhiśīlamadhicittaṃ, nādhiprajñaṃ / na tv asty adhiprajñaṃ śikṣā yā vinādhiśīlenādhicittena ca / ato yatrādhiprajñaṃ śikṣā / tatra tisraḥ śikṣā veditavyā[ḥ] / idaṃ tāvac chikṣāvyavasthānaṃ / tatha yoginā yonaprayuktena śikṣitavyaṃ //
【6 明依此三學同入聖得果不同】tatra trayaḥ pudgalāḥ satyāny abhisamāgaccha(9B-5[7])nti katame trayas tad yathā /(1) avitarāgaḥ yad bhūyo vītarāgaḥ, vītarāgaś ca /
tatra sarvveṇa sarvvam avītarāgaḥ satyāny abhīsamāgacchan / saha satyābhisamayāt srota (-yena srota) āpanno bhavati /
yad bhūyo vītarāgaḥ(2) punaḥ sakṛdāgāmī bhavati /
vītarāgaḥ saha satyābhisamayād (yenā) nāgāmī(3) bhavati /
【2 就三學建立三根】trīṇīndri(9B-5[8])yāṇi(1) / anājñātam ājñāsyām īndriyaṃ(2) / ājñendriya(3)m ājñātavata indriyaṃ(4) /
eṣām indriyāṇāṃ kathaṃ vyavasthānaṃ(5) bhavati / an-abhisamitānāṃ satyānaṃ abhisamayāya prayuktasya anājñātam ājñāsyāmīndriyavyavasthāna / abhisamitavataḥ śaikṣasyājñe(9A-6[1])ndriyavyavasthānaṃ / kṛtakṛtyasyāśaikṣasyārhataḥ / ājñā [tāvīndriya(1)] vyavasthānaṃ(2) /
【3 就定學建立三解脫門】trīṇi vimokṣamukhāni (3) / tad yathā śūnyatā[a] praṇihitam ānimittem eṣāṃ trayāṇaṃ vimokṣamukhānāṃ / kathaṃ vyavasthānaṃ bhavati / āha [/] dvayam idaṃ saṃskṛtam asaṃskṛtañ ca
tatra saṃskṛtaṃ traidhātukapratisaṃyuktāḥ pañca skandhāḥ, [a]saṃskṛtaṃ punaḥ nirvvāṇaṃ idam ubhayaṃ yac ca saṃskṛtaṃ, yac cā(9A-6[2])saṃskṛtam ity ucyate /
yat punar idam ucyate / ātmā vā, sattvvo vā, jīvo vā, jantur vā, idam asat / tatra saṃskṛte doṣa-daraśanād ādīnava-darśanād apraṇidhānaṃ bhavati / apraṇidhānāc cāpraṇihitaṃ vimokṣa-mukhaṃ vyavasthāpyate / nirvāṇe punaḥ tatra praṇidhāna-vataḥ praṇīdhānaṃ bhavati / śānta-darśanaṃ / praṇīta-darśanaṃ / niḥsaraṇa-darśanaṃ ca / niḥ(9A-6[3])saraṇa-darśanāc ca punar ānimittaṃ vimokṣa-mukhaṃ vyavasthāpyate / tatrāsaty asamvidyamāne taiva praṇidhānaṃ bhavati / tad yathā evāsat tatha evāsad iti jānataḥ paśyataḥ / śūnyatāvimokṣamukhaṃ vyavasthāpyate / evaṃ trayāṇāṃ vimokṣa-mukhānāṃ vyavasthānāṃ bhavati //
【6 śikṣānulomikā隨順學法bslab ba daṅ rjes su mthun pa'i chos rnams】【1 總說】tatra katame śikṣānulomikā dharmāḥ / āha daśa śikṣāvilomā dharmaḥ / teṣaṃ (9A-6[4]) pratipakṣeṇa daśa śikṣānulomikā[dharmā(1)] veditavyāḥ /
【2 別釋】【1 十種違逆學法】【1 舉所治障】tatra katame daśa śikṣāvilomādharmās tad yathā / mātṛ-grāmaḥ / śīśur udāra-varṇṇo raṃjanīyaḥ / śikṣāprayuktasya kula-putrasyādhimātram antarāyakaraḥ paripanthakaḥ satkāya-paryāpanneṣu saṃskāreṣu niyantir ālasyaṃ, kausīdyaṃ / satkāya-dṛṣṭeḥ kabaḍaṃkārāhā(9A-6[5])ram upādāya rasa-rāgaḥ / lokākhyānakathāsv anekavidhāsu bahūnānāprakārāsu citreṣu(trāsu) cha(ccha) ndarāgānunayaḥ, dharmacintā, yoga-manasi-kārāpakṣālaḥ / sa punaḥ katamas tad yathā ra[se(1)]ṣu vā, satyeṣu vā, skandheṣu vā [/] karmaphale vā prahāṇaprayuktasya ca kāyadauṣṭhulya-(9A-6[6])śaithilikasya śamatha-vipaśyanā-pakṣāla-manasikāraḥ / styānamiddhena vā cittābhibhavaḥ / cittābhisaṃkṣepaḥ / anvārabdhavīryasya vā kāyikabalamaḥ / caitasika upāyāsaḥ/ atilīna-vīryasya viśeṣāsaṃprāptiḥ kuśala-pakṣa-payaryādānaṃ / lābhena vā yaśa(9A-6[7])sa[ā] vā, praśaṃsayā vā, anyatamānyatamena vā sukha-lavamātratvena, nandī-saumanasyamauddhatyam avyupaśamaḥ / audvibilya(9B-6[1])m utplāvitatvaṃ / satkāya-nirodhe nirvvāṇe uttrāsaśṭha(ḥ sta)mbhitatvaṃ / amātrayā[.....(2)] prayogaḥ / aty abhijalpaḥ dharmyām api kathaṃ kathayatā vigṛhya kathām ārabhyānuyogaḥ / purva-dṛṣṭa-śrutānubhūteṣu viṣayeṣvanekavidheṣu bahunānāprakāreṣu citta-visāraḥ cittā kṣepaḥ / acintyeṣu ca saṃskā[reṣu(3)] nidhyāyitatvaṃ, ime dharmāścintāyoga-manasi-kārā-(9B-6[2])pakṣālā veditavyāḥ/ dhyāna [samāpatti(4)] sukhāsvādanatā, ānimittaṃ samāpattukāmasya saṃskāranimittānusāritā / spṛṣṭasya śārīrikābhir vedanābhiḥ, duḥkhāmir yāvat prāṇahāriṇībhir jīvitaniyanti[ḥ] / jīvitāśā tadāśānūgatasya śocanā, klāmyanā, paridevanā iti / ime daśa śikṣāvilomā dharmāḥ [/]
【2 舉能治十想,次第治之】katame daśa śikṣāpadānāṃ (9B-6[3]) vilomānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ pratipakṣeṇa śikṣānulomikā bhavanti / tad yathā aśubhasaṃjñā, anitye duḥkhasaṃjñā / duḥkhe anātmasaṃjñā / āhāre pratikalasaṃjñā / sarvāloke anabhiratisaṃjña /ālokasaṃjñā / virāgasaṃjñā / nirodhasaṃjñā / maraṇasaṃjñā / itīmā daśa saṃjñā[ḥ] āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkṛtā daśavidhasya śikṣāparipanthaka(9B-6[4])sya daśānāṃ śikṣāvilomānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ prahāṇāya samvartante /(1)
tatra dharmālokaḥ / arthālokaḥ / śamathāloko, vipaśyanā-lokaś ca / etān ālokān adhipati kṛtvā ālokasaṃjñā / asminn arthe abhipretā / dharma-cintā-yoga-manasikāraḥ / paripanthasya prahāṇāya //
【2 十種隨順學法】【1 總說】tatrapare daśa śikṣānu(9B-6[5])lomikā dharmā veditavyāḥ / katame daśa[/] tad yathā pūrvvako hetuḥ / ānulomika upadeśaḥ / yomiśaḥ prayogaḥ / sātatya-satkṛtya-kāritā tīvra[ca]cchandatā, yoga-balādhānatā, kāya-citta-dauṣṭhulya-pratipraśrabdh(bdhi)r abhīkṣṇa-pratyavekṣa[ṇa] tā / aparitamanā, nirabhimānatā ca /
【2 別釋】【1 宿因】tatra pūrvvako hetuḥ katamaḥ / (9B-6[6]) yaḥ pūrvvam indrayaparipākaḥ / indrayasamudāgamaś ca /
【2 隨順教】[tatra anulomika upadeśaḥ katamaḥ(1)] ya upadeśo [']viparītaś cāna (nu)r pūvvi kasya (ś ca ) /
【3 如理加行】tatra yoniśaḥprayogaḥ / yathaivā[va] vaditaḥ (voditaḥ) / tatha eva prayujyate / tatha prayujyamānaḥ samyag dṛṣṭibhṛtpādayati //
【4 無間殷重所作】tatra sātatyasatkṛ(9B-6[7])tyakāritā [/] yadrūpeṇa prayogeṇa abandhyañ ca kālaṃ karoti / kuśalapakṣeṇa kṣipram eva kuśalapakṣaṃ samudānayati /
【5 猛利樂欲】tatra tīvra[ca]c chandatā [/] yathā api tad uttare vimokṣe spṛhām utpādayati / kadā svid ahaṃ tad āyatanam upasa(9B-6[8])mpadya vihariṣyāmi / yad āryā āyatanam upasaṃpadya viharantī ti /
【6 持瑜伽力】tatra yogabalādhānatā [/] dvabhyāṃ kāraṇābhyāṃ yogabalādhānaprāpto bhavati / prakṛtyaiva ca(2) tīkṣṇendra(9A-7[1])yatayā, dīrghakālābhyāsaparicayena ca /
【7 止息身心麁重】tatra kāyacittadauṣṭhu[lyaṃ, prītiḥ(3)] praśrabdhir yathā api tac chrāntakāyasya klāntakāyasyotpadyate / kāyadauṣṭhulyaṃ, cittadauṣṭhulyaṃ / tad īryāpathāntarakalpanayā pratiprasrambhayati / ativitarkitenātivicāritenotpadyate / kāya-citta-dauṣṭhulyaṃ tadā [cātma(2)](9A-7[2])cetaḥ śamathānuyonena pratipraśrambhayati / cittābhisaṃkṣepeṇa cittalayena styāna-middha-paryavasthānaṃ / cotpadyate / kāya-citta-dauṣṭhulyaṃ tadadhiprajñaṃ dharma-vipaśyanayā, prasadanīyena ca manaskāreṇa praśrambhayati / prakṛtyaiva vā prahīṇakleśasya kleśapakṣaṃ kāya-citta-dauṣṭhulyaṃ avigataṃ bhavati / sadānuṣakataṃ tat samyaṅ mārga-bhāvana(9A-7[3])yā pratipraśrambhayati /
【8 數數觀察】tatrābhīkṣṇa-pratyavekṣā / abhīkṣṇaṃ śīlānyārabhya kukṛtaṃ pratyavekṣate / sukṛtañ ca / akṛtaṃ ca pratyavekṣate, kṛtaṃ ca / kukṛtāc cā kṛtād vyāvarttate / sukṛtāc ca kṛtān na pratyudāvarttate / tathā kleśānāṃ prahīṇāprahīṇānāṃ mīmānsā(māṃsā)manaskāram a(9A-7[4])dhipatiṃ kṛtvā abhīkṣṇaṃ pratyavekṣate / tatra prahīṇatāṃ jñātvā punaḥ punas tam eva mārgaṃ bhāvayati /
【9 無有怯弱】tatrāparitamanā ya(nayā) tat kālāntareṇa jñātavyaṃ / draṣṭvyaṃ, prāptavyaṃ / tad ajānato[a] paśyato, nādhigacchataḥ / paritamanā utpadyate, caitasikaḥ klamaḥ / caitasiko vighātaḥ / tān utpannān nādhivāsayati / prajahāti /
【10 離增上慢】nir-abhimānatā / adhigame prāptau / (9A-7[5]) sparśanāyāṃ nirbhimāno bhavati / aviparītagrāhī, prāpte prāptasaṃjñī, adhigate adhigatasaṃjñī[/]itīme daśa dharmāḥ śikṣākāmasya yoginaḥ // ādimadhya-paryavasānam upādāya śikṣām anulomayati[nti], na vilomayanti / tenocyante śikṣānulomikā iti //
【7 yogabhraṁśa瑜伽壞rnal 'byor ñams pa】【1 總說】tatra katamo yograbhaṃśaḥ / āha / catvāro yoga(9A-7[6])bhraṃśāḥ / katame catvāraḥ / asti yogabhraṃśa ātyantikaḥ / asti tāvatkālikaḥ / asti pa[ā] rihāṇikaḥ / asti mithyāprati-pattikṛtaḥ /
【2 別釋】【1 畢竟瑜伽壞】tatrātyantiko yogabhraṃśaḥ / ayo gasthānāṃ pudgalānāṃ veditavyaḥ / tasyāparinirvvāṇadharmakatvād atyantaparibhraṣṭā eva yogād bhavanti /
【2 暫時瑜伽壞】tatra tāvatkālikaḥ / tad yathā yotrasthānāṃ parinirvvaṇa-(9A-7[7])dharmakāṇāṃ pratyayavikalānāṃ, te hi dūram api, param api gatvā avaśyam eva pratyayān āsādayiṣyanti / yogaṃ ca saṃmukhīkṛtya bhāvayitvā parinirvvāsyanti / tenaiva teṣāṃ tāvatkālika eva bhramśo bhavati /
【3 退失所得瑜伽壞】tatra prāptiparihāṇiko yogabhramśaḥ / yathā apīhaikatye prāptādadhigatā[j] jñānadarśanasparśavihārātparihīyante /
【4 邪行所作瑜伽壞】tatra mithyā(9A-7[8])pratipattikṛto yogabhraṃśaḥ / yathā apīhaikatyeḥ / ayoniśaḥ prayujyamāno nārādhako bhavati (/) yogasya, nārādhayati (/) dhyāyyaṃ dharmaṃ kuśalaṃ [/] yathā apīhaikatyaḥ bahukleśo bhavati / prabhūta-rajaska-jātīyaḥ / mahāvijñānaś ca bhavati / mahābuddhiḥ / mahatāyā(mahatyā) buddhayā samanvāgataḥ / sa śrutamudgṛḥṇāti / śrutaṃ paryavāpnoti / alpamvā, prabhūtaṃ vā(9A-7[9]), araṇye vā punar viharati āgatāgatānāñca gṛhi-pravrajitānāṃ, rūjakānāṃ, rūjakajātīyānāṃ dharmadeś anayā cittamārādhayati / kuhanānucaritayā ca ceṣṭayā kāya-vākya-pratisaṃyuktayā, tasya tena hetubhāvena, tena pratyayenotpadyate / lābha-satkāra-ślokaḥ, sa jñāto bhavati / (9B-7[1]) mahāsukho lābhī bhavati / cīvara-piṇḍa-pāta-śayanāsana[glānapratya(1)]ya-bhaiṣajya-pariṣkārāṇāṃ, satkṛtaś ca bhavati, gurūkṛto, rājñāṃ rājāmātrāṇaṃ, yāvat sārthavāhānāṃ, arhat-sampata(d)ḥ / tasyāntā varttante śrāvakāṃ, gṛhiṇaḥ pravrajitāḥ / api adhvādenteṣu gredhaṃ nigamayamvā varttate (apy adhvānteṣu gramo nigamo vā vartate ) vā[......(1)]yatasyaivaṃ bhavati / santi ye srāvakā, gṛhi-pravrajitā, ye (9B-7[2]) mayi saṃbhāvanājātā yeṣāṃ mahatsaṃsa(ma)taḥ te cedyā(nmā)m upasaṃkṛamya yoge manasi-kāre śamathavipaśyanāyā[ṃ] praśnaṃ pṛccheyuḥ / teṣāṃ cāhaṃ pṛṣṭo vyākuryāṃ na jānāmīṭyevaṃ sati yā saṃbhāvanā sā ca hīyenna (hīyeta,na) ca syāmarhatsammtaḥ, yannvahaṃ svayameva cintayitvā, tulayitvopaparīkṣya yogaṃ vyavasthāpayeyaṃ / sa etam evārthamadhipatṃi kṛ(9B-7[3])tvā lābha-satkārābhigṛddha ekākī rahogataḥ svayam eva cintayitvā, tulayitvā, tulayitvopaparīkṣya yogaṃ vyavasthāpayati / sa cāsya yogo na sūtre bhavati / na vinaye saṃdṛśyate / dharmatāṃ ca vilomayati / mayete (ya ete) bhikṣavaḥ / sutradharā, vinaya dharā, mātṛ-kādharāsteṣāṃ tadyoga-sthānaṃ vinigūhati / na prakāśayati / yopyasya śrāva(9B-7[4])kā bhavanti / gṛhiṇaḥ, pravrajitāś ca, tān api yoga-pratiyuktaye ājñāpayati / tat kasya hetormā, na eva te sūtra-dharā, vinaya dharā, mātṛkādharā, etad yoga-sthānāṃ śrutvā sūtreva-tārayeyuḥ / tac ca nāvatāraye (tare) dvinaye, saṃdarśayeyuḥ / tac ca na saṃdṛśyate / dharmatayā upaparīkṣyete / tac ca dharmatāṃ virodhayet / te ca tato nidānam (9B-7[5]) pratītā bhaveyurapratītavacanaiś ca saṃ(ā) codayeyuḥ / adhikaraṇāni ca utpādayeyuḥ / evam ahaṃ punar api na satkṛtaḥ(/) syānna gurūkṛto, rājñāṃ rājāmātrāṇāṃ yāvaddhanināṃ śroṣṭhināṃ sārthavāhānāṃ, na ca punar lābhī syāṃ cīvara-piṇḍapāta-śayanāsanaglāna-pratyaya-bhaiṣajya-pariṣkārāṇām iti / sa tām eva lābha-satkārakāmatā(9B-7[6])madhipatiṃ kṛtvā adharme dharmasaṃjñī, vinidhāya saṃjñā rūpi[nī]ma-dharmaṃ dharmmato dīpayati / saṃprakāśayati / tatra yesya dṛṣṭyanumatamāpadyante / tepya dharme / dharma-saṃjñino bhavanti / mandatvānmohatvātte adharme dharma-saṃjñino yathā anuśiṣṭā api, pratipadyamānā mithyā-pratipannā eva te veditavyāḥ / ayam evaṃ rūpo mithyā-pratipattikṛto (9B-7[7]) yoga-bhraṃśas-saddharma-pratirūpako hy asad-dharmaḥ saddharmasyāntardhānāya [/] itīme catvāro yoga-bhraṃśā dhyāyinā bhikṣuṇā yogācāreṇa parijñeyā varjayitavyāḥ //
【8 yoga瑜伽rnal 'byor rnams】【1 總說】tatra yogaḥ katamaḥ / āha [/] catuvvidho yogaḥ / tad yathā śraddhā, chando, vīryaṃ upāyaś ca //
【2 別釋】【1 信瑜伽】tatra śraddhā dvividhādhiṣṭhānā-abhisaṃpratyayākārā prasādākārā ca // dharma(9B-7[8])yuktivicāraṇādhiṣṭhānā pudgalānubhāvādhimuktyadhiṣṭhānā ca //
【2 欲瑜伽】chandopi caturvidhaḥ / tad yathā / prāptaye [/] yathā apīhaikatyaḥ uttare vimokṣaspṛhāmutpādayati / vistareṇa pūrvva-vat / paripṛcchāyai / yathā apīhaikatyaḥ spṛhāmutpādayati vistareṇa pūrvva-vat paripṛcchāyai / ārāmaṃ gamanāya, vijñānāṃ sabrahmacāriṇāṃ yogajñānā(9B-7[9])mantikamaśrutasya śravaṇāya, śrutasya ca paryavadānāya[ā]-saṃbhāra samudāgamācchandaḥ / yathā api ihaikatyaḥ śīlasamvara-pāriśuddhaye, indriyaṃ saṃvarapāriśuddhaye, bhojane mātra-jñatāyāṃ jāgarikānuyoge, saṃprajādvihāritāyām uttarottarāṃ spṛhām-utpādayati / (9A-8[1]) anuyogācchandaḥ / yā(yaḥ) sātatyaprayogatāyāṃ satkṛty-aprayo[gatā(1)]yāṃ ca mārgabhāvanāyāṃ spṛhāmutpādayaty abhilāṣaṃ kartukāmatāmityayaṃ caturvidhaśchandaḥ / (ity ayaṃ catur-vidhaśchandaḥ(2)) yad uta prāptaye / paripṛcchanāyai / saṃbhāra samudāgamāya / anuyogāya ca //
【3 精進瑜伽】tatra vīryam api catur-vidha[ṃ] tad yathā śra[vaṇā']ya / cintanāyai bhāvanāyai / āvaraṇnapariśuddhaye ca / tatra śra(9A-8[2])vaṇāya vīryaṃ / yad aśrutaṃ śṛṇvataḥ / paryavadāpayataḥ / cetaso[a]bhyutsāhaḥ / avinyasta-prayogatā, evaṃ yathā aśrutānāṃ dharmāṇāmekākino rahogatasyārthaṃ cintayatastulayata upaparīkṣamāṇasya / evaṃ pratisaṃlayana-praviṣṭasya kālena kālaṃ śamatha-vipaśyanāṃ bhāvayata evam ahorātrānuyuktasya caṃtkamaniṣadyābhyā[ṃ] (9A-8[3]) nivaraṇebhyaś ciattaṃ viśodhayataḥ / yaścetasobhyutsāhaḥ / avinyastayāgatā (prayogatā) [/] evaṃ yathā aśrutānāṃ dharmāṇāmekākino rahogatasyārthaṃ cintayata ālayadīrghatā tatra /
【4 方便瑜伽】upāyopi catur-vidhas tad yathā śīla-samvaramindriya-saṃvaramadhirpātiṃ kṛtvā sūpasthita-smṛtitā /
【3 結】tathā copasthita-smṛter apramādaś cetasa ārakṣā / (9A-8[4]) kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ niṣevaṇā / tathāvā[']pramattasyādhyātmaṃ cetaḥ-śamatha-yogaḥ / adhiprajñañca dharma-vipaśyanā [/] sa cāyaṃ yogaś catur-vidhaḥ / ṣoḍaśākāro bhavati / tatra śraddhayā prāptavyamarthamadhirpātiṃ saṃprāpnoti / prāptimabhisaṃpratyayātkartukāmatāmutpādayati / kuśaleṣu dharmeṣu [/] sa evaṃ kartukāmaḥ / horātrānu(9A-8[5])yukto viharati / utsāhī / dṛḍhaparātkamaḥ / tac ca vīryamupādāya parigṛhītamaprāptasya prāptaye anadhigatasyādhigamāya / asākṣātkṛtasya sākṣāttkiyāyai / samvarttate / tasmād ime catvāro dharmā yoga ity ucyate //
【9 manasi-kāra作意yid la byed pa】【1 辨兩種四作意】【1 總說】tatra manasi-kāraḥ katamaḥ /(1) catvāro manaskārāḥ katame catvāraḥ / (saṃsthāpayataś ca dharmāḥ (dharmān) pravicinva(9A-8[6])taḥ / yāvanmanskāraḥ na prāpnoti / tāvadasya balavāhano manaskāro bhavati / balādavaṣṭabhya tac cittamekāgratāyāmavasthāpayati /
【2 別釋】【1 正明四運轉作意】【1 力勵運轉作意】tenocyate / balavāhana iti / sachidravāhano manaskāraḥ katamaḥ(2)) tad yathā-balavāhanaḥ, sa [ca] chidravāhanaḥ(3), anābhogavāhanaś ca /
【2 有間用運轉作意】tatra balavāhano manaskāraḥ katamaḥ / tad yathā ādikarmikasyādhyātmame(9A-8[7])va cittaṃ sthāpayataḥ / saṃsthāpayataś ca / dharmān pravicinvataḥ / yāvan manaskāraṃ na prāpnoti / tāvadasya balavāhano manaskāro bhavati / balādavaṣṭhabhya tac cittamekāgratāyāmavasthāpayati / tenocyate balavāhana iti /
【3 無間運轉作意】sa [ca] chidravāhano manaskāraḥ katamaḥ / yo labdha-manaskārasya ca laukikena mārgeṇa gacchato lokottareṇa vā(yo) lakṣaṇa prati(9A-8[8])saṃvedī manaskāraḥ / tathāhi samādhistatra cintayā vyavathī(sthī)yate / naikāntena bhāvanākāreṇa pravarttate
【4 無功用運轉作意】tatra ni[ś]chidravāhano manaskāraḥ / lakṣaṇa-pratisaṃvedino manaskārādūdhvaṃ yāvat / prayoga-niṣṭhān-manasi-kārāt tat hānābhogavāhano manaskāraḥ / yaḥ prayoganiṣṭhāphalo manaskāraḥ //
【2 所餘四種作意】【1 總說】apare catvāro manaskārāḥ tad yathā ānulomikaḥ, (9B-8[1]) prātipakṣikaḥ, prasadanīyaḥ, pratyavekṣaṇīyaś ca [/]
【2 別釋】【1 隨順作意】tatrānulo[miko(1)] manaskāraḥ / yenālambanaṃ vidūṣayati / samyak prayogaṃ cārabhate / no tu kleśaṃ prajahāti //
【2 對治作意】tatra prātipakṣiko yena kleśaṃ prajahāti /
【3 順清淨作意】tatra prasadanīya yena līnaṃ cittaṃ pragrāhakair nimittair-abhipramoca(da)yati / saṃ[praharṣa(2)]yati / pragṛhṇāti /
【4 順觀察作意】tatra pratyavekṣaṇīyo manaskā(9B-8[2])raḥ / tad yathā mīmānsā(māmsā) manaskāraḥ / yamadhipatiṃ kṛtvā prahīṇāprahīṇatāṃ kleśānāṃ pratyavekṣate /
【2 明作意所思惟相】tatrālambanaṃ manasi kurvvatā kati nimittāni manasi karttavyāni bhavanti / āha / catvāri / tad yathā / ālambana-nimittaṃ(1) / parivartta(rja)nīyaṃ nimittaṃ [/] niṣevaṇīyaṃ ca nimittaṃ / tatrālambana-nimittaṃ yat / jñeya-vastu-sabhāgaṃ pratibimbaṃ / (9B-8[3]) pratibhāsaṃ(saḥ) //
tatra nidāna-nimittaṃ tad yathā samādhisaṃbhāropacayaḥ / anulomika upadeśaḥ / bhāvanāsahagataḥ / tīvra [ca]chandaḥ, saṃvejanīyeṣu dharmeṣu saṃvegaḥ / vikṣepāvikṣepaparijñā / avadhānaṃ parataś ca / saṃghahā manusya(ṣya) kṛto vā, ko (a)manuṣya kṛto vā, śabda kṛto vā, vyāpādakṛto vā / tathā vipaśyanā-pūrvvaṃ-gamaḥ / (9B-8[4]) adhyātmaṃ cittābhisaṃkṣepaḥ / uttaptatarāyā vipaśyanāyāḥ uttaratra nidāna-nimittaṃ, tathā śamatha-pūrvvaṃ-gamā vipaśyanā, uttaptatarasya śamathasyottaratra nidāna-nimittaṃ /
tatra parivarjanīyanimittaṃ catur-vvidhaṃ / tad yathā / laya-nimittaṃ, auddhatya-nimittaṃ, saṃga-nimittaṃ, vikṣepa-nimittaṃ ca / tatra laya-nimittaṃ yenālambana-nimi(9B-85])ttena nidāna-nimittena cittaṃ līnatvāya paraiti /
tatauddhatyaṃ yenālambana-nimittena nidāna-nimittena cittam utpadyate / tatra saṃga-nimittaṃ yenālambana-nimittena, nidāna-nimittena. cittamālambane rajyate // saṃrajyate / saṃvilaśyate / tatra vikṣepanimittaṃ / yenālambana-nimittena nidāna-nimittena cittam bahirdhā(9B-8[6])vikṣipyate /
【3 明作意緣境起九勝解】【1 問】tāni punar nimittāni yathā samāhitāyāṃ bhūmau ebhir manaskārair ālambanam-adhimucyate /
【2 答】【1 總說】katyadhimokṣā bhavanti /(1) āha [/] navādhimokṣās tad yathā / prabhāsvaraścāprabhāsvaraś ca / jaḍaḥ, paṭuḥ, parītto, mahadgataḥ / apramāṇaḥ / pariśuddhaḥ / apariśuddhaśceti //
【2 別釋】【1 有光淨勝解】tatra prabhāsvarodhimokṣo ya āloka-nimitte sūdgṛ(9B-8[7])hīte ālokasahagataḥ [/]
【2 無光淨勝解】tatra[ā']prabhāsvarodhimokṣaḥ / tad yathā āloka-nimitte sūdgṛhīte andhakāra-sahagataḥ /
【3 遲鈍勝解】tatra jaḍo[']dhimokṣaḥ / yo mṛdvindriyasantānapatitaḥ /
【4 捷利勝解】tatra paduradhimokṣo yastīkṣṇendriyasantānapatitaḥ /
【5 狹小勝解】tatra parīttodhimokṣaḥ / yaḥ parīttaśraddhācha(ccha)nda-samādhiḥ parīttalambanaś ca / iti ma(9B-8[8])naskāraparīttatayā cālambanaparīttatayā ca parīttodhimokṣaḥ //
【6 廣大勝解】tatra mahadgatodhimokṣaḥ / tatra yo mahadgataḥ śraddhācchandasahato mahadgatamvā ālambanam-adhimucyate / yodhimokṣa iti / manaskāramahadgata[ta] yā cālambanamahadgatatayā mahadgatodhimokṣaḥ /
【7 無量勝解】tatrāpramāṇodhimokṣaḥ / apramā(9A-9[1])ṇā[ḥ] śraddhācha(ccha) ndasahagataḥ / anantamvā aparyanta[mālamba(1)]nam-adhimucyate / yodhimokṣa iti / manaskārāpramāṇatayā cālambanapramāṇ atayā cāpramāṇādhimokṣaḥ /
【8 清淨勝解】tatra pariśuddho 'dhimokṣaḥ yaḥ prabhāvitaḥ, pariniṣpannaḥ paryavasānagataḥ /
【9 清淨勝解】apariśuddho vā punar yo na subhāvito, na pariniṣpanno na paryavasānagataḥ / (1)
【10 yogasya yogakaraṇiyāni瑜伽所作rnal 'byor gyi rnal 'byor du bya ba dag】【1 問】tatra (9A-9[2]) kati yogasya yogakaraṇīyāni / āha / catvāri /
【2 答】【1 總說】katamāni catvāri / tad yathā / āśraya-nirodhaḥ / āśraya-parivarttaḥ / (2) ālambana-parijñānaṃ ālambanābhiratiś ca /
【2 別釋】【1-2 所依滅及所依轉】tatra trāśrayanirodhaḥ prayoga-manasi-kāra-bhāvanānuyuktasya yo dauṣṭhulya-sahagata āśrayaḥ / sonupūrvveṇa nirūdhyate / prasrabdhisahagataścāśrayaḥ pariyartta(9A-9[3])te / ayam āśrayanirodhoyamāśraya parivartaḥ / yogakaraṇīyaṃ /
【3-4 遍知所緣及愛樂所緣】tatrālambana-parijñānamālambanābhiratiś ca / astyā / lambana-parijñānamālambanābhiratiḥ / āśraya-nirodha-parivartta-pūrvvaṃgamaṃ yadā cālambana-parijñānamālambanābhiratimadhipatiṃ kṛtvā āśrayo nirūdhyate / parivarttate ca / asty ālambana-pari(9A-9[4])jñānamālambanābhiratiḥ / āśraya-viśuddhi-pūrvvaṃ-gamaḥ / āśraya-viśuddhim-adhipatiṃ kṛtvā suviśuddhamālambanajñānaḥ / kārya-pariniṣpatti-kāle pravartate / abhiratiś ca [/] tenocyate catvāri yogasya karaṇīyānīti //
【11 yogacārāḥ瑜伽師rnal 'byor sbyod pa rnams(rnam pa)】【1 問】tatra kati yogācārāḥ /
【2 答】【1 總說】āha trays tad yathā / ādikarmikaḥ, kṛtaparicayaḥ / atitkanta(9A-9[5])manaskāraś ca //
【2 別釋】【1 初番】【1 初修業瑜伽師】tatrādikarmiko yogācāraḥ manaskārādikarmikaḥ / kleśa-visuddhyādi-karmikaś ca //
tatra manaskārādikarmikaḥ / tatra prathamakarmika ekāgratāyāṃ yāvanmanaskāraṃ na prāpnoti / cittaikāgratāṃ na spṛśati /
tatrta kleśa-viśuddhyādi-karmikaḥ / adhigatepi manaskāre kleśasya cittaṃ vimocayitukāmasya yal-la(9A-9[6])kṣaṇa-pratisaṃvedino manaskārasyārambhaḥ pratigrahaś cābhyāsaḥ / ayaṃ kleśa-viśuddyādi-karmikaḥ /
【2 已習行瑜伽師】tatra kṛtaparicayaḥ katamaḥ / lakṣaṇa-pratisaṃvedinaṃ
【3 已度行瑜伽師】manaskāraṃ sthāpayitvā tadanyeṣu ṣadsu manaskāreṣu prayoga-niṣṭhāpanneṣu kṛtaparicayo bhavati /
tatrātikrānta-manaskārāḥ(raḥ) prayoganiṣṭhāphala-mana(9A-9[7])skāre veditavyaḥ / atikrānto'śau bhavati / pramo(yo) gabhāvanāmanas kāraṃ / sthito bhavanti / bhāvanā phale[/]tasmād atikrānta-manaskāra ity ucyate /
【2 第二番】api ca kuśalaṃ dharma[ca]chandamupādāya / prayujyamāno yāvannirvedhabhāgīyāni kuśalamūlāni notpādayati / tāvadādi-karmiko bhavati / yadā punar nirvvedhabhāgī(9A-9[8])yāny utpādayati / tad yathā ūṣmagatāni / mūrdhānaḥ (mūrdhnaḥ), satyānulomāḥ / kṣāntayo(ntīḥ) laukikānagradharmān / tadā kṛtaparicayo bhavati / yadā punaḥ samyak tvaṃ nyāmamavatarati / satyānyabhisamāgacchati / aparapratyayo bhavaty ananyaneyaḥ / śāstuḥ śāsane tadātikrāntamanaskāro bhavati / parapratyayaṃ manaskāra(9B-9[1])mati-kramyāparapratyaye sthitaḥ / tasmādatikrāntamanaskāra ity ucyate //
【12 yogabhāvanā瑜伽修rnal 'byor bsgom pa】【1 開二章】tatra yoga-bhāvanā katamā / (1) āha / dvividhā / saṃjñā-bhāvanā bodhipakṣyā(2) bhāvanā ca /
【2 別釋】【1 想修(有四句)】【1 列四句】tatra saṃjñā-bhāvanā katamā / (3) tad yathā laukikamārga-prayuktaḥ(1) / sarvvāsvadharimāsu bhūmiṣvādīnava-saṃjñā[ṃ]bhāvayati /(2) [prahā(3)]ṇāya vā punaḥ prayuktaḥ / prahāṇadhātau, virāgadhātau, (9B-9[2]) nirodhadhātau, śāntadarśī prahāṇasaṃjñāṃ, virāgasaṃjñāṃ, nirodhasaṃjñāñca bhāvayati /(4) śamathāya(5) vā punaḥ prayuktaḥ /
【2 後二了難故別解】【1 上下想】ūrdhvamadhaḥ saṃjñāṃ-śamatha, pakṣyaṃ bhāvayati / vipaśyanāyāṃ(1) prayuktaḥ / paścāt-punaḥ saṃjñā vipaśyanā-pakṣyāṃ bhāvayati / vipaśyanāyāṃ prayuktaḥ / paścātpura imam eva kāyaṃ yathāsthitaṃ yathāpraṇihitaṃ ūrdhvaṃ pādatalādadhaḥ keśa(9B-9[3])mastakātpūrṇṇa nānāvidhasyāśuceḥ pratyavekṣate / santyasminkāye keśā romaṇīti (2) pūrvva-vat /
【2 前後想】【1 開三門總相屬當】tatra paścāt punaḥ / saṃjñī tathā tad ekatyena pratyavekṣaṇā-nimittam eva / sādhu ca, suṣṭhu ca, sūdgṛhītaṃ bhavati / sumanasīkṛtaṃ sūtkṛṣṭaṃ / supratividdhaṃ / tad yathā sthito niṣṇṇaṃ pratyavekṣate / niṣaṇṇo vā nipannaṃ / purato vā gacchantaṃ pṛṣṭha(9B-9[4])to gacchanpratyavekṣate /
【2 別解三門別相屬當】sā khalveṣā traiyadhvikānāṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ pratityasamutpannānāṃ vipaśyanā-kārā pratyavekṣā paridīpitā // tatra yattāvadāha--sthito niṣaṇṇaṃ pratyavekṣate / anena vartamānena manaskāreṇa anāgatajñeyaṃ pratyavekṣate / vartamānāpi manaskārāvasthā utpannā sthitetyucyate / anāgatā punaḥ jñeyāvasthā / (9B-9[5]) anutpannatvādutpādābhimukhatvāc ca niṣaṇṇetyucyate / yat punar āha / niṣṇṇo vā nipannaṃ pratyavekṣata ity anena pratyutpannena manaskāreṇātītasya jñeyasya pratyavekṣaṇā paridīpitā / pratyutpannā hi manaskārāvasthā / nirodhābhimukhā niṣṇṇetyucyate / atīti punaḥ nirūddhatvājjñeyāvasthā nipannetyucyate / (9B-9[6]) yatpunar āha / purato vā gacchantaṃ pratyavekṣata ity anena pratyutpannena manaskāreṇa / anantaranirūddhas-ya manaskārasya pratyavekṣā paridīpitā / tatra ya utpannotpanno manasi-kāro[a]nantaranirūddhaḥ sa purato yoyī [/] tatra anantarotpannaḥ / anantarotpanno manaskāraḥ / navanavo [']nantara-nirūddhasyāna(9B-9[7])ntara-nirūddhasya grāhakaḥ / sa pṛṣṭhato / yāyī / tatra śamathaṃ ca vipaśyanāṃ ca bhāvayans-tad-ubhayapakṣyāmā-loka-saṃjñāṃ bhāvayati / iyaṃ saṃjñābhāvanā /
【2 解菩提分法修】【1 總問】tatra bodhi-pakṣya-bhāvanā katamā /(1)
【2 總答(缺解3)】yaḥ ṣaṭ(sapta)- triṃśatāṃ bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇāmabhyāsaḥ / paricayaḥ / āsevanā bahulīkāra iyam ucyate bodhipakṣyabhāvanā /
【4 開七門】tad yathā caturṇṇāṃ (9B-9[8]) smṛty-upasthānānāṃ, caturṇṇāṃ samyak prahāṇānāṃ(1), caturṇṇāṃ ṛddhi-pādānāṃ / pañcānām indriyāṇāṃ, paṃcānāṃ bolānāṃ, saptānāṃ bodhyaṃgānāmāmāryāṣṭāṅgasya mārgasya [/]
【5 細列三十七名】kāyasmṛtyupasthānasya vedanā-citta-dharma-smṛty-upasthā- nasya /
anutpannānāṃ (10A-1[1]) dharmāṇaṃ pāpakānāmakuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpādāya [ca]chandaṃ janayati / vyāyacchate, vīryamārabhate / cittaṃ pragṛḥṇāti / pradadhāti / samyak prahāṇasya(ṇṇāya) / utpannānāṃ pāpakānāmakuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ prahāṇāya / anutpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām utpādāya / utpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ sthitaye / asaṃmoṣāya bhāvanā-paripūraye(10A-1[2])(ya yo(2)) bhāvavṛddhivipulatāyai chandaṃ vyāyacchate / vīryamārabhate / cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti, pradadadhātīti samyak prahāṇasya chanda-samādhi-prahāṇa-saṃskāra-samanvāgatasya (/) ṛddhipādasya, śraddhāvīryacittamīmānsā(māṃsā) samādhi-prahāṇa-saṃskāra-samanvāgatasya ṛddhi-pādasya, vīrya-citta-mīmānsā(māṃsā) samādhi-pradhāṇa-saṃskāra-samanvāga(10A-1[3])tasya ṛddhi-pādasya śraddhāvīrya-smṛti-samādhi-prajñendriyaś ca śraddhā-smṛti-samādhi-prajñābalānāṃ smṛti-saṃbodhy-aṃgasya [/] samyag dṛṣṭeḥ / samyak-saṃkalpasya, samyag vāk karmāntājīvānāṃ, samyag vyāyāmasya, samyak smṛteḥ samyak samādheś ca //
【6 廣三十七法義】【1 四念住】【1 辨念住體】【1 解身相念住】【1 作四問】tatra (1) katamaḥ kāyaḥ(2) / katamā kāye kāyānupaśyanā [/] katamā (/) smṛtiḥ [/] katamā[ni] (1) smṛterūpasthānā(10A-1[4])ni [/]
【2 依問答】【1 答初問】āha / kāyaḥ pañcatriṃśa-dvidhaḥ / tad yathā ādhyātmiko, bāhyaś ca /(3) indriya-saṃgṛhītaḥ / anindriya-saṃgṛhītaś ca / sattva-saṃkhyātā(to)[']sattva-saṃkhyātā(ta)ś ca / dauṣṭhulya-sahagataḥ, praśrabdhi-sahagataś ca / bhūtakāyaḥ, bhautitakakāyaś ca / nāma-kāyo, rūpa-kāyaś ca / nārakastair-yagyonikaḥ / paitṛviṣayikaḥ / mānuṣyo, divyaś ca / sa-vijñā(10A-1[5])nakaḥ / avijñānakaṃ(ko) vā / antaḥkāyo, bahiḥ kāyaś ca [/] vipariṇato[a]vipariṇataś ca // strīkāyaḥ, purūṣa-kāyaḥ, ṣaṇḍ(ḍha)kakāyaś ca / matra-kāyaḥ, amitra-kāyaḥ, udāsīna-kāyaś ca / hīna-kāyo, madhya-kāyaḥ, praṇītakāyaś ca, dahnakāyaḥ, yūna(yuva)-kāyo, vṛddhakāyaś ca / ayaṃ tādat-kāyaś ca prabhedaḥ /
【2 答第二問】tatrānupaśyanā trividhā / yā kā(10A-1[6])yamadhirpātiṃ kṛtvā-śrutamayo vā prajñābhāvanāmayī vā(1) [/] yayā prajñayā sarvaṃ-kāyaṃ sarvvā-kāraṃ samyag eva upaparīkṣate / saṃtīrayatyanupraviśati / anuvupyate /
【3 答第三問】tatra smṛti-padasya kāyamadhipatiṃ kṛtvā (//) ye dharmā udgṛhītasteṣām eva ca dharmāṇāṃ yorthaḥ (/) cintito,
【4 答第四問】【1 初番】ye ca bhāvanayā sākṣātkṛtā[ḥ] / tatra vyaṃjane, cārthe ca, sā(10A-1[7])kṣākriyāyāṃ ca yaścetasaḥ asaṃmoṣaḥ sūdgṛhītā vā me te eva dharmā na veti / sūpalakṣitā vā tatra tatra prajñayā na veti / susaṃsparśitā[ḥ](susaṃspṛṣṭāḥ) tatra tatra vimuktyā na veti rūpasthitā(1) bhavatīdaṃ smṛterūpa-sthānaṃ /
【2 第二番】【1 開三門】api ca smṛtyā rakṣāyai smṛterūpasthānaṃ viṣayāsaṃkleśāyālambana-upanibaddhāya(nibandhanāya) ca /
【2 次第釋】tatra smṛtyā rakṣā yathoktaṃ(2) pūrvva(10A-1[8])mevārakṣitasmṛtir bhavati / nipakhasmṛtir iti / tatra viṣayāsaṃ-kleśāya / yathoktaṃ / nipakasmṛtiriti / tatra viṣayāsaṃ-kleśāya / yathoktaṃ smṛtyā rakṣitamānasaḥ / samāvasthācārako, na nimittagrāhī / nānuvyaṃjanagrāhī / yāvad vistareṇa akṣati / mana indriyaṃ(10B-1[1])mana indriyeṇa samvaramāpadyate / tatrālambanopanibandhāya / yathoktaṃ catur-vidhe ālambane smṛtim-upanibadhnataḥ(3) / tad yathā vyāpyālambane, carita-viśodhane, kauśalyālambane, kleśaviśodhane vā
【3 結名念住】ebhis tribhirākārairyā sūpathitasmṛtitā / idam ucyate smṛterūpasthānaṃ //
【2 解餘三念住】【1 分別所觀受心法體】tatra vedanā(4) katamā [/] tad yathā sūkhā, duḥkhā, aduḥkhā-sukhā (10B-1[2]) ca vedanā / tatra sukhāpi kāyikī-duḥkhāpy aduḥkhāsukhāpi [/] yathā kāyikī / evaṃ caitasikī / sukhāpi sāmiṣā, duḥkhāpy aduḥkhāsukhāpi / evaṃ nirāmiṣāpi, evaṃ gardha(vā) śrite(tā), naiṣkramyāśritā vedanā, sukhāpi duḥkhāpy aduḥkhāpy aduḥkhāsukhāpi / saiṣā eka-viṃśati-vidhā vedanām bhavati / nava-vidhā vā //
tatra cittaṃ katamat / (10B-1[3]) tadyathā──sarāgaṃ cittaṃ, sadveṣaṃ, vigatadveṣaṃ, samohaṃ, vigata-mohaṃ, saṃkṣiptaṃ, vikṣiptaṃ, līnaṃ, pragṛhītaṃ / uddhatamanuddhataṃ, vyupaśāntama-vyupaśāntam / samāhitamasamāhitaṃ, subhāvitamasubhāvitaṃ / suvimuktaṃ cittamasuvimuktaṃ cittaṃ / tad etad abhisamasya viṃśati-vidhaṃ cittaṃ bhavati /(1)
tatra dharmāḥ katame [/] rāgo, rāga-(10B-1[4])vinayaś ca / dveṣo, dveṣavinayaś ca / moho moha-vinayaś ca / saṃkṣepo, vikṣepaḥ / layaḥ, pragraha, auddhatyamanauddhatyaṃ / vyupaśamaḥ / avyupaśamassusamāhi[ta(1)] tā, na susamāhitatā / subhāvitamārgatā, na subhāvitamārgatā / subhāvitamuktatā, na subhāvitamuktatā ca / itīme kṛṣṇa-śukla-[pakṣa]-vyavasthitā viṃśati-dharmā veditavyāḥ(2) / (10B-1[5]) saṃkleśavyavadāna-pakṣye(kṣyāḥ) /
【2 解住修受心法觀】【1 解受相】tatra sukhā-vedanā(3) yat sukha-vedanīyaṃ sparśaṃ pratītya utpadyate [/] sātaṃ(4), veditaṃ, vedanāgataṃ / sā punar yā pañca-vijñāna-saṃprayuktā / sā kāyikī / yā manovijñāna-saṃprayuktā sā caitasikī(5) / yathā sukha-vedanīyam evaṃ duḥkhra-vedanīyama-duḥkhā-sukha-vedanīyaṃ sparśaṃ pratītya utpadyate asātaṃ, na eva (10B-1[6]) sātaṃ nāsātaṃ veditaṃ[vigatarāgaṃ(1)] / vedanāgatamidamucyate duḥkhā aduḥkhāsukhā vedanā / sā punar yā pañca-vijñāna-kāya-saṃprayuktā / sā kāyikī / yā mano-vijñāna-saṃprayuktā sā caitasiko / yā nirvvāṇānukūlā[sā(2)] nairvvedhikī / atyanta-niṣṭhatāyai atyanta-vimalatāyai / atyanta-brahma-carya-paryavasānāyai(ya?) / samvarttate / sā nirā(10B-1[7])miṣā // yā punar dhātupatitā, bhavapatitā sā sāmiṣā(1) [/] yā puna(nā)rūpārūpya(3) pratisaṃyuktā, vairāgyānukūlā vā, sā naiṣkramyāśritā / yā punaḥ kāya-pratita-saṃyutkā, na ca vairāgyānukūlā, sā gardhāśritā // (4)
【2 解心相】【1 辨六心】tatra sarāgaṃ cittaṃ / yadraṃ janīye vastuni rāgaparyavasthitaṃ [/]
tānyetāni ṣaṭcittāni cārasahagatāni veditavyā(10A-2[1])ni / tatra trīṇi saṃkleśa-pakṣyāṇi / trīṇi saṃkleśa-prātipakṣikāṇi /
【2 辨十四心】tatra saṃkṣiptacittaṃ yac-chamathākāreṇādhyātmamātmanopanibaddhaṃ /
vikṣiptaṃ / yad-bahirdhā pañcasu kāmaguṇeṣvanuvisṛtaṃ /
tatra līnaṃ cittaṃ / yat-styānamiddha-sahagataṃ, pragrahītaṃ yat prasadasīyenālambanena saṃpratiṣṭhitaṃ [/]
uddhataṃ cittaṃ yadati saṃpragrahā(10A-2[2])dauadhatyaparyavasthitā m anubaddha-cittaṃ yat pragrahakāle ca abhisaṃkṣepakāle ca upekṣāprāptaṃ [/]
tatra praśāntaṃ-cittaṃ yan-nivaraṇebhyo vimuktamavyupaśāntaṃ punar yada vimuktaṃ /
tatra samāhitaṃ cittaṃ yannivaraṇa-vimokṣān-mauladhyāna-praviṣṭaṃ, na susamāhitaṃ yad apraviṣṭaṃ [/]
tatra subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ yad asyaiva samādher dīrgha(10A-2[3])-kāla-paricayānnikāmalābhī bhavaty akṛcchalābhī / āśusamāpattā /
tatra na subhāvitaṃ cittam etad iparyayeṇa veditavyam /
tatra suvimuktaṃ cittaṃ yat sarva taścātyantataś ca vimuktaṃ [/]
na suvimuktaṃ / cittaṃ yanna sarvvato nā(nā)pyatyantato vimuktamitīmāni catur-daśa cittāni (/) vihāragatāni veditavyāni /
tatra (10A-2[4]) nivaraṇa-bhū-viśuddhā(ddhi)bhūmimārabhya vihāra-gatānyaṣṭau cittāni veditavyāni / vikṣiptaṃ(1) saṃkṣiptaṃ(2) yāvad vyupaśāntama-vyupaśāntam iti / kleśa-viśuddhim
punar ārabhya vihāragatāni ṣaṭ cittāni yāvat suvimuktaṃ cittaṃ na suvimuktam iti(3) [/]
【3 解法相】yat punaḥ satyadhyātmaṃ nivaraṇe asti me nivaraṇam iti jānāti / asati nivaraṇe(4) nāsti me nivaraṇam iti jānāti / yathā cā(10A-2[5])nutpannasya vivaraṇasyotpādo bhavati / tad-api yathā yotpannasya vigamo bhavati / tad api prajānati / yatra sati cakṣuḥ-saṃyojane yāvat punaḥ(nmana) saṃyojane asti me yāvat punaḥ(manaḥ) saṃyojanam iti / asati yāvat punaḥ(nmanaḥ) saṃyojane nāsti me manaḥ saṃyojanam iti prajānāti / yathā cānutpannasya yāvan manaḥ saṃyoja(10A-2[6])nasyotpādo bhavati / tad-api prajānāti / yathā cotpannasya nirodho bhavati / tad-api prajānāti /
【3 解念】satyadhyātmaṃ smṛti-saṃbodhyaṃge asti me [smṛti(1)] saṃbodhyaṃgam iti prajānāti / asati nāsti me prajānāti /yathā cānutpannasya smṛtisaṃbodhyaṃgasyotpādo bhavati / tad-api prajānāti / yathā cotpannasya sthitir bhavati / asaṃmoṣo bhāvanā (/) (10A-2[7]) paripūrirbhūyo bhāva-vṛddhir-vipulatā tad-api prajānati / satyadhyātmaṃ smṛti-saṃbodhyaṃgam evaṃ dharma-vinaya-vīrya-praśrabdhi-samādhy-upekṣā saṃbodhyaṃgaṃ veditavyamiti yad evaṃ svabhāvādīnava-pratipa(2) kṣākāraiḥ-saṃkliṣṭa-dharma-parijñānam idaṃ śarīraṃ dharmma-smṛty-upasthānasya,
【4 解住念】yathā kāye kāyānupaśyanā smṛty-upasthānapakṣame (kṣae)vaṃ (10A-2[8]) vedanā[yāṃ] yac citte(yāvaccite) dharmeṣu yathā yogaṃ veditavyam /
【2 解念住內外不同】【1 舉三問】tatra kathamadyātmaṃ kāye kāyānudarśī viharati / kathaṃ bahirdhā kathamadhyātmabahirdhā [/] yadā adhyātmaṃ pratyātmaṃ satva(ttva)saṃkhyāte kāye kāyānupaśyī(darśī) viharati / evam adhyātmaṃ kāye kāyānudarśī viharati /
【2 答】【1 以六復次釋三觀】【1 初復次】kathaṃ bahirdhā kathama-dhyātma-bahirdhā [/] yadā adhyātmaṃ pratyātmaṃ, yadā bahirdhā (10B-2[1]) asattavasaṃkhyātaṃ rūpamālambanī-karoty evaṃ bahirdhākāye kāyānudarsī viharati / yadā bahirdhā(rdho)paraktaṃ sattvasaṃkhyātaṃ rūpam-ālambanī-karoty evam adhyātma-bahirdhā kāye kāyānudarśī viharati /
tatrādhyātmaṃ rūpamupādāya / sūkṣmaṃ sattva-saṃkhyātaṃ / yā utpannā vedanā, cittaṃ, dharmāstānālambanī-kurvan [/] adhyātmaṃ vedanā[yāṃ], citte, dharmeṣu dharmānudarśī vi(10B-2[2])harati / bāhyama-sattvasaṃ khyātaṃ rūpamupādāya / yā utpannā vedanā, cittaṃ, dharmāstānālambanīkurvan / bahirdhā vedanāyāṃ, citte, dharmeṣu dharmānudarśī viharati / bahirdhā bāhyaṃ rūpa-sattvam-upādāya / yā utpannā vedanā, cittaṃ, dharmāstānālambanī-kurvvannadhyātma-bahirdhā vedanāyāṃ, citte dharmeṣu dharmānudarśī viharati /
【2 第二復次】aparaḥ paryāyaḥ / indriya saṃ(10B-2[3])gṛhītaṃ rūpamālambanī-kurvvana, adhyātmaṃ kāye kāyānupaśyī(darsī) viharati / anindriyasaṃgṛhītaṃ / rūpa-gataman-upādattamālambanī-kurvvan bahirdhā kāye kāyānudarśī viharati / anindriya-saṃgṛhītameva / rūpamadhyātmamupagatamupādattaṃ rūpamālambanīkurvvannadhyātmabahirdhā kāye kāyānupaśyī(darśī)viharati /[(1)]anindriyasaṃgṛhitaṃ rūpagatamanupādattamālambanīkurvvan bahirdhā kāye kāyānudarśī viharati / anindriyasaṃgṛhītam eva rūpam-adhyātmam-upagatam-upādattaṃ rūpam-ālambanī-kurvvannadhyātma-bahirdhā kāye kāyānudarśī viharati(1) [/] evaṃ pūrvva[ṃ] trividhaṃ rūpamupādāya / (10B-2[4]) yadu(yo)tpannā vedanā, cittaṃ, dharmā-stānyathāyogamālambanīkurvvan tathādarśī viharatīti veditavyaṃ /
【3 第三復次】aparaṃ paryāyaḥ / yat-samāhita-bhūmikaṃ praśrabdhi-sahagataṃ rūpamālambanī karoty evam adhyātmaṃ kāye kāyānudarśī viharati / yat-sūkṣmamevādhyātmaṃ samāhita-bhūmikaṃ-dauṣṭhulya-sahagataṃ rūpamālambanī karoti / evaṃ bahirdhā kāye kāyā(10B-2[5])nupaśyī(darsī) viharati / paradauṣṭhulya-sahagataṃ praśrabdhi-sahagataṃ ca rūpamālambanī kurvvan adhyātma-bahirdhā kāye / kāyānudarśī viharati / evaṃ tad-upādāyotpannā vedanā, cittaṃ, dharmā yathāyogaṃ veditavyāḥ /
【4 第四復次】aparaḥ paryāyaḥ / adhyātmaṃ bhūtarūpam ālambanī-kurvvannadhyātmaṃ kāye kāyānudarśī viharati / bāhyaṃ bhūta-rūpam-ālamba(10B-2[6])nī kurvvan bahirdhā kaye kāyānudarśī viharati / tac ca bhūta-rūpam upādāya / yad utpannam indriya-viṣayasaṃgṛhītam upādāya / rūpaṃ cālambanī-kurvvannadhyātma-bahirdhā kāye kāyānudarśī viharati / evaṃ tad upādāya yā utpannā vedanā cittaṃ dharmāstepi yathā yogaṃ veditavyāḥ /
【5 第五復次】aparaḥ paryāyaḥ / yadā sa-vijñānakaṃ kāyamadhyātmamālambana(10B-2[7])nī karoti / evam adhyātmaṃ
kāye kāyānudarśī viharati / avijñānakaṃ rūpaṃ sattva-saṃkhyātaṃ / vinīlakhādiṣv avasthāsv ālambanī-kurvvan bahirdhā kāye kāyānudarśī viharati / a(sa)vijñānakasya ca rūpasyātīte kāle sa-vijñānatāṃ [/] avijñāna [ka(1)]sya ca rūpasyānāgate kāle avijñānatāṃ, tulya-dharmatāṃ, sama-dharmmatāṃ ālambanī-kurvvannadhyātma bahirdhā, kāye kāyānu(10B-2[8])darśī viharatyevaṃ tadupādāya, yā utpannā vedanā, cittaṃ, dharmāstepi yathāyogaṃ veditavyāḥ / aparaḥ paryāyaḥ [/] ātmanaḥ anta[ḥ]-kāyaṃ keśaromanakhādibhiḥ ākārair ālambanī-kurvvannadhyātma-bahirdhā kāye kāyānudarśī viharati //
【6 第六復次】pareṣāmantaḥ kāyaṃ keśa-roma-nakhādibhir ā-kārair ālambanī-kurvvan-bahirdhā kāye kāyānudarśī viharatyadhyā(10A-3[1])[']tmaṃ cittaṃ ca bahiḥ kāya-vipariṇataṃ vinīlakādibhir ākāraiḥ / bahirdhā ca bahiḥkāyaṃ vipariṇatamavipariṇataṃ ca / vinīlakādibhirākārai-stulya-dharmmatayā ālambanī-kurvvan bahirdhā kāye kāyānudarśī viharati /(2) tad-upādāya yā utpannā vedanā, cittaṃ dharmāstepi yathāyogaṃ veditavyāḥ /
【2 結顯少】ity evaṃ bhāgīyā kāye vedanā-citta-dharma-prabhedena (10A-3[2]) bahavaḥ paryāyā veditavyāḥ / ime tu katipayāḥ(ye)paryāyāḥ / saṃprakāśitāḥ [/]
【3 辨建立四念住意】【1 破執】【1 初番】tatra catur-ṇṇāmviparyāsānāṃ pratipakṣeṇa bhagavatā catvāri smṛty-upasthānāni vyavasthāpitāni / tatrāś ucau śucīti viparyase pratipakṣeṇa kāya-smṛty-upasthānaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ / tathāhi bhagavatā kāya-smṛty-upasthāna-bhāvanāyāṃ / aśubhā-pratisaṃyuktāś ca (10A-3[3]) tasraḥ śivapathikā deśitāḥ / yā asya bahulaṃ kurvvan manasi-kurvvataḥ / aśucau śucīti viparyāsaḥ prahīyate / tatra sukhe sukham iti / viparyāsa-pratipakṣeṇa vedanā-smṛty-upasthānaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ / vedanānudarśī viharan / yat-kimcid veditam idam atra duḥkhasyeti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāty evam asya yo duḥkha-sukhe sukha(10A-3[4])m iti / viparyāsaḥ / sa prahāyate (prahīyate) / anitye nityam iti viparyāsaḥ / pratipakṣeṇa smṛty-upasthānaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ / tasya sarāgādi-citta-prabhedena teṣaṃ teṣāṃ rātriṃdivasānāmatyayātkṣaṇalamuhūrttānā(ṇā)man-eka-vidhānāṃ bahunānā-prakāratāṃ cittasyopalabhya yaḥ anitye nityam iti viparyāsaḥ [sa(1)] prahīyate / yatrā[nā(1)]tranayātmeti vipa(10A-3[5])ryāsa-pratipakṣeṇa dharma-smṛty-upasthānaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ / tasya yeṣāṃ ātma-dṛṣṭyādikā[nāṃ]-saṃkleśānāṃ sad-bhāvād yeṣāṃ nānātmadṛṣṭyādikānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām sad-bhāvāt-skandheṣv ātma darśanaṃ bhavati / nānyasya, sva-lakṣaṇataḥ / sāmānya-lakṣaṇataś ca dharmā-dharmānu(2)r darśino yathā-bhūtaṃ paśyataḥ / yonātmanyātmeti viparyāsaḥ / (10A-3[6]) sa prahīyate / (3)
【2 第二番】aparaḥ paryāyaḥ prāyeṇa hi loka evaṃ pravṛttaḥ / skandheṣu skandhamātraṃ, dharma-mātraṃ, yathā-bhūtama-prajānan yathā kāye āśritaḥ / yad-āśritaś ca sukha-duḥkha ja(1) dharmādharmābhyāṃ saṃkliśyate vyavadā(dī)yate ca / tatrātmana āśraya-vastu-saṃmohāpanayanārthaṃ / kāya-smṛty-upasthānaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ / tasyaivātmanaḥ anubha(10A-3[7])vana-vastu-saṃmohāpanayanārthaṃ vedanā-smṛty-upasthānaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ / yatraiva ca te citte, manasi, vijñāne, ātma-graheṣa saṃmūḍhā, ātma-vastu-sammohā-panayanārthaṃ dharma-smṛty-upasthānaṃ vyavasthāpitam /
【2 直顯於法】【3 第三番(承前)】aparaḥ paryāyaḥ / yatra (10B-3[1]) ca karma karoti / yad-arthaṃ ca karoti / yaś ca karma karoti / (yad-arthaṃ ca karoti / yaś ca[karma(2)]karoti /) (ṃ)(3) yena ca karoti / tat-sarvvam-ekatyam-abhisaṃkṣipya catvāri smṛty-upasthānāni vyavasthāpitāni / tatra kāye karoti / vedanārthaṃ / cittena kuśalākūśalair dharmaiḥ /
【4 第四番】aparaḥ paryāyaḥ / yatra ca saṃkliśyate / viśudhyate / yataś ca yaś ca yena kliśyate / viśudhyate yataś ca ya(10B-3[2])ś ca yena saṃkliśyate viśudhyate ca / tad ekatyam abhisaṃkṣipya catvāri smṛty-upasthānāni vyavasthāpitāni / tatra kāye saṃkliśyate, viśudhyate ca / vedanābhyaś-cittaṃ dharmaiḥ saṃkliśyate / viśudhyate ca //
【4 總解釋念住之義】tatra smṛty-upasthānam iti [ko(1)]rtha āha / yatra ca smṛtim upasthāpayati / yena ca smṛtim upasthāpayati / tad-ucyate smṛtyupasthānaṃ /(2) yatra smṛ(10B-3[3])timupasthāpayati / tad-ālambana-smṛty-upasthānaṃ / yena smṛtimupasthāpayati / tatra yā prajñā smṛtiś ca samādhi-saṃgrāhikā tat-svabhāva-smṛtyupasthānaṃ / tad-anye tat-saṃprayuktāś-citta-caitasikā dharmāḥ / saṃsarga-smrty-upasthānaṃ / āpi [ca(3)] kāya-vedanādhipate yo mārgaḥ samutpannaḥ kuśalaḥ sāsravaḥ / anāsravaś ca [/] tat-smṛty-upasthānaṃ / sa punaḥ(10B-3[4]) śrutamayaścintāmayo bhāvanāmayaś ca / tatra śruta-cintāmayaḥ / sāsrava eva [/] bhāvanāmayaḥ syāt-sāsravaḥ syādanāsravaḥ //
【2 四正斷】【1 結前所明】sa(1) evaṃ catur-ṣu smṛty-upasthāneṣu kṛtaparicaya audāriko(kau)dārikaṃ viparyāsamapīnaya kuśalākuśaladharmābhijñaḥ /
【2 四正斷】【1 廣釋】【1 別釋四種正斷】【1 列】tad-anantaram anutpannānāṃ pāpakānāma-kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpādāya / utpannānāṃ prahā(10B-3[5])ṇāya / anutpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām utpādāya / utpannānāṃ sthitaya iti vistareṇa pūrvvavad yāvac cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti / pradadhāti //
【2 釋】【1 解善惡及生未生】【1 解惡法生未生】tatra katame pāpakā akuśalā dharmā[ḥ] [/] yatkāmāvacaraṃ kliṣṭaṃ kāyakarma, vāk-karma, manas-karma, kāyavāṅ, manoduś-carita-saṃgṛhītaṃ / yena tat-samutthāpakāḥ kleśāste punar ye asamavahitā, asaṃmukhībhūtāste utpannā, (10B-3[6]) ye samavahitāḥ saṃmukhī-bhūtāste utpannāh [/] tatra kuśalā dharmā ye tat-prātipakṣikā dharmāduś carita-prātipakṣikā, nivaraṇa-prātipakṣikāḥ saṃyojana-pratipakṣikā vā tepyanutpannās tatha eva veditavyāḥ /
【2 解善法生及未生】utpannāś ca pāpakā akuśalā dharmās tatra yadā anutpannānāṃ pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpādāya spṛhāmutpā(10A-4[1])dayati / praṇidhatte, darveṇa sarvvaṃ sarvvathā notpādayiṣyāmītyevaṃ chandaṃ janayati /
【2 解斷惡修善生欲策勵等】【1 解生欲策勵發勤精進】【1 解斷惡生欲等】【1 解生欲】utpannānvā punaḥ samavahitān sarvveṇa sarvvaṃ nādhivāsayiṣyāmi prahāsyāmi / prativinodayiṣyāmi ya[da(1)] nutpanneṣu pāpakeṣv-akuśaleṣu pūrvvam eva utpāda(ā)-spṛhām utpādayati / praṇidhatte [/] nādhivāsaya(yi)tukāmo bhavati / ayam utpannānāṃ prahāṇāya[c]chandaḥ [/]
(10A-4[2]) te punaḥ pāpakā akuśalā dharmā atītavastvālambavā vā, anāgatavastvālambanā vā, vartamānaviṣayālambanā vā, utpadyante, bhavanti / yenokta-viṣayālambanā[ḥ], pratyakṣa-viṣayālambanāś ca ye atītānāgatāvasthālambanāste, ye coktaviṣayālambanā, ye vartamāna-viṣayālambanāste pratyakṣa-viṣayālambanā[ḥ /]
【2 解策勵發勤精進有其四番】【1 初番】tatra parokṣālambanānāṃ pāpa(10A-4[3])kānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpādāya / utpannānāṃ ca prahāṇāya / vyāyacchate [/] pratyakṣa-viṣayālambananānāṃ punaḥ / anutpannānām anutpādāyotpannānāṃ ca prahāṇāya vīryamārabhate / tathāhi teṣāṃ dṛḍhatareṇa vīryāraṃbheṇānutpattiḥ / prahāṇa vā bhavati /
【2 第二番】api ca mṛdumadhyānāṃ samavasthānām anutpannānām anutpādāya / utpannānāṃ pra(10A-4[4])hāṇāya vyāyacchate / adhimātrāṇāṃ samavasthānāṃ anutpannānām anutpādāya / utpannānāṃ ca prahāṇāya vīryamārabhate /
【3 第三番】sa cedatīte ālambane carati / tathā carati / yathāsya tenālambanena kleśo notpadyate / sa cet punaḥ smṛti-saṃpramoṣād-utpadyate nādhivāsayati / prajahāti / vyantī-karoti / yathā atīte ālambane evam anāgate[a]pi veditavyam / evam ayam anutpannānāṃ pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anu tpādāya utpannānāṃ ca prahāṇāya vyāyacchata ity ucyate /
saced ayam varttamāne ālambane carati, tathā tathā carati / yathā tenālambanena kleśo na utpadyate / sa cet punaḥ smṛtisaṃ pramoṣād utpadyate / utpannaṃ nādhivāsayati / prajahāti / vinodayati / vyantī karoti / (10A-4[6]) evam anutpannānāṃ pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpādāya / utpannānāñ ca prahāṇāya vīryamārabhata ity ucyate /
【4 第四番】santi pāpakā akuśalā dharmā ye saṃklpavaśe(bale)na utpadyante / na viṣayabalena / santiyo saṃkalpabalena ca / viṣayabalena ca /(1) tatra saṃkalpabalena utpadyante / tad yathā viharataḥ / atītānāgatālambanā ye utpadyante / (10A-4[7]) tatra saṃkleśavaśe(le)na ca viṣayabalena ca utpadyate(nte) / tad yathā carato vartamānenālambanena utpadyante / avaśyaṃ tatrāyoniśaḥ saṃkalpo bhavati / tatra ye saṃkalpabalenotpadyante teṣām anutpannānām anutpādāya / utpannānāṃ ca prahāṇāya / vyāyacchate / tatra ye viṣayaba[lena(1)]saṃkalpaba[lena(1)]ca utpadyante / teṣām anutpannānām anutpādāya / (10A-4[8]) utpannānāñca prahāṇāya vyāyaccha(te) tatra ye viṣayabalena saṃkalpabalena ca utpadyante / teṣām anutpannānāmam anutpādāya utpannānāñca prahāṇāya vīryamārabhate /
【2 解生善生欲等】【1 解生欲】tatrānutpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anu(mu)tpādāya chandaṃ janayatīti / ye kuśalādharmā aprati-labdhā [a]saṃmukhī-bhūtasya(tāḥ) teṣāṃ pratilambhāya saṃmukhī-bhāvāya ca smṛ(10B-4[1])tim utpādayati [/] cittaṃ praṇidhatte [/] tīvrā pratilabdhu-kāmatā / saṃmukhī-kartu-kāmatā cāsya pratyupasthitā bhavati / ayam anutpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām utpattaye, kṛ(ya)ttu utpannānāṃ ca kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ sthitaye, asaṃmoṣāya, bhāvanā paripūraye chandaṃ janayatīti / utpannāḥ kuśalā dharmā ye pratilabdhāssaṃ mukhībhūtāś ca, tatra pratilaṃbhāvi(10B-4[2])gamaṃ pratilabdhāṃ pārihāṇimadhikṛtyāha / sthitaya iti saṃmukhībhāvādadhandhāyitatvamadhi kṛtyāhāsaṃmoṣāyeti / teṣām eva ca kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām pratilabdhānāṃ sammukhī-bhūtānām āsevanānvayāt pariniṣpattiṃ niṣṭhā-gamanam-adhikṛtyāha / bhāvanā-paripūraye iti / tatra ca spṛhām utpādayati / cittaṃ praṇidhatte / tīvrā cāsya sthi(10B-4[3])ti-kāmatā asammoṣa-kāmatā / bhāvanā paripūri-kāmatā praty-upasthitā bhavati / ayam ucyate / utpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ sthitaye asaṃmoṣāya bhāvanā paripūraye[c]chandaḥ /
【2 解策勵精進】【1 初番】tatra vyāyacchata iti / pratilabdhānāṃ saṃmukhī-bhāvāya vīryamārabhate / apratilabdhānāṃ pratilambhāya [/]
【2 第二番】tatra vyāyacchate / utpannānāṃ sthitaye, asaṃmoṣā(10B-4[4])ya, vīryamārabhate / bhāvanā-paripūraye, api ca
【3 第三番】mṛduma-dhyānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpannānām utpādāya, utpannānaṃ ca sthitaye / asaṃmoṣāya vyāyacchate / adhimātrāṇāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpannānām utpādāya, utpānnānāṃ ca yāvad bhāvanā paripūraye vīryamārabhate /
【2 解策心持心】【1 策心】tatra cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti / yadā tac cittaṃ śamatha-bhāvanāyā(10B-4[5])m ekāgratāyāṃ prayuktaṃ bhavati / anutpannānāṃ pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpādāya / evaṃ vistareṇa yāvad utpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpannānā m utpādāya / utpannānāñ ca yāvad bhāvanā-paripūraye vīyamārabhate / tatra cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti / yadā tac-cittaṃ śamatha-bhāvanāyām ekāgratāyāṃ(1) prayuktam bhavati / anutpannā(10B-4[6])nāṃ pāpakānāṃ akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpādāya / evaṃ vistareṇa yāvad utpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ sthitaye / asaṃmoṣāya bhāvanā-paripūraye / tac-ca tathā adhyātmamabhisaṃkṣiptaṃ līnatvāya paraiti / līnatvābhiśamki ca evaṃ paśyati / tadā anyatamānyatamena pragrāhakena(ṇa) nimittena prasadanīyena pratigṛhṇāti / saṃharṣayaty e(10B-4[7])vaṃ cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti /
【2 持心】kathaṃ pradadhāti / punar ūddhatamauddhatyābhiśaṃki vā pragrahakāle paśyati / tadā punar apyadhyātmam abhisaṃkṣipati / śamathāya praṇidadhāti /
【2 解總名】【1 名正勝】tānyetāni bhavanti / catvāri samyak prahāṇāni / kṛṣṇapakṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇām anutpannānām anutpādāya / utpannānāṃ ca prahāṇāya [c]chando-vyāyāmo vīryārambhaḥ / citta-(10B-4[8])pragrahaḥ / pradadhanamime dve samyak prahāṇe śukla-pakṣyānāṃ dharmāṇām anutpannānām utpādāya [/]
【2 名正斷】vistareṇa dve samyak prahāṇe veditavye / tad yathā kṛṣṇa-pakṣyāṇāṃ tatraikaṃ samvaraṇa-prahāṇṃ yad-utpannānām pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ prahāṇāya [c]chandaṃ janayatīti vistareṇa / dvitīyaṃ prahāṇaprahāṇaṃ yad a(10A-5[1])nutpannānām anutpādāya[c]chandaṃ janayatīti vistareṇa, utpannaṃ hi saṃvarayitavyaṃ / pāpakaṃ ca vastu / anutpannaṃ ca yat-tada-samudācārataḥ prahīṇam evaṃ tad-asaṃmukhī-bhāvataḥ prahātavyamiti kṛtvā / prahīṇ asya prahāṇaṃ prahāṇa-prahāṇa[ṃ] / tatra bhāvanāprahāṇamekaṃ yadāha / anutpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām utpādāyeti vistare(10A-5[2])ṇa yāvac cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti, pradadhātīti / tathāhi kuśalā dharmā āsevyamānā, bhāvyamānā, apratilabdhāś ca pratilabhyante / pratilabdhāś ca sammukhīkriyante /
tatrānurakṣaṇā-prahāṇamekaṃ / yadāha / utpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ sthitaye / vistareṇa yāvac cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti / pradadhāti / tathāhi pratilabdheṣu saṃmukhī-(10A-5[3])kṛteṣu ca / kuśaleṣu dharmeṣu yāvat pramādavarjanā apramādaniṣevaṇā ca / sā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ sthitaye, asammoṣāya / bhāvanā paripūraye / evam anutpannāḥ kuśalā dharma anurakṣitā bhavanty ayaṃ tāvat samyak prahāṇānāṃ vistara-vibhāgaḥ /
【2 略義】samāsata(sārtha)ḥ punaḥ katamaḥ / āha / kṛṣṇa-śuklapa[ā]kṣika(10A-5[4])sya tyāgāt punar vastunaḥ / prāptaye pūrvam eva spṛhāyuktena bhavitavyaṃ / paryavasthāna-prahāṇāya ca / astyāśayasampat-prayoga-sampac ca / paridīpitā bhavati / tatrāsyā(styā)śayasampat / chandajananatayā, prayoga-sampat punaḥ vyāyāma-vīryārambha-citta-pragrahā pramāda-dhanaiḥ / etāvac ca yoginā karaṇīyaṃ / (10A-5[5]) yatprahātavyasya vustanaḥ prahāṇāya, prāptavyasya vastunaḥ prāptaye pūrvvam eva spṛhā-jātena bhavitavyaṃ, paryavasthā na prahāṇāya, vīryamārabdhavyam anuśaya-prahāṇāya ca, kālena kālaṃ śamatha-pragrahopekṣā-nimittāni bhāvayitavyāni / paryavasthāna-prahāṇānuśaya-prahāṇāya ca ye prātipakṣikā dharmaḥ (10A-5[6]) kuśalāste samudānayitavyāḥ / tac-ca etat sarvvaṃ catur-bhiḥ samyak pra hānaiḥ paridīpitaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ samāsārthaḥ //
【3 四神足】【1 廣釋四神足相】【1 列名屬當】tatra catvāraḥ samādhayaḥ(1), tad yathā chandasamādhiḥ / vīrya-samādhiḥ, citta-samādhiḥ, mīmāṃsā-samādhiś ca / tatra chanda (samādhi(1))m adhipatiṃ (10A-5[7]) kṛtvā yaḥ pratilamyate samādhirayaṃ chandasamādhiḥ / vīryaṃ, cittaṃ, mīmāṃ-sāmadhipatiṃ kṛtvā pratilabhyate (pratilabhyate(1)) samādhirayaṃ[......(2)]mīmānsā(māṃsā) samādhiḥ /
【2 廣釋】【1 明有漏四定伏纏】yadā tāvadayaṃ chandam eva kevalaṃ ja(1)(10B-5[1])nayati /chandajātaś ca tānpāpakāna-kuśalān-dharmān svabhāvato, nidānata, ādīnavataḥ prati-pakṣataś ca / samyag eva upanidadhyāti / ekāgrāṃ smṛtiṃ pravarttayati / evaṃ kuśalā[n]-dharmāssva(dharmansva)bhāvato nidānataś ca / akuśalato niḥsaraṇataḥ samyag eva upanidadhayā(dhā)ti / ekāgrāṃ smṛtim avasthāpayati / tad-bahulākārāmekā(10B-5[2])gratāṃ spṛśati / samavasthāna-samudācāradūrīkaraṇayogena / na tvasyāpyanuśayam-utpādayati / pāpakānāma-kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāmayamapy ucyate / chandādhipateyaḥ / sa(sā) atītā(te) vā, anāgatapratyutpanne vā punar ālambane pāpakā-kuśalā-dharmāsthānīye ladharmasthānīye) mṛdumadhyādhimātra-kleśa-samavasthānīye, anutpa(10B-5[3])nnasya vā anutpādāya, utpannasya vā prahāṇāya, vyāyacchamāno vīrya-māramamāṇaḥ / tatrālambane vicaratyantasya vālambanasya svabhāvato nidānataḥ pratipakṣataś ca / samyag upanidhyāyataḥ / ekāgrāṃ smṛtim-upasthāpayato yat tad-bahula-vihāriṇaś cittaikāgratā utpadyate / samavasthāna-dūrīkaraṇa-yoge(10B-5[4])na tvasyāpy anuśayamudghātayati / pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām ayaṃ vīryādhipateyaḥ / samādhi[ḥ]līnamvā punaś cittaṃ prgṛhṇataḥ / pragṛhītaṃ cittaṃ samādadhataḥ, kālena ca kālamadhyupekṣitaḥ / yat pāpakānām akuśalānāndharmāṇāṃ pāpakā-kuśalā(la)-dharma-sthānīyanvayat kuśala[ta]ḥ / kuśalān-dharman(10B-5[5])kuśalākuśala-sthānīyāṃś ca dharmān svabhāvato, nidānata, ādīnavataḥ, anuśaṃsataḥ, pratipakṣato, niḥsaraṇataḥ, samyag upani(da)dhyāyataḥ / ekāgratāṃ smṛtim upasthāpayataḥ / tad bahula-vihāriṇo yā utpadyante cittasyaikāgratāḥ vistareṇa yāvad ayaṃ / cittādhipateyaḥ samādhiḥ /
tatra ye pāpakāku(10B-5[6])śalā(la)-dharma-sthānīyā dharmā bhavanti / ayoniśo manasi-kurvvataḥ / ta eva kuśala-dharma-sthānīyā bhavanti / yoniśo manasi-kurvvataḥ / tasya evaṃ samavasthāmeṣu dūrīkṛteṣ;u / samavasthāna-pratipakṣe ca / samadhi-pramukheṣu dharmeṣvanutpanneṣu te pāpakā akuśalā-dharmā dharma mu(10B-5[7])dā haranti / tasya evaṃ bhavati / kiṃ sataḥ samvidyamānānpāpakāna-kuśalān-dharman na pratisaṃvedayāmyāhosivadastaḥ / asaṃvidyamānānyanva(nnva)haṃ parimīmanse(māṃsaye)yaṃ / sa mīmānsā(māṃsā)manaskāram adhi(10B-5[8])(1)patiṃ kṛtvā prahīṇā-prahīṇatāṃ mīmānsa(māṃsa)te / samyag eva upanidhyāpayati / tad-bahula vihārī ca 10A-6 // [spṛśati(2)](10A-6[1])(3) cittasyaikāgratāṃ yena ca nirabhimāno bhavati / paryavasthānamātrakācya (c ca) cittaṃ vimuktaṃ, na tu sarvveṇa sarvvaṃmanuśayebhyaḥ / tat-pratipakṣāś ca me samādhi-pramukhāḥ kuśalā dharmā[ś] ca prati-labdhā, bhāvitā, na tvanuśayaprātipākṣikā iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti / ayam asya ucyate mīmānsā(māṃsā) samādhiḥ /
【2 明無漏四定斷】sa taṃ catur-vvidhaṃ samādhi(10A-6[2])m adhipatiṃ kṛtvā paryava sthāneṣu dūvīkṛteṣu / sarvvaṇa sarvam-anuśayasamudgha(ā) tāya pāpakānāmakuśalānāṃ dharmānāṃ, tat-pratipākṣikāṇāñca kuśalānāṃ (/) dharmāṇāṃ samudāgamāya[c] chandaṃ janayati / vyāyacchata iti vistareṇa catur-bhiḥ samyak prahāṇaiḥ prayujyate / tathā prayujyamānasya tatha bhūtasyā(10A-6[3])ṣṭau prahāṇasaṃ skārā bhavanti / ye[a]sya anuśayasamudghātāya ca pravarttante /
samādhi-paripūraye ca tad yathā--chandaḥ(2) kadācit samādhiṃ paripūrayiṣyāmi / anuśayāāś ca prahāsyāmi / pāpakānāma-kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ vyāyamo yāvat pratipakṣa-bhāvanāyām avinyasta-prayogayā, śraddhāyām avinyasta(10A-6[4])yogasya viharataḥ / uttare[a]dhigame śradddhānatā / abhisaṃpratyayaḥ /
tatra praśrabdhiḥ / yac chaddhāpramād apūrvvaṃ gamaṃ prāmodyaṃ, prītiḥ, prīta-manasaś cānupūrvvā pāpakākuśala(ā)-dharma-pakṣasya dauṣṭhulyasya pratipraśrabdhiḥ
tatra smṛtiryā navākārā navākārā yāś-citta-sthiteḥ śamatha-pakṣyāyāḥ saṃgrahikā /
chaṃdasaṃ (10A-6[5]) prajanye / yā vipaśyanā-pakṣyā prajñā / tatra cetanāyāśic cattābhisaṃskāraḥ / prahīṇāprahīṇato mīmānsa (māṃsa)mānasya yaś-cittābhisaṃskāraḥ śamatha-vipaśyanānukūlaḥ kāyakarma vākkarma samutthāpayati /
tatra upekṣayā atītānā gata-pratyutpanneṣu pāpakākuśala(ā)-dharma(ā)-sthānīyeṣu carataḥ cittābhisaṃkleśaści(10A-6[6])t taṃgamatā / ābhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kāraṇābhyāṃ prahīṇatāmanuśayānāṃ paricchintti jānāti / yad uta viṣayaviparokṣayā cetanayā viṣaya-viparokṣayā cā(co)pekṣayā / ime[a]ṣṭau prahāṇa-saṃskārā bhavanti /
【3 修八斷行攝四瑜伽】te caiteṣṭau (sa caiṣo'ṣṭa) prahāṇa-saṃskārayogo bhavaty anuśaya-samudgahātāya / tatra chanda(cchanda)ś ca, eta(ṣa) eva yo vyāyāmaḥ idaṃ vīryaṃ, yā(10A-6[7])śraddhā sā śuddhā, yā ca praśrabdhiryā ca smṛtiryac ca saṃprajanyaṃ / yā ca cetanā, yā copekṣā / aya(idaṃ?)m upādāya / tad-idaṃ sarvam abhisamasya ye ca pūrvakāśchandasamādhayaḥ / ye ca ime prahāṇasaṃskārāḥ prahīṇe ṣvanuśayeṣu, parikṣipte samādhau, chanda-samādhi-prahāṇa-saṃskāra-samanvāgata ṛddhi-pāda ity ucyante(te) / vīrya-cittamīmā(10B-6[1])nsā(māmsā) samādhi-prahāṇa-saṃskāra samanvāgata ṛddhipāda ity ucyate(1) /
【2 問答辨神足之義】kena kāraṇena ṛddhipāda ity ucyate / āha / tad yathā / yasya pādaḥ samvidyate so[a]bhikrama-pratikrama (ma)parākramasamarthā bhavati / evam eva yasya ete dharmaḥ saṃvidyante / eṣa ca samādhiḥ saṃvidyayate / paripūrṇṇaḥ[/] sa evaṃ pariśuddhe citte, paryavadāte, anaṃ(10B-6[2])gaṇe, vigata-upakleśe, rjubhūte karmaṇyasthite, āniṃjyaprāpte, abhikrama-pratikrama-samarthā bhavati / lokottarāṇāṃ dharmānāṃ prāptaye, sparśanāyai / eṣā hi parā ṛddhiḥ, parā samṛddhiḥ / yad uta lokottarā dharmāstena ucyante(te?)ṛddhipāda iti //
【4 五根五力】【1 解五根相】sa(2) evaṃ samādhi-pratiṣṭhitaḥ / samādhiṃ niśratya / [adhi]cittaṃ śikṣā[yā]m adhiprajñaṃ (10B-6[3]) śikṣāyāṃ yogaṃ karoti / tatrāsya yogaṃ kurvvataḥ / pareṣāṃ cādhigame śāstuḥ śrāvakāṇāṃ ca yo[a]bhisaṃpratyayaḥ / prasādaḥ, śraddhānatā / samāpattyarthena śraddhendriyam ity ucyate / kutra punar asyādhipatyaṃ / āha / lokottara-dharmātpattipramukhanāṃ vīrya-smṛti-samādhi-prajñānām utpattaye ādhipatyaṃ / ye[a]pi te vīryādayaḥ (10B-6[4]) teṣām api lokottara-dharmātpattaye ādhipatyaṃ / yāvat pratipattaye ādhipatyaṃ / yāvat prajñayā lokottara-dharmātpattaye / ādhipatyaṃ / tainaitāni śraddhādīni paṃcendriyāṇī bhavanti(1) /
【2 解五力相】yā punaḥ pūrvveṇāparaṃ viśeṣādhigamaṃ sajānataḥ(saṃjānataḥ) / tadanusāreṇa tad-uttara-lokottara-dharmādhigamāyābhisaṃ pratyayaḥ (10B-6[5]) prasādaḥ, śraddadhānatāh / sā anavamṛdyanārthena (2) śraddhābalam ity ucyate / kena punar ṃa śakyate / avamṛdituṃ / asaṃhāyā(ryā) sā śraddhā devena vā, māreṇa vā, brahmaṇā vā / kenacidvā punar loke, saha dharmeṇa kleśa-paryavasthānena vā tena sā anavamṛdya ity ucyate / tat pramukhās tat pūrvva-gamāṃ ye vīryādayastepi (10B-6[6]) balāni ity ucyante / taiḥ sa balairbalavān sarvva mārabalaṃ vijitya prayujyate / āsravāṇāṃ kṣayāya / tasmādbalāni ity ucyante /
【3 總就根力辨餘相即】tatra yaś ca(yac ca)śraddha-indriyaṃ, yac ca śraddhā-balaṃ catur-ṣv etad avetya prasādeṣu draṣṭavyaṃ / tat kasya hetoḥ / yo / 'sau samyak tvanyāmāvakrān tasyāvetya prasādaḥ / sa tad dhetukas tat pratyastannidānaḥ / (10B-6[7]) tasmād dhetu-phala sambandhena tasyās tad adhipatiphalamiti kṛtvā / tatra dṛṣṭvyam ity uktaṃ bhagavatā / na tu tac-charīratāṃ tal-lakṣaṇatāṃ [/] tatra vīryendriyaṃ caturṣu samyak prahāṇeṣu draṣṭavyaṃ /
(tat-kasya hetoḥ(1)) yāni(tāni)-katamāni / samyak prahāṇāni yani darśana-prahātavya-kleśa-prahāṇāya (10A-7[1]) prāyogikāṇi samyak prahāṇāni, tānyatra samyak prahāṇānyabhi pretāni tāni hyatyantatāyai pāpakānāma-kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ prahāṇāya samvarttante //
tatra smṛtīndriyaṃ caturṣu-smṛty-upasthāneṣu drṣṭvyamitīmahi catvāri-smṛty-upasthānānya-viśeṣa-viśeṣa viparyāsaprahāṇāya samvarttante /
tatra samādhīndriyaṃ caturṣu(sthā)(1)dyāneṣu (10A-7[2]) dhraṣṭavyaṃ yāni dhyānānyagamitāyāṃ prāyogikāni(ṇi) tatra prajña-indriyam catur-dhvāryasatyeṣu draṣṭavyam iti / yatsatyajñānaṃ caturdhṇāmāryasatyānām abhisamāya samvarttante (te) / śrāmaṇya-phala-prāptate, pa(ya)pa-indriyāṇi(2) / evaṃ balāni veditavyāni /
【4 總就根力辨四善根】sa eṣām indriyāṇām eteṣāṃ ca balānāmāsevanānvayād-bhāvanānvayāda-bahu(10A-7[3])līkārānvayān nirvedhabhāgīyāni kuśala-mūlāny utpādayati /(3) mṛdum adhyādhimātrāṇi / tad yathā ūṣmagatāni / mūrdhagatāni / mūrdhānaḥ satyānulomāḥ kṣāntayaḥ laukikāna(da)gradharmāt tad yathā / kaśicad eva purūṣaḥ agninā agnikāyaṃ karttukāmaḥ / agninārthī adharāraṇyāmuttarāraṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpyā sa[-]nnutsa(10A-7[4])(1)hate, ghaṭate, vyāyacchate / tatha utsahato, ghaṭato, vyāyacchataś ca / tat-prathamato[']dharāraṇyāmūṣmā jāyate / sa eva coṣmā / abhivardhamānā ūrdhvamā gacchati / bhūyasyā mātrayā abhivarddhamānā [/] nirracciṣamagniṃ pātayatyagni-patana-samanantaram eva cārcirjāyate / yathā arcciṣā utpannayā(nena) jātayā(tena) saṃjātayā(tena) agnikā(10A-7[5])yaṃ karoti / yathā abhimanthana vyāyāma evaṃ pañcānām indriyāṇām āsevanā drṣṭavyā / yathā adharaṇyā tat-prathamata eva ūṣmagataṃ bhavati / eva bhūṣmagatāni dramṣṭavyāni / pūrvva-gamāni nimittabhūtāni / agni-sthānīyānāmanā sravāṇāṃ dharmāṇāṃ kleśa-paridāhakānām utpattaye / yathā tasya eva uṣmaṇa ūrdhva[mā(1)]-gamanam evaṃ mūrdhāno (10A-7[6]) drṣṭavyāḥ /
yathā dhūma-prādur-bhāva evaṃ satyānulomāḥ kṣāntayo draṣṭavyāḥ // yathāgneḥ patanaṃ nirarcciṣa evaṃ laukikā agra-dharmā drṣṭavyāḥ /
yathā tad anantara-marcciṣaḥ(/) utpāda evaṃ lokottarā anāsravā dharmā drṣṭavyā(/) ye laukikā agra-dharma-sagṛhītānāṃ pañcānām indriyāṇāṃ samanantaram utpadyante / te punaḥ katame (10A-7[7]) āha /
【5 七覺支】saptabodhayaṃgāni(2) / yo 'sau yathā bhūtāva bodhaḥ / samyak tvanyā māvakrān tasya pudgalasyaitānyaṃgāni [/] sa hi yathābhūtāva-bodhaḥ / saptāṃga parigṛhītaḥ / tribhiḥ śamatha-pakṣyaiḥ tribhir vipaśyanā-pakṣyair ekena ubhaya-pakṣyeṇa [/] tasmād-bodhyaṃgānīty ucyante / tatra yaś ca dharma-vinayaḥ / (10B-7[1]) yac ca vīryaṃ, yā ca prītiritīmani trīṇi vipaśyanā-pakṣyāṇi / tatra yā ca prasrabdhir yaś ca samārdhiyā ca upekṣā itīmāni trīṇi śamatha-pakṣyāṇi [/] smṛtir abhaya-pakṣyā(s)sarvvatragety ucyate /
【6 八正道】【1 結前生後】sa tasmin samaye tat prathāmato bodhyaṃgalābhācchaikṣo bhavati / prātipadaḥ [/] darśanaprahātavyāś cāsya kleśāḥ prahīṇā bhavanti /(1) bhāvanā-prahātavyā (10B-7[2])ś cāvaśiṣṭāḥ [/]
sa teṣāṃ prahāṇāya triskandhamāryāṣṭaṃgaṃ margaṃ bhāvayati /
【2 正辨】【1 辨三蘊攝】tatra yā ca samyangṛṣṭiryaś ca samyak saṃkalpaḥ, yaś ca samyag vyāyāmaḥ / ayaṃ prajñā-skandhaḥ
tatra ye samyak karmāntājīvāḥ / ayaṃ śīlaskandhaḥ /
tatra yā ca samyak smṛtiḥ yaś ca samyak samadhirayaṃ samādhi-skandhaḥ /(2)
【2 解道支義】kena kāraṇenāryāṣṭāṃgo mārga ity ucya(10B-7[3])te / āha / āryasya śaikṣasya dṛṣṭa-padasyāyaṃ mārga iyaṃ pratipadaṣṭābhiraṃgaiḥ saṃgṛhītā(ḥ) // apariśeṣaḥ / sarvva-kleśa-prahāṇāya vimukti-sākṣātkriyāyai tena ucyate āryāṣṭāṃgo mārgaḥ(3) /
【3 辨道支相】tatra paśca bodhyaṃgakāle tattvā vabodhaḥ(11) pratilabdhaḥ, pratilabhya ca yat tasya eva prajñayā vyavasthānaṃ karoti // yathā(10B-7[4]) vigatasyāvabodhasya, tad ubhayamekatyam-abhisaṃkṣipya samyag dṛṣṭir ity ucyate / tāṃ samyag dṛṣṭimadhipatiṃ kṛtvā / yannaiṣkramyasaṃkalpaṃ saṃkalpayatyavyāpādasaṃkalpamavihinsā(hiṃsā)saṃklpamayam ucyate samyak saṃkalpaḥ / sacet tāvadvitarkeṣu cittaṃ krāmati / sa evaṃ rūpādvitarkādvitarkayati [/] sa cet punaḥ kathāyāṃ cittaṃ (10B-7[5]) krāmati samyag dṛṣṭim adhipatiṃ kṛtvā tena(na) kuśalāt saṃkalpāṃ(lasaṃkalpāṃ) dharmyā kathāṃ kathayati / sāsya bhavati samyag vāk /
sa cec cīvara-piṇḍa-pātaśayanāsanaglāna-pratyaya-bhaiṣajya-pariṣkārairatīthī(rthī) bhavati / tat paryeṣaṇāmvāpadyate / sa ubhikramaḥ / pratikrame saṃprajānam vi(dvi)hārī-bhavatyā-lokitavyava-lokite [/] tasmiṃ-jita(saṃmiṃjita) (10B-7[6]) prasārite / sāṃghaṭīcīvara-pātra-dhāraṇe, aśitapīta-khāditās-vādite / vihāragato vā punaḥ paryeṣiteṣu cīvarādiṣu gate, sthite, niṣaṇṇe / yāvan nidrāklama-[prati(1)]vinodane saṃprajānadvihārī bhavati / ayamasya ucyate samyak karmānti / sa tac cīvaraṃ yāvad bhaiṣajya-pariṣkāraṃ dharmeṇa paryeṣate / yāvan mithyā(10B-7[7])[......(2)] dharma-vivarjitaḥ sosya bhavati / samyag ājīvaḥ /
ye punar viratisaṃgṛhītāḥ / samyak karmāntājīvāḥ / te anena purvvam eva manaskāralā-bhād-bodhyaṃgair eva sahalabdhā bhavati / yopya(ā)pakāntāni śīlāny ucyante / kena kāraṇena dīrgha(10A-8[1])kālaṃ hy etad āryāṇāṃ satāṃ samyag gatānāmiṣṭaṃ kāntaṃ priyaṃ mana āpaṃ kaccid ahaṃ tad vāgduś-caritasya, kāya-duścaritasya, mithyājīvasyākaraṇaṃ / samvaraṃ pratilabheyaṃ / yad asya dīrgharātramiṣṭaṃ / kāntaṃ priyaṃ mana āpaṃ tad anena tasmin samaye pratilabdhaṃ bhavati / tasmādāpakāntam ity ucyate / tathāhi sa labdheṣvāpakānte(10A-8[2])ṣu śīleṣu na saṃprajā[nā] no mṛṣāṃ vācaṃ bhāṣate / na saṃvidhya prāṇinaṃ(/) jīvitād vyaparopayati / nādattamādatte[/]na (/)kāmeṣu mithyā carati / na cādharmeṇa cīvarādīni paryeṣate / iti tānyā pakāntāni śīlāny adhipatiṃ kṛtvā mārga-bhāvanā-kāle yāvat pravartate / yac ca kāyakarma yaścājīvaḥ tepi sanyag vāk karmāntā(10A-8[3])jīvā ity ucyante /(1)
tasya samyag adṛṣṭi samyak saṃkalpa(ḥ/(2)) vāk karmān tājīvasan niśrayeṇa bhāvanā prayuktasya / yac chando (yaśchando), vīryaṃ, vyāyāmo, niṣkramaḥ, parākramasthāma āraṃbhaḥ / cetasaḥ saṃpragrahaḥ / sātatyam ayam ucyate / samyag vyāyāmaśamathaḥ / yac catvāri smṛty-upasthānāny adhipatiṃ kṛtvā aviparyāya-saṃgṛhītā smṛtiḥ (10A-8[4]) navākārā navākāra-cittasthiti saṃgrāhikā [/] iyam ucyate samyak smṛtiḥ / samyak samādhiś ca /
【4 辨總立二種】tad etat sarvvam abhisamasya āryāṣṭāṃgo margaś cāra-karaṇīye ca vihāra-karanīye cāvasthitaḥ /
tatra samyag vāk karmāntājīvāḥ cārakaraṇīye [/]
vihāra-karaṇīyaṃ punar dvividhaṃ / śamatho vipaśyanā ca [/] tatra yā (10A-8[5]) samyag dṛṣṭiḥ / yaś ca samyak saṃkalpaḥ / yaś ca samyag vyāyāma iyaṃ vipaśyanā / tatra yā ca samyak samṛtiryaś ca samyak samādhisyaṃ śamathaḥ /
【5 辨道支位】evaṃ pariraśuddhān samyag vāk karmāntā jīvānniśritya śamtha-vipaśyanāṃ bhāvayati / kālena kālaṃ nirava-śeṣasaṃ yojana-prahāṇaṃ sākṣāt karoty agraphalamarhattvaṃ prāpnoti / (10A-8[6]) prākarṣikaśca(kañca)bhāvanā-mārgaḥ(rgaṃ) [/] kālāntarābhyāsena kleśān prajahāti / jñānamātra-pratitabaddha-vastu-darśana-mārgaḥ jñāna utpatti mātreṇa kleśān prajahātyanena kāranena vāk karmāntājīvā bhāvanā-mārge vyavasthāpitāḥ / (1)
【7 總結菩提分修】iti ya evam eṣāmanayā ānupūrvyā sapta-triṃśatāṃ bodha-pakṣyānāṃ dharmāṇām-abhyāsaḥ, (10A-8[7]) paricayaḥ / iyam ucyate bodhi-pakṣyā bhavanā /(2)
【13 bhāvanāphalaṁ修果bsgom(s) pa'i 'bras bu】【1 明修果】【1 問】tatra bhāvanā-phalaṃ katamat /
【2 解】【1 初列四果名及出果體】āha / catvāri śrāmaṇya-phalāni / śrota āpatti-phalaṃ, sakṛdāgāmi-phalaṃ / anāgāmi-phalam-agra-pha(10B-8[1])lamarhattvaṃ /
【2 問答辨立果因緣】【1 問】tatra katama cchāmaṇyaṃ /
【2 答(建立四果)】【1 預流果】katamat phalaṃ / āha / mārgaḥ, kleśa-prahāṇaṃ phalaṃ / api ca pūrvvat pannasya margasya paścād utpanno-mārgaḥ / phalaṃ, madhyo, viśiṣṭo vā, punaḥ [/] tatra kena kāraṇena catvāri(1) vyavasthāpitāni / āha / catur-vidha-kleśa-prahāṇa-pratipakṣatayā / tad yathā nirvvastukānāṃ kleśānām a(10B-8[2])pāyagamana-hetu-bhūtānāṃ prahāṇāt pratipakṣa-utpādāc ca srota āpattiphalaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ /
【2 一來果】trayāṇāṃ tu saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇādvyavasthāpitaṃ / bhagavatā triṣu pakṣeṣu, gṛhipakṣe, durā-khyāta-dharma-vina(10B-8[3])ya-pakṣe ca, trayāṇāṃ saṃyojanānāṃ mārga utpattaye vivṛddhā-karatvāt /
【3 不還果】tatra gṛhipakṣe satkāyadṛṣṭiḥ / yayā yamādita eva na prayutyata ity ādita u[t]trāsikā satkāyadṛṣṭiḥ / durākhyāte-dharma-vinaye śīla-vrata-parāmarśaḥ / uc-calitasyāpi mithyā-pratipādayati /
【4 最上阿羅漢果】yenārya-mārgo na utpadyate / svākhyāte dharma-vinaye viciki(10B-8[4])t sātaścoc calitaś ca bhavati / na ca mithyā-pratipannaḥ / api svābhyāsāttasya yāvad yathā bhūta-darśanaṃ na bhavati / jñeyavastuni tāvatkāṃkṣā vimatayo vibandhakarā bhavanti / mārgasya utpattaye /
【3 結】anena tāvatkāraṇena srota āpatti-phala-vyavasthānaṃ //(2)
【2 明修果人有煩惱偏增等分薄塵別】【1 辨七人行別】【1 煩惱偏增】tasyāsya srota āpannasya paraṃ sapta bhavā avaśiṣṭā bhavanti / sa cāsya (10B-8[5]) janma prabandhaḥ / yadā janma-prābandhikān kleśān prajahāti / deva-bhava-saṃgṛhītān manuṣya-ṣaṃgṛhītāśca [/] yeṣāṃ prahāṇāt-paramekaṃ deva-bhavam abhinirvvarttayat yekaṃ manuṣya-bhavaṃ [/] tasmin samaye sakṛdāgāmi-phalaṃ vyavasthāpyate /(1)
【2 是等分】yadā tu deva-bhavam eva kevalam-abhinirvvarttayati / iha pratyāgama-janmikaṃ kleśaṃ prahāya tadā anāgāmi-phalaṃ (10B-8[6]) vyavasthāpyate //(2) sarvva-bhava-upapatti-saṃvarttanīya-kleśa-prahāṇād agra-phalam arhattva-phalaṃ vyavasthāpyate /(3)
【3 是薄塵】tat punaḥ sakṛdāgāmi-phalaṃ trayāṇāṃ saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇād rāga-dveṣa-mohānāṃ ca / tanutvād bhagavatā vyavasthāpitaṃ / paṃcānāmavara-bhāgīyānāṃ saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇādanāgāmiphalaṃ / paryādāya sarvva-kleśa-prahāṇād arhattva phala(10B-8[7])m idam ucyate bhāvanāphalaṃ /(1)
tatra ye rāga-dveṣa-moha-māna-vitarka-cariteṣu(tāḥ) pudgaleṣu(lāḥ) purvva(taiḥ) tāvac carita viśodhane ālambane caritaṃ viśodhayitavyaṃ /
tataḥ paścac-citta-sthitim adhigacchanti / eṣāṃ pratiniyatam eva tad ālambanamavaśyaṃ taistenālambanena prayoktavyaṃ / samabhā(10A-9[1])gacaritasya tu yatra priyārohitā /
tatra tena prayoktavyaṃ kevalaṃ cittasthitaye / na tu carita-viśuddhaye / yathā samabhāga-carita evaṃ mandarajasko veditavyaḥ / ayaṃ tveṣāṃ viśeṣo rāgādicaritaḥ prayujya-mānaśicareṇādhigantā bhavati / samabhāga-carito nāticireṇa mandarajaskastu āśu tvarita-tvaritaṃ citta-sthitam adhigacchati / (10A-9[2]) tatroktāni pūrvvaṃ rāga-caritānāṃ pudgalānāṃ liṃgāni / samabhāga-caritasya pudgalasya mandarajaskasya ca
【2 問答重辨等分薄塵行相差別】【1 問】katamāni liṃgāni /
【2 答】【1 明等分後明薄塵】āha / samabhāga-caritasya pudgalasya sarvvāṇi tāni liṃgāni saṃvidyante / yāni rāgādicaritānāṃ, tāni rāgā[dī]ni tu nādhimātrāni / na pradhānāni / tathā rāgādicaritārāṃ samaprāptāni bhavanti (10A-9[3]) pratyayeṣu sat su na prajñāyante /
【2 明薄塵行】【1 列七句】tatra mandarajaskasya pudgalasya liṃgāni / anāvṛto bhavaty ādi-śuddha-saṃbhāra-saṃbhṛtaḥ / prasāda-bahulo medhāvī puṇyavān guṇān-vitaś ca bhavati /
【2 釋】【1 解無重障】【1 總說】tatra trīṇyāvaraṇāni /(1) karmā-varaṇaṃ / kleśa-varaṇaṃ / vipākā-varaṇaṃ /
【2 別釋】【1 業障】tatra karmā-varaṇaṃ / pañcānantaryāṇi karmāni /(2) yaccānyadapi kiṃcit karmāṇi (karma) / (10A-9[4]) saṃ[ā]cetanīyaṃ / gurūīkarma, vipakvavipākaṃ / mārgātpattaye / nibaddhakārakaṃ /
【2 煩惱障】tatra kleśā-varaṇaṃ / tīvrakleśatā / āyatakleśatā ca / yā dṛṣṭe dharme carita-viśodhanenālambana-viśodhanena na śakyate viśodhayituṃ /
【3 異熟障】tatra vipākāvaraṇaṃ yatrāryamārgasya apravṛttirapra sāda upapattyāyatane [/] tatra vā vipāka(10A-9[5])m abhinirvvarttayati / yatra vā āryamārgasya pravṛttiḥ / tatropapanno jāto / bhavaty eḍamūko hasta-saṃbādhikaḥ apratibalo bhavati / subhāvitadur-bhāvitānāṃ dharmāṇām-artham-ājñātuṃ /
【2 解最初清淨】【1 總說】tatrādi śuddhiḥ, śīlaṃ ca suviśuddhaṃ dṛṣṭiś ca rjvī [/] tatra śīlaṃ suviśuddhaṃ /
【2 別釋】【1 善淨戒】daśabhiḥ kāraṇair veditavyam /
【2 正直見】tatra dṛṣṭi tṛptitā jātā(1) (10A-9[6]) śradadhāṃ(ddhā) saṃprayogāt / adhimukti-saṃprayogāddhi tamāryā[a]śāṭhyatayā sucintita dharmārthasya niḥ kāṃkṣa-nirvicikitsa(ā)-prayoga-niryāṇatayā yā dṛṣṭiḥ śraddhayā saṃprayuktā / asmāddharma vinayādasaṃhāryādadhimuktyā ca saṃprayuktā buddhānāṃ buddha-śrāvakāṇāṃ ca / anityamanubhava[na]manityāni copapattyatanā(10A-9[7])ni / gaṃbhīrāṃ ca deśanāṃ / avyākṛta-vastu cādhimucyate / no[t]trasati, na saṃtrāsamā padyate / vigatamāyāśāṭhyā ca yā dṛṣṭiḥ yayā ṛjuko bhavati / ṛjukajātīyaḥ / yathānuśīṣṭaś ca pratipadyate / yathābhūtaṃ cātmānamāviṣkaroti / dharmāṇāṃ vānityatāmārabhya, duḥkhatāṃ, śūnyatāmanāt matām-arthaḥ suvicintito(10A-9[8]) bhavati / sutulitaḥ sūpaparīkṣitaḥ / yad dhetorayaṃ niḥkāṅkṣo bhavati / nirvicikitsaḥ / dvedhā yathā gato viśeṣāya paraiti / itīyaṃ caturākārā dṛṣṭir yathā uddiṣṭā / dṛṣṭiṛjutety ucyate /
【3 解資糧已具】【1 總說】tatra saṃbhāra-saṃbhṛtatā-vistareṇa saṃbhāraḥ / purvvam eva nirdiṣṭaḥ samāsataḥ / punaścarvidho bhavati / puṇyasaṃbhāro, jñānasaṃbhā(10B-9[1])raḥ, pūrvvako, dṛṣṭdhārmikaś ca /
【2 別釋】【1 福德資糧】tatra puṇyasabhāro(1) yenāpy etarhi ānulomikāḥ pariṣkārāḥ prādurā bhavanti / pradakṣiṇāḥ / kalyāṇa-mitrāṇi ca pratilabhate / anantarāyaś ca prayuktasya bhavati /
【2 智慧資糧】tatra jñāna-saṃbhāraḥ /(2) yena medhāvī bhavati, pratibalaḥ / subhāṣi tad urbhāṣitānāṃ dharmāṇām-artham-ājñātuṃ[/]-lābhī bhavati / ā(10B-9[2])nulobhikāyā dharma-deśanāyāḥ, artha-deśanāyāḥ, avavādānuśāsanyāḥ /
【3 先世資糧】tatra pūrvvako yenaitahi(rhi) pa[ri(3)] pakvānīndriyāṇi labhate / purva-kuśalamūlopacayāt /
【4 現法資糧】tatra dṛṣṭa-dhārmakas tad yathā / kuśalo dharmacha(ccha)ndaḥ / tathā paripakva-indriyasya śīlasamvara, indriya-samvaraiti vistareṇa purvva-vat /
【4 解多清淨信】tatra prasādabahu(10B-9[3])latā [/] na śāstari kāṃkṣati / na vicikitsati / prasīdaty adhimucyate / yathā-śāstary evaṃ dharme, śikṣāyām iti vistareṇa pūrvva-vat /
【5 解成就聰慧】tatra medhā yayā āśu dharmamudgṛhṇāti / cireṇa dharmam-arthaṃ ca na vistārayati / āśu dharmamarthaṃ ca pratividhyati /
【6 解具諸福德】tatra kṛta-puṇyatā / yayā abhirūpo bhavati / darśanīyaḥ / prāsādiko (10B-9[4]) dīrghāyur bhavaty ādeyavākyo, maheśākhyo, jñāto bhavati / mahāpuṇyo lābhī cīvarādināṃ / sa satkṛto, gurūkṛtaś ca / rājādīnāṃ /
【7 解具諸功德】tatra guṇānvita iti / guṇā alpecchatādayo veditavyāḥ / yathā uktaṃ śramaṇālaṃkāre(1) tairayaṃ prakṛtyaiba samanvāgato bhavati /
【3 結】itīmāny evaṃ bhāgīyāni manda-rajaskasya(10B-9[5]) pudgalasya liṃgāni veditavyāni //
【14 pudgalparyāya補特伽羅異門gaṅ zag gi rnam graṅs】【1 總說】tatra saṭ pudgalaparyāyāḥ / tad yathā śramaṇo, brāhmṇo, brahmacārī bhikṣuryati[ḥ], pravrajitaśceti /
【2 標釋六種】【1 沙門】【1 列名】tatra catvāraḥ śramaṇāḥ /
【2 略屬當】mārga-jinaḥ / mārga-deśikaḥ / mārga-jīvī / māra-gadūṣī ca /
【3 略解】tatra yaḥ sugataḥ sa mārga-jinaḥ / yo dharmavādī sa mārga-deśi(10B-9[6])kaḥ / tatra yaḥ pratipannaḥ / sa margajīvī / yo mithyā-pratipannaḥ sa mārgadūṣī /
sugataśca ucyate / yośeṣaṃ rāga-dveṣamoha-kṣayamanuprāptaḥ /(2) dharmavādī / yo rāga-dveṣamoha-vinayāya dharmaṃ deśayati / su-pratipanno yo rāgadveṣamohavinayāya pratipannaḥ / duḥśīla[ḥ] pāpa-dharmā, mithyā pra(10B-9[7])tipannaḥ /
【4 重釋】api ca / śaikṣāśaikṣā marga-jinā ity ucyante / darśana-bhāvanā-prahātavyānāṃ kleśānāṃ vijayāttatra tathāgato bodhisattvaś-cāyatyāṃ bodhāya pratipanna(ā)ḥ / śrāvakāś ca sūtra-dharā, vinaya-dharā, mātṛkādharāś ca / ye sāṃketikaṃ dharmavinayaṃ dhārayanti / dharmanetrīṃ pravartta yanti / ima ucyante mārga(10B-9[8])-deśikāḥ / tatra ye pṛthag-jana-kalyāṇakā ātmahitāya pratipannā śajjinaḥ (mārga-deśikāḥ) / kaukṛtikāḥ śikṣākāmāḥ / aprāptasya prāptaye anadhigatasyādhigamāya āsākṣātkṛtasya sākṣātkriyāyai prayuktā, bhavyāś ca pratibalā, yāvada-sā-kṣātkṛtasya sākṣāt-kriyāyai [/] ima ucyante mārga jīvinaḥ / (11A-1[1]) apyeṣāmūṣmā yena[ya]masya(/) āryasya prajñendriyasya utpattaye, na mṛtā jīvantītyucyate / tena ucyante mārgajīvina iti / tatra yoyaṃ pudgalo duḥśīlaḥ pāpa-dharmā yāvadabrahama cārī[brahmacārī(2)](ri) pratijñaḥ / ayam ucyate mārgadūṣī dūṣitonena mārgo bhavati mūlata āditaḥ / yenāyama-bhavyo bhavaty apratibalaḥ / abhājanabhūto mārga(11A-1[2])sya utpattaye / satyāṃ saṃvidyamānāyāṃ mārgadeśanāyāṃ sati saṃvidyamānedhigame [/] tasmān mārga-dūṣītyucyate /
【5 引證】idaṃ ca sandhāya uktaṃ bhagavatā /(1) iha katamaḥ śramaṇaḥ / iha yāvac caturthaḥ / śūnyāḥ parapravādāḥ / śramaṇaibrahmiṇaiś ca / yatrāryāṣṭāṃgo mārgaḥ prajñāyate / tatra prathama-śramaṇas tatra yācac caturtha iti //
【2 婆羅門】【1 總說】ta(11A-1[3])tra(ya) trayo brāhmaṇāṃ / tad yathā jāti-brāhmaṇaḥ saṃjña-brāhmaṇaḥ / pratipatti-brāhmaṇaś ca /
【2 別釋】【1 種性婆羅門】tatra jāti-brāhmaṇaḥ / yoyaṃ jāti-brāhmaṇaḥ kulajāto, yonijo, mātṛsambhūtaḥ / utpanno mātṛtaḥ, pitṛtaḥ /
【2 名想婆羅門】tatra saṃjñā-brāhmaṇa iti loke nāma bhavati saṃjñā sama[ā]jñā, prajñaptir vyavahāraḥ /
【3 正行婆羅門】pratipatti-brāhmaṇaḥ / yotyantani(ntaṃ) bhavati kṛtārthaḥ / (11A-1[4]) vāhitā bhavanty anena pāpakā akuśalā(2) dharmāḥ / yathā uktaṃ na kāryaṃ brāhmaṇasyāsti / kṛtārtho brāhmaṇaḥ smṛta iti /
【3 梵行】tatra trayo brahma-cāriṇaḥ / tad yathā virati-samādāyī / tad antara-prahāyī, tad atyanta-prahāyī ca / tatra virati-samādāyī / yo brahma-caryā[t] punar dharmāt prativirato bhavati / samādatta-śikṣaḥ / tatra tad antara-prahāyī yo lau(11A-1[5])kikena mārgeṇa kāmavītarāgaḥ pṛthagjanaḥ / tatra tad atyantaprahāgī / tad yathā nāgāmī / arhatvāt punaḥ (arhanvā punaḥ) //
【4 苾芻】tatra pañca bhikṣavaḥ / bhiṣatīti bhikṣuḥ / pratijñā-bhikṣuḥ / saṃjñā-bhikṣuḥ / bhinna-kleśatvādbhikṣuḥ / jñapti-caturthena karmaṇa-upasampādito bhikṣuḥ //
【5 精勤】tatra trayo yatayaḥ / dauḥśīlya-saṃyamād yatiḥ / yokuśalād vāk kāya-karmaṇaḥ (11A-1[6]) prativirataḥ / viṣaya-saṃyamādyatiḥ / ya indriye gupta dvāraḥ / ārakṣita-smṛtiḥ / nipaka-smṛti[ḥ /] vistareṇa pūrvva-vat / kleśa-saṃyamādyatiḥ / yasya darśana-prahātavyāḥ kleśāḥ prahīṇā utpanna-utpannañ ca / vitarkaṃ vyāpādavihi[taṃ] vitarkam abhidhyā vyāpāda-dṛṣṭimithyādṛṣṭi-krodho-panāhamrakṣapradāśādīnyāpāyikāni sthānāni (11A-1[7]) nairayikāni(ṇi) / durgatigāmī(ni)(/) aśramaṇa-kārakāṇy-utpannotpannāni nādhivāsayati / prajahāti / viśodhayati / vyantī-karoti / soyaṃ dvividhaḥ kleśa-saṃyamo bhavati / paryavasthāna-saṃyama, ubhaya-saṃyamaś ca //
【6 出家】tatra dvau pravrajitau / svāravyā tad harmavinayo, durākhyāta-dharma-vinayaś ca / tatra svākhyāta-dharma-vinayaḥ / bhikṣur bhikṣuṇī, (11A-1[8])śikṣamāṇā, śrāmaṇera[ḥ], śrāmaṇerī / api ca pravrājayatyātmanaḥ pāpakān akuśalān dharmān sa pravrajita ity ucyate / paramārthataḥ / tatra durākhyāta-dharma-vinayaḥ / tad yathā tīrthika[ḥ], parivrājo(vrāḍ), nirgrantho vā, parivrājakopāṇḍuroga iti / yo vā punar apyevaṃbhāgīyaḥ / tenāhaṃ(ha) śramaṇo, brāhmaṇo, vā brahmacārī, bhikṣuryatiḥ, pravra//
【15 aṣṭaudgalāḥ catvari pudgalavyavasthānāni八種補特伽羅、四種建立因緣(補特伽羅種類與建立因緣)gaṅ zag brgyadrnam par gshag pa'i rgyu】【1 總舉二門(缺2-3)】(11B-1[1]) [(1).............................................(1)] ra──ca / kāla-prabhedaḥ dīrgha-kāla-bhāvita-mārgo, na dīrgha-kāla-bhāvita-mārgaś ca /
【4 建立已結】itīme catvāraḥ prabhedāḥ kathaṃ nidānāni bhavanti /
【5 以五句分別成辨多少】yadvā saṃpra (2) (11B-1[2]) [(1)....... ...................(1)]jña upāyajña[ḥ]-kuśala ity arthaḥ / sātatya-pakṣe prayogo(gaḥ) sātatiko nipakva ity ucyate / dīrghakāla-bhāvita-bhāvita(3) (11B-1[3]) [(1)..................(1)] trayeṇa bhedena /
yoga-prayoga-kāla-bhedenāptānāṃ pudgalānāṃ vyavasthānaṃ yastāvad pudgalaḥ aparipakvendriyaḥ / sa tāvadupāya-jñopi sātatikopi kṛta paricayopi nārādhako bhavati / dhyāyyasya dharmasya kuśalasya / tatra paripakvendriyaś ca (11B-1[4]) [.......(1)] jño bhavati / paripakvendriyo bhavati / upāyajño na kṣiprābhijño bhavati /
【16 catvāromārāḥ四魔bdud bshi】【1 總舉二門勸知勸離】tatra parirapakva-indriyo, bhavaty upāyajño, na sātatiko, na kṛta-paricayaḥ / na tāvatkṛtasvārtho bhavati / kṛtakṛtyaḥ / yaś ca paripakvendriyo bhavaty upāyajñaḥ / sātatikaḥ, kṛta paricayaś ca bhavaty evaṃ sa ārādhako bhavati / (11B-1[5]) kṣiprābhijñaś ca / kṛta-svakāryaś ca bhavati kṛtya-kṛtyaḥ //
tatra catvāro mārāḥ(2) saṃbahulāni mārakarmāṇi / veditavyāni yoginā / yoga-prayuktena / te ca parijñāya parivarjayitavyāḥ /
【2 別解二門】【1 解魔】【1 出體相】【1 總說】tatra catvāro mārāḥ / tad yathā skandha-māraḥ, kleśa-māraḥ, maraṇa-māraḥ / deva-putra-māraś ca /
【2 別釋】【1 蘊魔】paṃca-upādāna-skandhāḥ skandha-māraḥ /
【2 煩惱魔】traidhātukāvacarāḥ kleśāḥ /
【3 死魔】teṣāṃ teṣāṃ sattvānāṃ / tasmāt tasmāt sattva-nikāyāḥ ya(yādya)n-maraṇaṃ kālakriyā maraṇa-māraḥ /
【4 天魔】yopyakuśala-pakṣa-prayuktasya skandha-kleśa-mṛtyusamatikramāya kāma-dhātūpapanno deva-putraḥ / niścaya-prāptaḥ antarāyamupasaṃharati / vyākṣepakaraṇe / ayam ucyate deva-putra-māraḥ /
【2 出其作用】tatra yatra ca mriyate / (11B-1[7]) yaścāsau mṛtyur yena ca mṛtyuṃ namayati, krāmayatyantarāyikena vastunā [/] ity etad adhikṛtya catvāro mārā vyavasthāpitāḥ /
tatra pañca-sūpādāna-skandheṣu jāteṣu vardvamāneṣu mriyate / kleśāṃ(śān) janayatyāyatyāṃ jātaś ca mriyate / cyutiś ca cyavanatā satvānāṃ jīvitendriya-nirodhaḥ / kālakriyā svabhāva eva mṛtyuḥ / deva-putra-māraś ca maraṇa (11B-1[8]) samatikramāya prayuktasyāntarāyam upasaṃharati / yena na eva vā śaknoti maraṇ adharmmatāṃ samatikrimitum // kālāntareṇa vā samatikrāmati / tatra avaśagato mārasya bhavati laukikamārgavītarāgaḥ pṛthagjanaḥ // iha sthastatra upapanno vā, [a]vaśagataḥ / punar yaḥ avītarāgaḥ /
tatra ye vītarāgaḥ(1) eva hastagato yathākāmaṃ karaṇī(11B-1[9])yaḥ / vītarāgo vā punar baddho mārabandhanaiḥ / apari-mukto mārapāśairyasmātsa punar apy āgantī(ntā) imāṃ(ṃ) dhārntum(dhātum) /
【2 魔事】【1 問】tatra mārakarmāṇi /
【2 解】【1 初魔事】yasya kasyacit karmano dharmac-chandaḥ samutpanno naiṣkramya-upasaṃhitaḥ / kāmagredhamadhipatiṃ kṛtvā pravarttante / veditavyaṃ māra-karmai (11A-2[1]) taditi /
【2 第二魔事】indriyair gupta-dvārasya viharataḥ / yasya raṃjanīyeṣu rūpeṣu sahagatvara sampraṣṭavya-dharmeṣu-nimitta-grāhitāyām anuvyaṃjana-grāhitāyāṃ cittaṃ praskandati / veditavyaṃ mārakarmaitaditi /
【3 第三魔事】evaṃ bhojaneṣu mātrajñasya viharataḥ parṇīteṣu raseṣu chandarāgamanunayena cittaṃ praskandati / bhaktavaiṣamye evaṃ pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyo (11A-2[2]) gamananuyuktasya viharataḥ / nidrā-sukhe, śayana-sukhe, pārśva-sukhe cittaṃ praskandati / veditavyaṃ mārakarmaitaditi /
【4 第四魔事】tathā saṃprajānad vihāriṇo viharataḥ / abhikramapratikramādiṣu śiśumudāra-varṇnaṃ raṃjanīyaṃ mātṛ-grāmaṃ dṛṣṭvā ayoniśo nimitta-graheṇa cittaṃ praskandati /
【5 第五魔事】loka-citrāṇi vā dṛṣtvā cittaṃ praskandati / bahvarthatāṃ(tāyāṃ), bahu-(11A-2[3])kṛtyatāyāṃ, cittaṃ praskandati / tad yathā gṛha-stha-pravrajitaiḥ saṃsargārāmatāyāṃ, pāpamitraiḥ saha ekavyavasitāyāṃ, dṛṣṭy anumate cittaṃ praskandati / veditavyaṃ mārakarmaitaditi //
【6 第六魔事】tathā buddhe, dharme, saṃdhe, duḥkhe, samudaye, nirodhe, mārge / iha-loke, paraloke kāṃkṣā vimataya utpadyante / veditavyaṃ māra-karmaitaditi /
【7 第七魔事】ara(11A-2[4])ṇyagato vā, vṛkṣamūlagato vā, śūnyāgāra-gato vā, mahāntambhayabhairavaṃ paśyatyu[t]trāsakaraṃ romaharṣaṇaṃ / bhāhmaṇaveṣeṇa, vā manuṣya-veṣeṇa vā, a-manuṣya-veṣeṇa vā, kaścid upasaṃkramyāyoniśaḥ(/) śaklapakṣādvic-chandiyati / kṛṣṇapakṣe ca samādāpayati / veditavyaṃ māra-karmaitaditi /
【8 第八魔事】yadā lābhasatkāre cittaṃ pra(11A-2[5])skandati / mātsarye mahec-chantayāṃ / asantuṣṭau, krodhopanāha(/) kuhanā-lapanādiṣu / śramaṇālaṃkāra-vipakṣeṣu dharmeṣu cittaṃ praskandati / veditacyaṃ mārakarmaitaditi /
【3 釋已總結】itīmāny evaṃbhāgīyāni māra-karmāni veditavyāṇi tāni caturṇṇāṃ mārāṇāṃ yathā-yogaṃ //
【17 viphala無果'bras bu med】【1 總說】tatra caturbhiḥ kāraṇaiḥ samyak prayuktasyāpyāraṃbho viphalo bhavati / (11A-2[6]) tadyathā indriyasamudāgamena / anulomāvavādena / samādhi-durbbalatayā ca /
【2 別釋】 【1 由諸根未積集故】indriyāṇi cenna samudāgatāni / ānulomikaścāvavādo bhavati / samādhiś ca kevalavān / evam asyārambho viphalo bhavati /
【2 由教授不隨順故】indriyaṇi cenna samudāgatāni bhavanti / avavādaś ca nānulomiko bhavati / samādhiś ca balavān bhavati / evam ārambho vi(11A-2[7])phalaḥ /
【3 由等持力微劣故】indriyāṇi cetsamudāgatāni / sa avavādaś cānulomiko bhavati / samādhiś ca durbalo bhavaty evāraṃbhā(vamārambho) viphalaḥ / indriyāṇi cetsamudāgatāni bhavanti / a[ā]nulomikaścāvavādo bhavati / samādhiś ca durbbalo bhavaty eva[m a]ārambho viphalaḥ /
【3 結】indriyāṇi cetsamudāgatāni bhavanti / ānulomikaścacāvavādaḥ / samādhiś ca balavān evam a(11A-2[8])syārambhaḥ saphalo bhavaty ebhis tribhiḥ kāraṇair viphalo bhavati / tribhir eva kāraṇaiḥ saphalaḥ //
uddānaṃ //
māraś ca māraka(11B-2[1])rmāṇi ārambho viphalo bhavet //
// yogācārabhūmau śrāvakabhūmi-saṃgṛhītāyāṃ dvitīyaṃ yoga-sthānam // 【3 tṛtīyaṃ yogasthānam第三瑜伽處謂安立處】【1 往慶問】【1 upasaṁkramitavyaḥ往請問'gro bar bya】【1 為證自利欲往請問應住四處】evaṃ kṛte pudgala-vyavasthāne, ālambana-vyavasthāne, yāvadbhāvanāphala-vyavasthāne ātmakāmena pudgalena svārthamanuprāptukāmena ādikarmikena(ṇa) / tat prathāma-karmikena(ṇa)yogajña, ācāryo vā, upādhyāyo vā, purūṣo, gurūsthānī(11B-2[2]) yo vā, caturṣu sthāneṣu smṛtimupasthāpya upasaṃkramitavyaḥ /
【2 求請問時】abhijñābhiprayeṇa, nopalambhacittatayā, sa gauraveṇa, na samānastambhatayā / kiṃ kuśala-gaveṣiṇā / nātmodbhāvanārtha / ātmānaṃ parāṃś ca kuśalamūlena yojayiṣyāmīti / na labhastkārārtham evaṃ ca punar ūpasaṃkramya
【3 請威儀】kālenāva kāśaṃ kṛtvā, ekāṃsamuttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛ(11B-2[3])tvā, dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratitaṣṭhāpya, nīcataramevāsane niṣadya, sapratīśena yoga āyācitavyaṃ /
【4 明請問】ahamasmim(sim)yogenārthī, yogaṃ ādikṣvānukampāmupādāya /
【2 saṁpraharṣayitavyaḥ慶問yaṅ dag par rab tu dga' bar bya】【1 佛歎善】ity evañ ca punar āyācitena yoginā yogajñena sa ādikarmikaḥ, tat prathamakarmikaḥ yoga-manasikāre prayoktukāmaḥ / ślakṣṇaślakṣṇai(11B-2[4])rvvacanapathai(1) rūdvejayitavyaḥ(2) / saṃpraharṣayitavyaḥ / prahāṇe cānuśaṃso(3) varṇṇayitavyaḥ / sādhu, sādhu,
【2 十二句讚勵慶慰】【1 初句】durmukha, yastvāṃ(stvaṃ)pramādāpagatāyāṃ prajāyāṃ, viṣayanimnāyāṃ, viṣayādhyavasitāyāṃ apramādāya prayoktukāmaḥ /
【2 第二句】apāya-dhāraka-praviṣṭāyām apāya-dhārakānnirgantukāmaḥ /
【3 第三句】rāga-dveṣa-moha-vigata-bandhanāyāṃ bandhanāni kṣeptu(11B-2[5])kāmaḥ /
【4 第四句】saṃsāramahādāvīdugamārga-praviṣṭānāṃ(yāṃ) nistarttukāmaḥ /
【5 第五句】kleśa-kuśala-mūla-mahādurbhikṣa-prāptāyāṃ kuśala-mūla-subhikṣamanuprāptukāmaḥ /
【6 第六句】kleśa-taskara-mahābhayānugatāyāṃ / nirvvāṇaṃ kṣemamanuprāptukāmaḥ /
【7 第七句】kleśamahāvyādhigrastāyāṃ paramamāno nirvvāṇamanuprāptukāmaḥ /
【8 第八句】caturotmā(ghā)nusrotopahatāyāmo(11B-2[6])ghānutarttukāmaḥ /
【9 第九句】mahāvidyānukāra-praviṣṭāyāṃ mahājñāna[ā]okamanuprāptukāmaḥ /
【10 第十句】anya(tra)tvamāyuṣmannevaṃ prayujyamānaḥ / samohaṃ ca rāṣṭra-piṃḍaṃ paribhokṣyate / śāsturvacanakaro bhavaṣyasi / ānirākṛtadhyāyī, vipaśyanayā samanvāgataḥ /bṛmhayitā śunyāgārāṇāṃ svakāyayogamanuyuktaḥ /
【11 第十一句】avigarhito vi(11B-2[7])jñaiḥ sabrahmacāribhis tulyahitāya pratipannaḥ / parahitāya, bahujanahitāya, lokānukampāyai, ārthāya, hitāya,
【12 第十二句】sukhā yad evam anuṣyāṇām ity evaṃ bhāgīyaiḥ ślakṣṇairvacanapathaiḥ(1) /
【2 尋求】【1 以四種paripraṣṭavyaḥ審問yoṅs su dri bar bya審問處法應審問之】saṃharṣayitvā (saṃharṣya) prahāṇe cānuśaṃsaṃ darśayitvā, caturṣu parirapṛcchāsthānīyeṣu dharmeṣu paripraṣṭvyaḥ / kaści(cci)dāyuṣmānekāntena buddha[8]śaraṇaṃ gato, dharmaṃ saṃghaṃ, no cetobahirdhānyaṃ śāstāraṃ vā, dakṣiṇīyamvā saṃjānāti, kaccitte ādipariśodhitādbrahmacaryasya bhāvanāyai śīlaṃ ca te sa-viśuddhaṃ dṛṣṭiś ca ṛjvī kaccitte āryasatyānāmuddeśavibhaṃgamāramya dharmaḥ śrutaścodgṛhītaś ca / alpo vā, prabhūto vā, kaccitte nirvāṇā(11A-3[1])dhimuktaṃ cittaṃ / nirvāṇābhiprāyaś ca prabrajitaḥ /
【2 於四種處法以四因緣應正samanveṣitavyaḥ尋求legs par rjes su brtag par bya,於願種姓根行處】【1 總說】sacetpṛṣṭa omiti(3) prajānāti /
【2 別釋】【1 四種處所】tata(4) uttari caturṣu sthāneṣu caturbhiḥ kāranaiḥ samanveṣitavyaḥ / praṇidhānataḥ samanveṣitavyaḥ / gotrata, indriyataḥ / caritataś ca samanveṣitavyaḥ
【2 四種因緣】【1 總說】kathayā, ceṣṭayā, cetaḥ paryāyasthānena paryeṣitavyaḥ /
【2 別釋】【1 pṛcchayā samanveṣitavyaḥ以審問dri bas legs par rjes su brtag par bya】【1 應以審問尋求其願】tatra kathaṃ pṛcchayā praṇidhāna(11A-3[2])taḥ samanveṣitavyaḥ / evaṃ paripraṣṭavyaḥ / kutrāyuṣmān kṛtapraṇidhāna iti / śrāvakayāne, pratyekabuddhayāne, (1)mahāyāne [/] sa yatra yatra kṛtapraṇidhāno bhaviṣyati / ta cai(trai)vātmānaṃ vyākariṣyati / evaṃ pṛcchayā praṇidhānataḥ samanveṣitavyaḥ /
【2 應以審問尋求種姓及以根行】【1 驗行】kathaṃ pṛcchayā gotram-indriyaṃ caritaṃ ca [/] samanveṣitavyaṃ / sa evaṃ paripraṣṭavyaḥ / (11A-3[3]) āyuṣmānātmano gotram vā, indriyamvā, caritaṃ vā [/](1) kiṃ gotrohaṃ / kīdṛśāni me indriyāṇi mṛdūni, madhyāni, tīkṣṇāni kiṃ rāgacaritaḥ / atha dveṣacaritaḥ / evaṃ tāvad vitarkavicārita(vicāracarita) iti / sacet sa prājño bhavati / pū(pau)rvvā paryeṇa cāmuno gotram-indriyaṃ, caritañcopalakṣitaṃ bhavati /
【2 癡行】nimittīkṛtaṃ [/] tañcai(c caiva) va vyākaroti / (11A-3[4]) sa cet punar yukto bhavati / na cānena paurvāparyeṇa yāvannimittīkṛtaṃ bhavati / tataś caritaṃ copalakṣitaṃ bhavati / sa pṛṣṭo na vyākaroti /
【2 kathayā samanveṣitavyaḥ以言論gtam gyis legs par rjes su brtag par bya】【1 宣說聲聞乘相應言論】tasya tata uttarakālaṃ kathayā tāvattrīṇi(2) samanveṣitavyāni /
【2 宣說獨覺乘相應言論】tasya purastācchāvakayānapratisaṃyuktā kathā karaṇīyā / citrair gamakaidhurairvacanapathaiḥsa tasyāṃ kathāyāṃ (11A-3[5]) kathyamānāyāṃ sa cecchāvakagotro bhavaty atyarthaṃ tayā kathayā prīyate / hṛṣyate, ānandījātaḥ, saumanasyajāto bhavati / (na) prasīdati nādhi(adhi)mucyate /
【3 宣說大乘相應言論】mahāyānapratisaṃyuktāyāmvā punaḥ kathāyāṃ kathyamānāyāṃ yo mahāyānagotraḥ sotyarthaṃ prīyate / hṛṣyate / yāvat prasīdaty adhimūcyate / śrāvakapratyekabuddhastu na tathā / sa ce(11A-3[6])tpunaḥ mṛdvindriyo bhavati / satyarthañca prīyate / dharmasya cārthasya copalakṣaṇāya / udgrahṇāya, prativedhāya ca / madhyendriyo na, tikṣṇendriyastu / āsu dharma copalakṣayatyudgṛhṇāti / pratividhyati / gambhīrāyāmapi kathāyāṃ kathyamānāyāṃ / sacet puna[ā]rāgacarito bhavati / sa prasadanīyāyāṃ kathāyāṃ kathyamānāyā (11B-3[1]) matyarthaṃ prasīdati ramate / kā(yā)va ta(d) dhyānaṃ praviśati / cāptā ca magru (aśru?) prapātaṃ ca snigdhasantānatāṃ, mṛducittatāṃ, dravacittatām copadarśayati / saced dveṣacarito bhavati / nirvvedhikāyāṃ kathāyāṃ kathyamānāyāṃ nirvvāṇapratisaṃyuktāyāṃ nirāmiṣamu[t]trasya saṃtrāsamāpadyate / yathā mṛdvindriyasyoktaṃ tathātrāpi veditavyam / sa ce (11B-3[2])tsa dharmānucarito bhavati / jānātyarthaṃ śuśrūṣate / na śrotramavadadhāti / na tathā prajñācittam upasthāpayati / āvarjito 'pi na tathā sānukāramanu prayacchati / sa cet punar vicarito (rvicārānucarito) bhavati tasya svavahitasyāpi cittaṃ vikṣipyate / durgṛhītagrāhī bhavati / na dṛḍhaṃ gṛhṇāti / na sthiraṃ, udgṛhītañca nāśayati / na pu(11B-3[3])na[ḥ] kaya(tha)yā paripṛcchana kaś ca bhavati / evaṃ kathayā / gotram-indriyaṃ caritaṃ ca samanveṣitavyaṃ /
【3 ceṣṭyā samanveṣitavyaḥ以所作sbyod pas legs par rjes su brtag par bya】kathaṃ ceṣṭayā [/] yāni purvoktāni liṃgāni / śrāvakagotrasya, rāga-caritānāṃ ca pudgalānāṃ tani ceṣṭety ucyate / tayā ca ceṣṭayā yathāyogaṃ gotram-indriyaṃ caritaṃ ca samanveṣitavyaṃ /
【4 cetaḥ paryāyajānena samanveṣitavyaḥ以知他心差別智sems kyi rnam graṅs śes pas legs par rjes su ḍrtag par】tatra kathaṃ cetaḥ paryāyajñānena(1) gotrendri(11B-3[4])yacaritāni samanveṣitavyāni / yathāpi sa yogī yogajño lābhī bhavati cetaḥ paryāya jñānasya [/]sa tena paracitta-jñānena gotram-indriyaṃ, caritaṃ ca yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti /
【3 安立門】【1 pañcasu sthāneṣu vinayate開五句:五處安立gnas lṅa la ñes par sbyar par bya】etāni catvāri sthānānyebhiś caturbhiḥ kāraṇaissamanveṣya pañcasu sthāneṣu vinayate / tad yathā samādhi-saṃbhāra-rakṣopacaye, prāvivekye, cittaikāgratāyāḥ(yāṃ(1)), (11B-3[5]) āvaraṇa-viśuddhau, manaskāra-bhāvanā yāṃ ca /
【2 隨別釋】【1 samādhisaMbhārarakṣopacaya護養定資糧tiṅ ṅe 'dsiṅ gyi tshogs bsruṅ shiṅ bsags pa】tatra samādhi-saṃbhārara-kṣopacayaḥ yāvatā śīla-samvareṇa samanvāgato bhavati / tatra cāpramāda-vihārī bhavaty apapariṇāya(2) buddhānuśiṣṭasya ca buddhānujñātasya pudgalasya, śīla-skandhasya śikṣāpada-pratipattyā vīryaṃ na sransa(sraṃsa)yati / evam ayam avigatācchīla-pratisamvarācchi(3)(11B-3[6])kṣāmārgānna parihīyate / anadhigataṃ ca śikṣāmārgamadhigacchati / yathā śīla-samvara evam indriya-samvaraḥ, bhojane matrajñatā, pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikānuyogaḥ, saṃprajānadvihā(11A-4[1])ritā, evaṃ yāvacchamaṇālaṃkāra iti /(4) yasya yasya saṃbhāraparigṛhītasya dharma-pravibhāgasya lābhī bhavati / sa taṃ vā rakṣatyuttari(raṃ) ca pravibhāgasya pa(ā)ripūraye / yathoktādbhūrādhikakasamudācārāya(3) [c]chandajāto viherayu(ret)mu(mū)kajāta ārūbdhavīryaścāyamucyate samādhi-saṃbhāra-rakṣopacayaḥ / sa evaṃ hāna-bhāgīyāṃś ca dharmān (11A-4[2]) virajyati, śeṣa-bhāgīyāṃś ca dharman pratiṣevamāṇaḥ praviviktavihārī bhavati /
【2 prāvivekya遠離rab tu dben pa】【1 開三句】prāvivekyaṃ katamat /(1) yā sthāna-sampad-īryāpatha-sampat /
【2 解】【1 sthāna-sampad處所圓滿gnas phun su mtshogs pa】tatra sthāna-sampat tad yathā / araṇyamvā, vṛkṣamūlamvā, śūnyāgāramvā tatra parvvata-kandaraṃ vā, giriguhā vā, palāla-puṃjāni vā śūnyāgāram ity ucyate / tatra vana-prasthaṃ vṛkṣa-mūlam ity u(11A-4[3])cyate / tatrābhyavakāśaṃ, śmaśānaṃ, prāntaś ca śayanāsanamaraṇyam ity ucyate / tadidam abhisamasya sthānaṃ veditavyaṃ / yadutāraṇyavṛkṣa-mūla-śūnyāgāra-parvata-giriguhā-palāla-puṃjābhyavakāśa-śmaśāna-vana-prasthāni prāntāni śayanāsanāni / sthāna-sampatpunaḥ pañcavidhā /
【2 īryāpatha-sampad威儀圓滿spyod lam phun su mtshogs pa】iha sthānamādita evābhirūpaṃ bhavati darśanīyaṃ (11A-4[4]) prāsādi-kamārāmasampannaḥ, vana-sampannaṃ, puṣkariṇīsampannaṃ, śubhaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ, notkūla-nikūlaṃ, na sthāṇukaṇṭakadhānaṃ / na bahupāṣāṇaśarkarakapālaṃ / yatrāsya dṛṣṭavā cittamabhiprasīdati / vāsāya, prahāṇāya, prayogāya / hṛṣṭacittaḥ / pramudita-cittaṃ / prahāṇaṃ pradadhāti iyaṃ prathamā sthāna-sampat /
punarayaṃ(ridaṃ) (11A-4[5]) na divā alpavilokaṃ bhavati / rātrāvalpa-śabda-vanya-nirghoṣamalpa-daṃśamaśaka-vātātapa-sarīsṛpa-saṃsparśam iyaṃ dvitīyā sthāna-sampat / yat punar aparaṃ siṃha-vyāghra-dvīpi-taskara-paracakramanuṣyāmanuṣyabhayabhairavā pagataṃbhavati / yatra viśvasto niḥśaṃkitamānasaḥ / sukhaṃ sparśaṃ viharati / itīyaṃ tṛtīyā sthā(11A-4[6])na-sampat / punar aparaṃ ye te ānulomikā, jīvita-pariṣkārāścīvarādayaḥ / te [a] trālpakṛccheṇa sampadyante / yenāyaṃ piṇḍakena na klāmyati / yatrāsamvidhāna iyaṃ caturthī sthāna-sampat / punar apatraṃ(raṃ) kalyāṇa-mitra-parigṛhītaṃ bhavati / tadrūpā atra vijñāḥ sabrahmacāriṇaḥ prativasanti / yesyākṛtāni nottānī kurvvanti / gaṃbhī(11A-4[7])raṃ cārthapadaṃ prajñayā pratividhyam suṣṭhu ca prakāśayanti / jñānadarśanasya viśuddhaye / iyaṃ pañcamī sthānasampat /
tatra katamā īryāpathasampat /(1) divabcā caṃkrameṇa vātināmayati / niṣadya yāvatā evaṃ(2) rātrayāḥ prathamaṃ yāmaṃ madhyame na(ca)yāme dakṣiṇena pārśvena(ṇa)(3) śayyāṃ klpayati / paśicame ca yāme laghulaghve(11A-4[8])vottiṣṭhate / caṃkramaniṣadyayā vātināmayati / tasminn idaṃ sampanne śayanāsane, tathā buddhānujñāte mañcevā, pīṭhe vā, tṛṇe vā, saṃstaraṇe vā niṣīdati / paryaṅkamābhujya tu / kena kāraṇena pañca kāraṇāni samanupaśyan saṃpiṇiḍatena kāyena praśrābdhirūtpadyate / praśrabdhyutpattaye anukūloyamīryā (11B-4[1]) patha iti / tathā cārikā[kā]laṃ(1) niṣadyayā-śakto(2) vyatināmayituṃ / nā cāsyāneneryāpathena kāya-kleśo bhavati / tathā asādhāraṇo yamīryāpathonyatīrthikaiḥ / parapravādibhiḥ / tathā pare aneneryāpathena niṣaṇṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā atyarthamabhiprasīdanti buddaiś ca buddhaśrāvakaiścāyaṃ īryāpatho niṣevitaścānujñātaś ca [/] imā(11B-4[2])ni paṃcakāraṇāni / saṃpaśyati niṣīdati / paryaṅkamābhujya ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya /
tatra katamā kāyasaṃjñatā / kāyasya spaṣṭocchitapraṇihitatā / cittena na niḥśocyena kuhanāpagatenārjavena / tatra ṛjunā kāyena pragṛhītena styānamiddhaṃ cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati / niṣkuhakena citte bahirdhā-vikṣe(11B-4[3])po na paryādāya tiṣṭhati / pratimukhāṃ(khīṃ) smṛtimupasthāpya /
tatra katamā pratimukhā(khī)smṛtiḥ / yāmupasthāpayati yoniśo manasikārasaṃprayuktā smṛtiḥ pra[ti]mukhe(khī)tyucyata / sarva kṛṣṇapakṣapramukhatayā, prativilomatayā / api ca samādhinimittālambanā pratibhālambanā smṛtiḥ pratimukhe(khī)ty u(11B-4[4])cyate / sarvva-samāhitabhūmikālambana-pramukhatayā[ā]iyam ucyate īryāpathasampat /
【3 vyapakarṣa遠離圓滿dben pa phun su mtshogs pa】vyapakarṣaḥ katamaḥ / āha / dvividhaḥ kāya-vyayakarṣaḥ / citta-vyapakarṣaś ca / tatra kāya-vyapakarṣo yo gṛha-sthapravrajitaiḥ sārdhama-vihāritā // tatra citta-vyapakarṣaḥ yaḥ kliṣṭamavyākṛtaṃ ca manaskāraṃ ca varjayitvā / (11B-4[5]) samāhita-bhūmikaṃ vā samādhi-saṃbhāra-prāyogikaṃ vā manaskāraṃ bhāvayati / kuśalamarthopasaṃhitam ayam ucyate citta-vyapakarṣaḥ / tatra sthāna-sampat yā ceyamīryāpatha-sampat /
【3 結】yaścāyaṃ kāya-vyakarṣaḥ / yaś ca citta-vyapakarsaḥ (yaś citta-vyapakarṣas(1))tad ekatyamabhisaṃkṣipya prāvivekyam ity ucyate /
【3-4 [citt]aikāgratā心一境性sems rtse gcig pa ñid與淨障】【1 解心一境性】【1 正解心一境性】【1 總說】tatra ekāgratā katamā(2) / (11B-4[6]) āha / punaḥ punaḥ smṛti-sabhāgālambanā pravāhānavadyaratiyuktā / citta-santatiryā sā samādhir ity ucyate / kuśala-cittaikāgratāpi [/]
【2 別釋】kim, punaḥ punar anusmarati / āha / ye dharmā udgṛhītā[ḥ]śrutā, yā cāvavādānuśāsanī(3) pratilabdhā bhavati / gurūbhyastāmadhipatiṃ kṛtvā samāhita-bhūmika-nimittaṃ saṃmukhīkṛtya tadālamba(11B-4[7])nāṃ pravāhayuktāṃ smṛti manuvarttayati upanibadhnāti / tatra katamatsabhāgālambanaṃ / yat kiṃcit samāhita-bhūmikamālambanamaneka-vidhaṃ / bahunānāprakāraṃ / yenālambane cittaṃ paraṃ samāhitam idam ucyate / sabhāgamālambanaṃ [/] kasyaitat / sabhāgaṃ(1) [/] āha / kṣayasya vastunaḥ pratirūpakam etat tasmāt sabhāgam i(11B-4[8])ty ucyate / yā punar abhikṣayākārā nichidrā (niśchidrā) nirantarā smṛtiḥ pravartate / tenālambanena satataṃ ca satkṛtya ceyaṃ pravāhayuktatā / ya tpunas tasminn evālambane abhiratasyāsaṃkliṣṭa-vihāritā / vāhimārgatā smṛtir iyam avadyaratiyuktatā /
【3 結】tenāha punaḥ punar aparānusmṛti-sabhāgālambana-prava[ā]hānavadyaratiyuktā ci(11A-5[1])tta santatiḥ / samādhiriti
【2 明心一境性通於止觀】【1 開二門】sā khalveṣā ekāgratā śamatha-pakṣyā vipaśyanā-pakṣyā ca /
【2 徵解二門】【1 解四品navākārā cittasthitiḥ九種心住sems gnas pa rnam pa dgu】【1 列】tatra yā navākārāyāṃ cittasaṃtathau (sthitau) vā [sā] śamathapakṣyā, yā punaś caturvidhe prajñāhāre sā vipaśyanā-pakṣyā /
【2 釋九種心住】【1 總說】tatra navākārā cīttasthitiḥ katamā / iha bhikṣuradhyātmameva cittaṃ sthāpayati / saṃsthāpati / avasthāpayatyupasthāpaya(11A-5[2])ti / damayati / ś amayati / vyupaśamayati / ekotīkaroti / samādhatte [/]
【2 別釋】【1-2 內住、等住】【1 sthāpayati內住'jog par byed pa】kathaṃ sthāpayati / sarva bāhmebhya ālambanebhyaḥ pratisaṃkṣipyādhyātmamavikṣepāyopanibaghnati / yat tat prathamopanibaddho vikṣepāya iyaṃ sthāpanā /
【2 sthāpayati等住yaṅ dag par 'jog par byed pa】kathaṃ saṃsthāpayati / tat prathamopanibaddhaṃ yad eva cittaṃ tadva[la(1)]maudārikamasaṃsthita(11A-5[3])maparisaṃsthataṃ tasminn evālambane pravarddhanayogena prasādayogena sābhinigrahaṃ sūkṣmīkurvvan abhisaṃkṣipan saṃsthāpayati /
【3-4 安住、近住】【3 avasthāpayati安住bsdus te 'jog par byed pa】katham avasthāpayati / sa ceccittameva sthāpayataḥ / smṛtisaṃpramoṣādbahirdhā vikṣipyate / sa punar api tatha eva pratisaṃharanti(ti) / evam e(ma)va sthāpayati /
【4 upasthāpayati近住ñe bar 'jog par byed pa】kathaṃ damayati / yai(11A-5[4])r nimittairasya tac cittaṃ vikṣipyate / tad yathā gatvarasaṃs praṣṭavya-nimittai rāga-dveṣa-moha-strī-purūṣa-nimitaiś ca [/] tatra anena pūrvvam evādīnava-saṃjñodgṛhītā bhavati / tāmadhipatiṃ kṛtvā teṣu nimitteṣu tasya cittasya prasaraṃ na dadāti / evaṃ damayati //
【5 damayati調順dul bar byed pa】kathaṃ śamayati / yairvitarkaiḥ kāmavitarkādibhiḥ / yaiścopakle(11A-5[5])śaiḥ / kāma[ca]chandanivaraṇādibhiḥ / tasya cetasaḥ saṃkṣobho bhavati / tatra anena pūrvamevādīnavasaṃjñodgṛhītā bhavati / tāmadhipatiṃ kṛtvā tasya cetasaḥ / teṣu vitarkopakleśeṣu / prasaraṃ na dadātyevaṃ śamayati /
【6 śamayati寂靜shi bar byed pa】kathaṃ vyupaśamayati / smṛti-sampramoṣāttadubhaya-samudācāra(re)satyutpannotpannān vitarko (11A-5[6]) pakleśān nādhivāsayati / prajahāti / evaṃ vyupaśamayati /
【7 vyupaśamayati最極寂靜ñe bar shi bar shi bar byed pa】kathamekotīkaroti(1) / sābhisaṃskāraṃ nicchi(schi)draṃ nirantaraṃ samādhiprava[ā]hamā(ma)vasthāpayatyeva mekotīkaroti /
【8-9 專注一趣、等持】【8 egotīkaroti專注一趣rgyud gcig tu byed pa】kathaṃ samādhatto / āsevanānvayādbhāvanānvayād-bahulīkārānvayādanābhoga-vāhanaṃ / svarasa-vāhanaṃ / mārgaṃ labhate / yenāna(11B-5[1])bhisaṃskāra(re)vā(ṇā)nābhogenāsya cittasamādhipravāhaḥ / avikṣepe pravarttate / evaṃ samādhatte /
【9 samādhatte等持tiṅ ṅe 'dsin du byed pa】tatra ṣḍvidhad-balair navākārā(2) citta-sthitiḥ sampadyate / tad yathā śruta-cintābalena(3) / smṛti-balena(4) / vīryabalena / paricayabalena ca /
【3 明ṣaḍavidha-bala六種力stobs rnam pa drug成九住心】tatra śruta-cintābalena tāvat / yacchutaṃ, yā cintā[tā]madhipatiṃ kṛtvā cittamādita ālambane sthāpayati / (11B-5[2]) tatra eva ca prabandha(1) yogena saṃsthāpayati / tatra upanibaddhaṃ cittaṃ smṛti-balena pratisarannavasthāpayati / upasthāpayati / tataḥ saṃprajanya-balena nimitta-vitarko pakleśeṣu prasaramananuprayacchan damayati / śamayati / vīryabalena / tadubhaya-samudācāraṃ ca nādhivāsayati / ekotī-karoti / paricaya-(11B-5[2])balena samādhatte [/]
【4 明九種住心有catavāro manaskārāḥ四種作意yid la byed pa bshi通止觀品】tatra navākārāyāṃ citta-sthitau catvāro manaskārā veditavyhāḥ / balavāhanaḥ sa[c]chidravāhano nichi(śchi)dravāhanaḥ / anābhoga-vāhanaś ca /
tatra sthāpayataḥ, saṃsthāpayato balavāhano manaskāraḥ / avasthāpayata, upasthāpayato, damayataḥ, śamayataḥ, vyupaśamayataḥ, sacchidravāhano manaskāraḥ / ekotī(11B-5[4])-kurvvato nichi(śchi)dravāhano manaskāraḥ / samādadhataḥ / anābhoga-vāhano manaskāro bhavati / evam ete manaskārāyāṃ citta-sthitau śamatha-pakṣyā bhavati / yaḥ punar evam adhyātmaṃ cetaḥ śamathasya lābhī vipaśyanāyāṃ prayujyate / tasyaita eva catvāro manaskārā vipaśyanāpakṣyā bhavanti //
【2 釋caturvidhā vipaśyanā毘鉢舍那lhag mthoṅ rnam pa bshi品四種慧行】【1 正釋四種毘鉢舍那】【1 總說】caturvidhā vipaśyanā / katamā / (11B-5[5]) bhikṣur dharmān vicinoti / pravicinoti / parivitarkayati / parimīmānsā(māṃsā)māpadyate / yad utādhyātmaṃ cetaḥ śamathaṃ niśritya (1) [/]
【2 別釋】【1-2 vicanoti正思擇與最極思擇rnam par'byed par byed pa, rab tu rnam par 'byed par byed】kathaṃ ca vicinoti / carita-viśodhanaṃ vā ālambanaṃ / kauśalyālambanaṃ vā, kleśa-viśodhanaṃ vā / yāvad bhāvikatayā vicinoti /(2) yathā vadbhā-vikatayā / pravicinoti / sa-vikalpena (11B-5[6]) manaskāreṇa prajñāsahagatena /
【3-4 parivitarkayati, parimīmāṁsām āpadyate周遍伺察yoṅs su dpyod par bye pa, yoṅs su dpyod par bye pa】nimittīkurvvanneva parivitarkayati / santīrayatyadhimīmāṃ sāmāpadyate /
【2 廣解觀品差別所緣】【1 總解毘鉢舍那三門六事差別所緣】【1 總說】sā khalveṣā vipaśyanā trimukhī ṣaḍvastuprabhedālambanā veditavyā(ḥ) /
【2 別釋】【1 trimukhā vipaśyanā三門毘鉢舍那lhag mthoṅ gi sgo gsum】katamāni trīṇi (/) mukhāni [/] vipaśyanā yannimitta-mātrānucaritā / vipaśyanā paryeṣaṇānucaritā, paryeṣi (11A-6[1]) tā ca / pratyavekṣaṇānucaritā /
tatra nimittamātrānucaritā[/] yena (yayā) śrutamudgrhītaṃ dharmaṃ avavādasyāsamāhitabhūmikena manaskāreṇa manasi karoti / na cintayati / na tulayati / mopaparīkṣate / iyannimittamātrānucaritā bhavati /
yadā punaścintayati / tīrayati tulayatyupaparīkṣate / tadā paryeṣaṇānu(11A-6[2])caritā bhavati / yadā punastīrayitvā upaparīkṣya yathā vyavasthāpitameva pratyavekṣate / tadā pratyavekṣaṇānucaritā-bhavatīyaṃ trimukhā(khī)vipaśyanā /
【2 ṣaḍvastuprabhālambanā vipaśyanā六事差別毘鉢舍那gshi rab tu dbye ba rnam pa drug la dmigs pa】【1 總說】katamāni ṣaḍvastuprabhedālambanāni / sa paryeṣamāṇaḥ / ṣaḍvastūni paryeṣate / arthaṃ, vastu, lakṣaṇaṃ, pakṣaṃ, kālaṃ, yuktiñca paryeṣyannetānyeva(paryeṣamāṇa etānyeva) pratyavekṣate /
【2 別釋】【1 arthṁ,義don】(11A-6[3]) kathamarthaṃ paryeṣata / asya bhāṣitasyāyamartho[a]sya bhāṣitasyāyamartha(ta)ity evam arthaṃ paryeṣate /
【2 vastu事dṅos po】kathaṃ vastu paryeṣate / dvividhaṃ vastu [/] ādhyātmikaṃ bāhyañca [/] evaṃ vastu paryeṣate /
【3 lakṣaJaṁ相mtshan ñid】kathaṇ lakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate / dvividhaṃ / svalakṣaṇaṃ(1) sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ ca / evaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate /
【4 pakṣaṁ品phogs】kathaṃ pakṣaṃ paryeṣate / dvividhaḥ pakṣaḥ (11A-6[4]) kṛṣṇapakṣaḥ śuklapakṣaḥ [/] kṛṣṇapakṣaṃ doṣataḥ / ādīnavataḥ / śuklapakṣaṃ punar gṛṇato ' nuśaṃsataś caivaṃ [pakṣaṃ] paryeṣte /
【5 kā時dus yoṅs su tshol bar】kathaṃ kālaṁ paryeṣate / trayaḥ kālāḥ(1) [/] atīto[']nāgato vartamānaś ca / evam etad abhūdatītedhvani evam etadbhaviṣyati / anāgatedhavani / evam etad etarhi / pratyutpannedhvanītyevaṃ kālaṃ paryeṣate /
【6 yuktiṁ paryeṣate理rigs pa yoṅs su tshol bar byed】kathaṃ (11A-6[5]) yuktimparyeṣate / catasro yuktayaḥ / [/](2)apekṣā-yuktiḥ, kārya-kāraṇa-yuktiḥ, upapatti-sādhana-yuktir dharmatā-yuktiś ca // tatra(trā) upekṣā-yuktyā saṃvṛtiṃ ca saṃvṛtitaḥ / paramārthaṃ ca paramārthataḥ / nidānaṃ ca nidānataḥ / paryeṣate / kāye(rya)kāraṇayuktyā kāritraṃ dharmāṇāṃ paryeṣate / ayandharmaḥ, idaṃ kāritraṃ, ayam idaṃ (11A-6[6]) kāritra iti [/] upapatti-sādhana-yuktyā trīṇī pramāṇāni paryeṣate / āptāgamamanumānaṃ pratyakṣaṃ ca [/] kimasti(1) atrātmā, nāstīti kiṃ pratyakṣamupalabhyate na veti, kimanumānena prayujyate na veti / tatra dharmatāyuktayā tathābhūtatāṃ dharmāṇāṃ prasiddha dharmatāmacintya-dharmatāmavasthita-dharmatāmadhim ucyate, na cinta(11A-6[7])yati / na vikalpayaty evaṃ yuktimparyeṣate // (3)
iyaṃ ṣaḍvastuprabhedālambanā(ni) trimukhā(khī)-vipaśyanā samāsataḥ / anayā sarva vipaśyanā-saṃgrahaḥ /
【3 trividham avabodham三覺rtogs pa rnam pa gsum】kena punaḥ kāraṇena ṣaṭprabhedā vyavasthāpitā[ḥi] āha / trividhamavabodhamadhikṛtya bhāṣitārthā(na)vabodhamvastu-paryeṣantatāvabodhaṃ / yathābhūtāvabodhaṃ ca / tatra(11B-6[1]) artha-paryeṣaṇayā bhāṣitārthāvabodhaḥ / vastu-paryeṣaṇayā, svalakṣaṇa-paryeṣaṇayā ca vastu-paryeṣantatā-vabodhaḥ / tatra sāmānyalakṣaṇa-paryeṣaṇayā, pakṣa-paryeṣaṇayā, kāla-yukti-paryeṣaṇayā(1) yathābhūtāvabodhaḥ / etavac ca yoginā jñeyaṃ / yad uta bhāṣitasyārthaḥ, jñeyasya vastunaḥ yāvadbhāvikatā / yathāvadbhāvikatā ca /
【2 約五度觀門別辨六事差別所緣】【1 aśubhāprayukta不淨觀mi sdug pa la btson pa】【1 問】tatra aśu(11B-6[2])bho(bhe)prayukto yogī ṣaḍvastūni paryeṣate /
【2 別釋】【1 於諸不淨尋思其義】āha [/] aśubhādhipateyaṃ dharmaṃ śrutamudagṛhītamadhipatiṃ kṛtvā samāhitabhūmikena manaskāreṇaivamarthapratisaṃvedī bhavati / aśubhayā aśubhy etat pratirūpanetpratika(gha)m etad durgandhamāmagandhamiti / ebhirākārair evaṃ bhāgīyais tasya ivāśubhādhikṛtasya dharmasya purvvaśru (11B-6[3]) tasyārtha-pratisaṃvedanā [/] evam aśumatayārthaṃ paryeṣate /
kathaṃ vastu paryeṣate [/] sa evam artha pratisaṃ vedī tāmaśubhatāṃ dvayorbhāvayorvyavasthāpitāṃ paśyaty adhyātmambahirdhā ca /
【2 尋思自相】kathaṃ svalakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate / adhyātmaṃ tāvadantaḥ kāyagatāmaśubhatāṃ pratyaśubhatāmadhimucyate // santyasminkāye keśaromāṇi vistareṇa yāvanmasta(11B-6[4])kaṃ mastakaluṃgaṃ praśrava(prasrāva)iti / tāṃ punar aneka-vidhāmantaḥ kāyagatāmaśubhatāṃ dvābhyāṃ dhātubhyāṃ saṃgṛhītāmadhimu cyate pṛthivīdhātunā, abdhātunā ca [/] tatra keśaromāṇyupādāya / yāvadyakṛtpurīṣā pṛthivīdhāturadhimucyate / aśrudvedanām upādāya yāvat praśrāvādabdhātumadhimucyate / bahirdhā vā punar bāhyagatām aśubha(11B-6[5])tāṃ vinīlakādibhirā-kārair adhimucyate / tatra vinīlakamadhimucyate / yadanena mṛtakuṇapaṃ svayaṃ vā dṛṣṭaṃ bhavati / purato vā śrutaṃ parikalpitaṃ vā, puna[ḥ]striyā vā, purūṣasya vā, mitrasya vā, amitrasya vā, udāsīnasya(11B-6[6])vā / hīnamvā, madhyamvā, praṇītamvā, dahrasya vā, madhyasya vā, vṛddhasya vā [/]
tatra nimittamudgṛhya ekāhamṛtaṃ pragaḍitaśoṇitamayaṃ prāptapūyabhāvaṃ vinīlakamityadhimucyate / dv yahamṛtaṃ prāptapūyabhāvāṃ / asaṃjātakṛmivipūyakamityadhimucyate / saptāhamṛtaṃ saṃjātakṛmi ādhmātaṃ ca vimadrāmakaṃ vyādhmātakamityadimucyate (11B-6[7]) kākaiḥ kuralai(rai)ḥ khādyamānaṃ gṛddhaiḥ ivabhiḥ śṛgālairvikhādikamityadhimucyate / viravāditamvā punar apagatatvaṅ mānsaśoṇitaṃ snāyumātropanibaddhaṃ vilohitakamityadhimucyate / diśodiśamaṃga-pratyaṃgeṣu vikṣipteṣu viśleṣiteṣu samanse(māṃse)ṣu nirmāse(māṃse)ṣu kimcicchiṣṭamānse(māṃse)ṣu vikṣiptakam ity adhimucyate // anyato vā hastāsthī(11B-6[8])nyanyataḥ pādāsthīnyanyato jānvasthīnyūrvvasthīni, bāhvasthīni, prabāhvasthīni / pṛṣṭhā(ṣṭhī) vaṃśaḥ / hanunakraṃ danta-mālā madhyataḥ / śiraskapālaṃ dṛṣṭvānya[ā]sthīnyadhimucyate / yadā punaḥ sambaddhamarikṣakaraṃkamavisīrṇṇaṃ manasi karoti / kevalaṃ nimittagrāhī bhavati / na tu tasyāga(11A-7[1]) pratyaṃgeṣu vyaṃjanagrāhī / evaṃ śaṃkalikāmadhimucyate / yadā[tvanu(1)]vyaṃjanagrahī bhavati / tadāsthiśaṃkalikāmadhimucyate / api ca dve śaṃkalike dehaśaṃkalikā, pratyaṃgaśaṃkalikā ca / tatra deha śaṃkalikā śroṇīkaṭāhamupādāya / pṛṣṭhīvaṃśo yāvat, yatra śiraskapālaṃ pratiṣṭhitaṃ / pratyaṃgaśaṃkalikā sambaddhāni bāhvasthīni ca sa(11A-7[2])mbaddhāni / tatra yā dehaśaṃkalikā ca / tatra dehaśaṃkalikā śroṇīkaṭāhamupādāya / pṛṣṭhīvaṃśo yāvat yatra śiraskapālaṃ pratiṣṭhitaṃ / pratyaṃgaśaṃkalikāsambaddhāni bāhvasthīni / ūrūjaṃghāsthīni ca / tatra yā dehaśaṃkalikā / sā śaṃkalikaviocyate/ yā punaḥ pratyaṃga
śaṃkalikā sā asthiśaṃkaliketyucyate / api ca dvauśaṃkalikāyā(11A-7[3])nimittagrāhau citra-kṛtāyāḥ pāṣāṇa kāṣṭaśādakṛtāyā vā / bhūtaśaṃkalikāyā vā / abhūtaśaṃkalikāyā vā / nimittaṃ manasikaroti / tadāśaṃkalikāmevādhimucyate nāsthiśaṃkalikāṃ yadā pūnar bhūtaśaṃ kalikāyā nimittaṃ manasi karoti / tadā sthiśaṃkalikāmevādhimucyate / nāsthiśaṃkalikāṃ /(yadā punar bhūtaśaṃkalikāyā nimittaṃ (11A-7[4]) manasi karoti / tadāsthiśaṃkalikāmadhimucyate(1)) / sa khalveṣa bāhyāyā varṇṇa-nibhāyā upādāya rūpa-gatāyā-strividho(1) vipariṇāmaḥ / svara-sa-vipariṇāmaḥ / parakṛtastadubhayapakṣyaś ca /
tatra vinīlakamupādāya / yāvad vyādhmātakāḥ (kāt) svara-sa-vipariṇāmaḥ / tatra vikhāditakamupādāya yāvadvikṣiptakātparakṛto vi(11A-7[5])para(ri)ṇāmaḥ / tatra asthikā(vā),śaṃkalikā vā ityayamubhayapakṣyo vipariṇāma iti / ya evaṃ yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti / bahirdhā aśubhatāmākārata evaṃ bahirdhā aśubhatāyāḥ svalakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate /
【3 尋思不淨共相】kathamaśubhatāyā[ḥ](1) sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate / yathā cādhyātmaṃ bahiḥ kāyasyāśubhāvarṇṇanibhayā apariṇatā yāvadvahidhā bahiḥ (11A-7[6]) kāyasyāśubhā varṇṇa-nibhā vipariṇatā adhyātmikayā aśubhayā varṇṇanibhā samānadharmatāṃ tulya-dharmatāmadhimucyate iyam api me śubhā varṇṇanibhā evaṃ dharmiṇīti / ye'pi kecitsattva anayā śubhayā varṇṇanibhayā samanvāgatāsteṣāmapi sāśubhāyāṃ evaṃ dharmiṇī tad yatheyambāhyā // evaṃ sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate / (11A-7[7])
kathaṃ pakṣaṃ paryeṣate / tasyaivaṃ bhavati / yadāha / masyā (anayā) [śubhayā](1) varṇṇa-nibhayā etāmaśubhamatā(tāṃ)yathābhatamaprajānannadhyātmaṃ vā bahirdhā vā śubhāyāṃ varṇṇanibhāyāṃ saṃrāgamatpādayāmi viparyāsa eva kṛṣṇa-pakṣa-saṃgahitaḥ / niḥsaraṇadharmaḥ saduḥkhaḥ sa-vighātaḥ sopadravaḥ saparidāhaḥ / atonidānā utpadyante / āya(11A-7[8])tyāṃ jāti-jarā-vyādhi-maraṇa-śoka-parideva-duḥkha-daurmanasyopāyāsāḥ / yā punar asyāṃ śubhāyām varṇṇa-nibhāyāṃ / aśubha-dharmatānugatā yathābhūtānupaśyanā ṣuklapakṣyā [/] eṣa dharmaḥ aduḥkhaḥ / avighātaḥ / yavadato nidānā upāyāsā nirūdhyante / tatra yoyaṃ kṛṣṇapakṣasamayo nādhi(11B-7[1])vāsayitavyaḥ / prahātavyo viśodhayitavyaḥ / śuklapakṣyaḥ punar anutpanna utpādayitavyaḥ / utpannasya ca sthitirvṛddhirvapuilyatā(vipulatā) karaṇīyā / evaṃ pakṣaṃ paryeṣate /
【4 尋思時】kathaṃ kālaṃ paryeṣate / tasyaivaṃ bhavati / yeyamadhyātmaṃ [a(1)]śubhā varṇṇa-nibhā seyamvarttamānamadhvāna mupādāya yā punar iyaṃ bahirdhā aśubhā varṇṇanibhā iyam api vartamāna(tā(2)) mevādhvāna(11B-7[2])mupādāya / atītaṃ punar adhvānamupādāya / śubhā babhūva / saiṣā tāvadatītamadhvānamupādāya śubhā satī tad yathā me etarhi / vartamānamadhvānamupādāya / evam ānupūrvyā etarhi vartamānamupādāya aśubhā saṃvṛttā, sā me iyaṃ [a]śubhā varṇṇanibhā varttamānamadhvānamupādāyāśubhā satī / anāgate [a]dhvanyaśubhā na bhaviṣyatīti / nedaṃ sthā(11B-7[3])naṃ vidhyate / tad yathaiṣā bāhyā eva[ṃ]vartamānamadhvānamupādāya / iti hyatītānāgata-pratyutpanneṣvadhvasu ayam api me kāya evaṃbhāvī, evaṃbhūta, etāṃ ca dharmatāmanatīta ityevaṃ kālaṃ samanveṣate /
【5 尋思理】kathaṃ yuktiṃ samanveṣate / tasyaivaṃ bhavati / nāstīti sa kścidātmā vā, sattvo vādhyātma vā, bahirdhāvopalabhya[mānaḥ](2)yaḥ śubho vā syādaśubho vā [/] (11B-7[4])api ca rūpa-mātram etat kaṇḍavara-mātram etad yatreyaṃ saṃjñā-sama[ā]jñā prajñaptir vyavahāraḥ / śubhamiti vā aśubhamiti vā / api ca-
āyurūṣmātha vijñāanaṃ(1) yadā kāyaṃ jahatyamī [/] apaviddhastadā śete yathā kāṣṭhamacetanaṃ // tasyāsya mṛtasya kālagatasyānupūrvveṇa vipariṇatā imā avasthāḥ prajñāyante / yad uta vinīlakamiti (11B-7[5]) vā yāvadasthiśaṃkalikāyā vā ayam api me kāyaḥ / pūrvva-karma-kleśa-viddhaḥ / mātāpitryaśucisaṃbhūta odana-ka(ku)lmāṣopacitaḥ / yena hetunā, yena nidānena iyaṃ tāvatkālikī śubhā varṇṇanibhā / prajñāyate / antaḥ kāyaḥ punar nityaṃ nitya-kālamadhyātmaṃ ca bahirdhā cāśubhā evaṃ saṃvṛtiparamārthanidānataḥ / apekṣāyuktiṃ paryeṣa(11B-7[6])te / tasyaivaṃ bhavatīyamaśubhatā / evam āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkṛtā kāma-rāga-prahāṇāya samvartate / kāma-rāgaś ca prahātavyaḥ / evaṃ kāryakāraṇa yuktyā samanveṣate / tasyaivaṃ bhavaty uktaṃ hi bhagavatā /
aśubhā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkṛtā kāma-rāga-prahāṇāya samvarttata ityayaṃ tā vanme āptāgamaḥ / pratyātmampi me jñānada(11B-7[7])rśanaṃ pravarttate / ahamasmi yathā yathā aśubhatāṃ bhāvayāmi, manasi karomi / tathā kāmarāgaparyavasthānaṃ anutpannaṃ ca notpadayate / utpannaṃ ca prativigacchati / ānulomikotyeṣa vidhirasit / kathamidānīmvipakṣaṃ dharmaṃ manasikurvvataḥ / tadvipakṣālambanena kleśa utpadyate / evam upapattisādhanayuktyā paryeṣate / tasyaivaṃ bha(11B-7[8])vati / prasiddhā dharmatā khalveṣā acintyadharmatā / yadaśubhā bhāvanā kāmarāgasya prahāṇapratipakṣa iti / sā ca cintayitavyā / na vikalpayitavyā / adhimoktavyā / evaṃ dharmatāyuktyā aśubhatāmparyeṣate / iyaṃ tāvad aśubhāprayuktasya trimukhī ṣaḍvastu-prabhedālambanā vipaśyanā /
【2 maitrīprayukta慈愍觀byams pa la dmigs pa)】kathaṃ mai(11A-8[1])trīprayukto vipaśyanṣaḍvastūni paryeṣate / maitryadhipateyaṃ dharmamadhipatiṃ kṛtvā hita-sukhādhyāśayagatasya sarvveṣu sukhopasaṃhārādhimokṣa-lakṣaṇā maitrītyetamartha-pratisamvedyarthaṃ paryeṣate / sa evam artha pratisaṃvedī punar vicinotītyayaṃ mitrapakṣoyamamitrapakṣoyamudāsīnapakṣaḥ / sarvva ete pakṣāḥ parasantānapati(11A-8[2])tatvādvāhyaṃ vastvityadhimucyate / mitrapakṣaṃ vā adhyātmamamitrodāsīnapakṣaṃ bahirdhā evaṃ ca vastuni maitrīṃ samanveṣate /
sa punar vicinoti / ya ete trayaḥ pakṣāḥ aduḥkhāsukha(ta)āḥ /sukhakāmāste sukhitā bhavantviti / tatra upakāralakṣaṇaṃ mitraṃ / apakāralakṣaṇamamitraṃ / tad ubhayaparītalikṣaṇamudāsīnapakṣaṃ(ṇa udāsīnapakṣaḥ) / ye punar ete (11A-8[3]) aduḥkhāsukhitāḥ pakṣāḥ sukhakāmāsteṣāṃ trividhā sukhakāmatā prajñāyate / eke kāmasukhamicchantyeke rūpāvacaraṃ saprītikameke niṣprītikaṃ / tatra ye kāmasukhena vihanyate / amitraṃ tadubhayaviparīta-lakṣaṇā(naṃ) tena kāmasukhino bhavantvanavadyena [/] evaṃ saprītikena niṣprītikena ca sukhena veditavyam / (11A-8[4]) evaṃ svalakṣaṇato maitrīṃ samanveṣate /
sa punaḥ pravicinoti / yaś ca mitrapakṣo, yaścāmitrapakṣo, yaścodāsīnapakṣaḥ / tulyacittatā tu mayā karaṇīyeti / samacittatā / tatkasya hetoḥ / yastāvanmitra[pakṣa(1)]statra me na duṣkaraḥ / sukhopasaṃhāraḥ / yopyayamudāsīnapakṣaḥ / tatra api ye(me)nātiduṣkaraḥ / yastvayamamitrapakṣaḥ / (tatra ayamami(11A-8[5])trapakṣaḥ(2) /) tatra atiduṣkaraḥ / tatra tāvanmayā sukhopasaṃhāraḥ karaṇīyaḥ / kaḥ punar vvādaḥ / mitrapakṣe vodāsīnapakṣe vā / tatkasya hetoḥ / nātra kaścidyaḥ ākrośate / vā, ākruśyate vā / roṣayati vā, roṣyate vā / bhaṇḍayati vā, bhaṇḍyate vā / tāḍa yati vā, tāḍyate vā anyatrākṣarāṇyetāni ravanti / śabdamātra[ṃ] māṣamātram etad api ca(11A-8[6]) tathā saṃbhūtoyaṃ kāyo rūpī audārikaś ca[ā]tur-mahā-bhūtiko yatra me sthitasyeme evaṃ rūpāḥ sparśāḥ krāmanti / yad uta śabdasaṃsparśā vā pāṇiloṣṭhadaṇḍaśastrasaṃsparśā vā aya[ṃ]me kāyaḥ / anitya, etepi sparśa ye te apakārakāstepyanityāḥ / api ca / sarvva eva sattvā jāti-jara-vyādhi-maraṇa-dharmāṇaste prakṛtyaiva duḥkhitā (11A-8[7]) stan me pratirūpaṃ syāt / yadyahaṃ prakṛti-duḥkhiteṣu sattaveṣu bhūyoduḥkhopasaṃhārameva kuryāṃ, na sukhopasaṃhāraṃ tadamitro(traṃ) mitrasya kuryādyadete sattvā ātmanaivātmanaḥ kurvvanti /
api coktaṃ bhagavatā / nāhaṃ taṃ sulabharūpaṃ samanupaśyāmi / yonena dīrghasyādhvanotyayānmātā vā bhu[t] pitā, vā, bhrātā vā, bhaginī vā, ācārye vā, (11A-8[8]) upādhyāyo vā, gurūrvvā, gurūsthānīyo veti / tadanenāpi paryāyeṇāmitrapakṣa eva[ṃ]me[a]mitrapakṣaḥ / na cātra kasyacit pariniṣ pattiḥ, mitrābhitrabhāvo mitropi (tram api) ca kālāntareṇāmitro(traṃ) bhavati / amitro(trama)pi mitrībhavati / tasmānna sarvvasattveṣu samacittatā / samatādṛṣṭiḥ karaṇīyā / tulyaś ca hitāśayaḥ, sukhādhyāśayaḥ, sukhopa[9]saṃhāraḥ / sukhopa(11B-8[1])saṃhārādhimokṣa iti / evaṃ sāmānyalakṣaṇena maitrīṃ samanveṣate /
sa punaḥ pravicinoti / yo me pāpakāriṣu sattaveṣu vyāpādaḥ maraṇa eṣa dharma iti vistareṇa pūrvvavat / yo vā punar ayametarhyavyāpādaḥ a(ma)raṇa eṣa dharma iti vistareṇa pūrvva-vat / yo vā punar ayametarhyavyāpādaḥ evaṃ maitryā(ḥ)kṛṣṇa-śukla-śukla-pakṣaṃ paryeṣate /
sa punaḥ pravi(11B-8[2])cinoti / ye tāvadatītamadhvānamupādāya sukhakāmāḥ sattvāḥ te atitāḥ teṣāṃ kiṃ punaḥ sukhopasaṃhāraṃ kariṣyāmaḥ / ye punar varttamānāḥ sattvāste varttamānam adhvānam upādāya / yāvad anāgatādadhvano nitya-kālaṃ sukhino bhavanti(ntī)tyevaṃ maitryā(ḥ) kālaṃ paryeṣate /
sa punaḥ pravicinoti / nāsti kaścidātmā vā, sattvo vā ga eṣa sukhakāmo (11B-8[3]) vā syāt / yasya vā sukham upasaṃhriyate / api tu skandha-mātram etat saṃskāra-mātrakam etad yatraiṣā saṃjñā saṃjñaptir vyavahāraḥ /(1) te punaḥ saṃskārāḥ karma-kleśa-hetukā ity evam apekṣāyuktyā maitrīm paryeṣate / prasiddha-dharmatā khalveṣā[ā]cintya-dharmatā yanmaitrī-vyāpāda-bhāvanā prahāṇāya samvarttata ity evaṃ dharmatāyuktyā maitrīm paryeṣate /
【3 idaṁ pratyayatā pratītyasamutpāda……rkhyen 'di la ñid rten ciṅ 'brel par 'bvun ba la dmigs緣起觀)】tatra (11B-8[4]) kathamidaṃ pratyayatā pratītyasamutpādālambana-(ā)vipaśyanā-prayuktārthaṃ paryeṣate / tadadhipateyaṃ dharmamadhimatiṃ kṛtvā teṣāṃ tesāṃ dharmāṇāmutpādatte te dharmā utpadyante, tesāṃ tesāṃ dharmānāṃ nirodhātte te dharmā nirūdhyante [/](1) nāstyatra dharmī kaścidīśvara, kartā sraṣṭā, nirmāta dharmāṇaṃ, na prakṛtirna purūṣāntaraṃ, pravartta ko dha(11B-8[5])rmāṇāmity evam arthapratisaṃvedīarthaṃ paryeṣate / (2) punaḥ punaḥ pravicinoti / dvādaśabhavāṃgāni / adhyātmabahirdhā ādhimucyate /(1) evaṃ vastu paryeṣate / punaḥ pravicinoti / avidyā yatta(t) pūrvvante ajñānamiti vistareṇa yathā pratītyasamutpādavibhaṃge(2) evaṃ svalakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate[/] punaḥ(11) pravicinoti / evaṃ pratītyasamutpannāḥ saṃskārāḥ (11B-8[6]) sarvva eta abhūtvā bhāvād, bhūtvā ca prativigamāt pūrvvāparyeṇānityā jāti-jarā-vyādhi-maraṇa-dharmakatvāt / duḥkhā asvatantratvādantaḥ purūṣānupalambhāc ca śūnyā anātmānaś ca //(1) eṣāṃ ca sāmānya-lakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate / sa punaḥ pravicinoti / yo(ya)eṣv anityeṣu duḥkha-śūnyānatmakeṣu saṃskāreṣu yathābhūtaṃ pratisammohaḥ / maraṇa e(11B-8[7])ṣa dharmaḥ kṛṣṇa-pakṣya[ḥ /] asammohaḥ / punaḥ śuklapakṣa iti vistareṇa [/] empakṣaṃ samanveṣate /
sa punaḥ pravicinoti / asti karmāsti vipākaḥ / kārakastu nopalabhyate / yaḥ karttā vā pratisaṃvedako vā syānnānyatra dharmasaṃketāt /(2) teṣvevāvidyāpratyayeṣu saṃskāreṣu yāvajjātipratyate jarāmaraṇa[e] saṃjñā prajñaptirvyavahāraḥ kārako veda(11B-8[8])ka ityevaṃ nāmā, evaṃ ja[ā]tya, evaṃ gotra, evam āhāra, evaṃ sukha-duḥkha pratisaṃvedī, evaṃ dīrghāyur evaṃ cira-sthitika, evam āyuḥ paryanta iti /
api ca dvividhame tat phalaṃ / dvividho hetur ātma-bhāva-phalaṃ ca, viṣayopabhoga-phalaṃ ca / ākṣepakaś ca hetur abhinirvvarttakaś ca [/] tatra ātma-bhāva-phalaṃ yad etad vi(11A-9[1])pākajam ṣaḍāyatanaṃ viṣayopabhoga-phalaṃ yo(yā)iṣṭāniṣṭa-karmādhipateyā ṣaṭ-sparśa-saṃbhavā vedanā [/]
tatra akṣepako hetur dvi-vidhe phale sammohe[ā]sammoha-pūrvva kāś ca puṇyāpuṇyāniṃjyāḥ saṃskāra-parigṛhītaṃ ca(1) punar bhaṃvavijñānāṃ kura prādur-bhāvāya tadvījaṃ, vijñāna-parigṛhītaṃ paunar bhavikanām arūpabījaṃ ṣaḍ-āyatana-bījaṃ (11A-9[2]) sparśa-vedanābījamiti / ya evam āyatyāṃ jāti-saṃjñakānāṃ vijñā[na]nām arūpa-ṣaḍ-āyatana-sparśa-vedanānāmutpattaye / ānupūrvyā pūrvvaṃm eva bīja-parigrahaḥ /(1) ayam ākṣepa[ko]hetuḥ /
yat punar avidyāsaṃsparśaja[ā] vedanā vedayamānastadālambanayā tṛṣṇayā paunarbhavikīṃ tṛṣṇmutpādayati / tṛṣṇāpakṣyaṃ mohapakṣyaṃ copādānaṃ / (11A-9[3]) parigṛhṇāti / yadvalena yatsāṃmukhyena tatkarma vipākadānadāna(1) samarthaṃ bhavaty ayam abhinirvṛtti-hetuḥ / imaṃ ca dvi-vidhaṃ hetum adhipatiṃ kṛtvā evaṃ asya tri-vidhaḥ duḥkhatānupakṣasya kevalasyāsya duḥkha-skandhasya samudayo bhavatīti /(2) evam apekṣāyuktim paryeṣate /
idaṃ pratyayatā pratītyasamutpādaḥ / āsevi(11A-9[4])to bhāvīto mahoprahāṇāya samvartate / āptāgamopyeṣa pratyātmika ānumānikhopyeṣa vidhiḥ / prasiddha-dharmatāpyeṣa te (ṣeti) evaṃ kārya-kāraṇa-yuktim upapatti-sādhana-yuktiṃ dharmatāyuktiñca paryeṣate //
【4 dhātuprabheda界差別khams rab tu dbye ba la dmigs pa】tatra kathaṃ dhātu-prabhedālambana-vipaśyanā-prayuktamarthaṃ paśyana paryeṣate / gotrārtho, dhātvarthaḥ, saṃjñārtho, hetvarthaḥ (11A-9[5]) prakṛtyartha ity evam artha-pratisamvedī arthaṃ paryeṣate / pṛthi vyādīnṣaḍdhātūnna(na)dhyātmabahirdhādhimucyamāno vastu paryeṣate / khara-lakṣaṇā pṛthivī / yāvat samudīraṇa-lakṣaṇo vāyuḥ vijānana-lakṣaṇaṃ vijñānaṃ / (11A-9[6]) sauṣirya-lakṣaṇā[1(1)] rūpa-gatāsphuḍālakṣaṇaś cākāśadhāturity evaṃ svalakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate / sarvva ete dhātavaḥ / anityatayā samasamāḥ yāvannirātmatayetyevaṃ sāmānya-lakṣaṇaṃ (11B-9[1]) paryeṣate / iti yaḥ piṇḍa-saṃjñano dhātunānātvaṃ ajāna[ā]nasyā[ne(2)]na kāyena nānādhātukena unnatirmanya(nvā(13))nā maraṇa eṣa dharmaḥ kṛṣṇa-pakṣyaḥ viparyayācchukla-pakṣya ity eva[ṃ] pakṣaṃ paryeṣate /
atītānāgata-pratyutpanneṣvadhvasu ṣaḍdhātūnpratītya mātuḥ kukṣau garbhasyāvakrāntirbhavati(4) / evaṃ kālaṃ paryeṣate /
tadyathā tṛṇaṃ va[ā]pratītya, kāṣṭhamvā (11B-9[2]) cākāśaṃ parivāritamagāro[a]gāra iti saṃrūyāṃ gacchaty evam eva ṣaḍ-dhātūnupādāya / asthi ca pratitya snāyu[ś] ca / tvaṅmānsa(māṃsa)śoṇitaṃ cākāśe parivārite saṃjñā prajñaptir vyavahāro bhavati / kāyaḥ kāya iti / paurāṇāś ca karmakleśāḥ svabījaṃ caiṣāṃ nidānam ityevam apekṣāyuktim paryeṣate / dhātu-prabheda āsevito bhāvito(taḥ)styā (11B-9[3]) naprahāṇāya smvartate / āptāgamopyeṣa pratyātma-jñānamanumānikopyeṣa vidhiḥ prasiddha-dharmatā'cintya-dharmatety evaṃ kārya-kāraṇa-yuktimupapattisā nayuktiṃ dharmatā-yuktiṃ ca paryeṣate //
【5 ānāpānasmṛti安那波那念dbugs rṅub pa daṅ dbugs dbyuṅ ba dran pa'i dmigs pa】kathamānāpānasmṛtyālambananicayaprayuktārthaṃ paryeṣate / āśvāsapraśvāsālambanopanibaddhā cittasyāsaṃpramo(11B-9[4])ṣobhilapanatā / ānāpāna-smṛtirityevaṃ(1) paryeṣate / adhyātmamupalamyate / āśvāsapraśvasāḥ kāya-pratibaddhatvādbāhyāyatana-saṃgṛhīta[ā]ścetyevaṃ vastu paryeṣate / dvāvāśvāsau yaś ca vāyuḥ praviśati / ya(sa)āśvāso[yaś ca(2)]niṣkrāmati / sa ni[ḥ]śvāsaḥ [/] amī dīrghā āśvāsapraśvāsā, amī hrasvā imānsarvvakāyena pratisaṃvedayā(11B-9[5])mi / imānni(ni)tyevaṃ svalakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate / nirūddhe āśvāsa[e]praśvāsa utpadyate / nirūddhe āśvāse (praśvāse) āśvāsaḥ / āśvāsa-praśvāsa-pravṛddhi-pratisambaddhaṃ ca(11) jīvitendriyam ayaṃ ca kāyaḥ sa-vijñānaka ityanityā āśvāsa-praśvāsā mahāśravaṇetyevaṃ (ṇā ityevaṃ) sāmānya-lakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate / evam ā(11B-9[6])śvāsapraśvāseṣv anupasthi-smṛteḥ yo vitarka-kṛtaḥ saṃkṣebhaścetasaḥ maraṇa(dharma(3)) eṣadharmaḥ kṛṣṇa-pakṣyaḥ / viparyayācchuklapakṣya iti / vistareṇatyevaṃ pakṣaṃ parye ṣa te / atītānāgata-(13B-1[1])pratyutpanneṣv adhvasvā[śvāsa-pra(1)]śvāsa-pratibaddhaḥ kāyaḥ kāya-citta(ḥ) pratibaddhāś cāśvāsa-praśvāsā ity evaṃ kālaṃ paryeṣate / nānyatra kaśicadya āśvasiti praśvasiti vā asya caite āśvāsa-praśvāsāḥ / api tu hetu-samutpanneṣu, pratītyasamutpanneṣu saṃskāreṣviyaṃ saṃjñā / prajñaptir vyavahāraḥ ity evam apekṣāyuktiṃ paryeṣate / ānāpā(13B-1[2])nasmṛtirāsevitā bhāvitā vitarkopacchedāya saṃvarttate / āptāgamo[']pyeṣa, pratyātmajñānānusāriko[']pyeṣa vidhiḥ / prasiddhadharmatā[']cintya dharmatetyevaṃ kāryaka[ā]raṇayuktim upapattisādhanayuktiṃ dharmatāyuktim paryeṣate /
【3 總結】evaṃ carita-viśodhanenālambanena ṣaḍvastūni paryeṣya, adhyātmaṃ cittaṃ punaḥ śamayataḥ (yan), punaḥ puna(13B-1[3])r etad eva yathāparyeṣitaṃ /vipaśyanā-kāraiḥ paryeṣate / tasya śamathaṃ niśritya vipaśyanā viśudhyate / vipaśyanāṃ niśritya śamatho vaipulayatāṃ(vipulatāṃ) gacchati/ kauśalyālambane ca / kleśāviśodhane ca yā vipaśyanā [/]
ṣaḍvastukarmitāṃ paścādvikṣmāmi svasthāne /
【3 明navavidhaḥ……prayoga-tā九種加行sbyor ba rnam pa dgu】【1 總舉黑白各九別列白品九名相對辨異】tatra nava-vidhaḥ śukla(2) saṃgṛhītaḥ(1) prayogas tadvi-paryayeṇa ca nava-(13B-1[4])vidhaḥ kṛṣṇa-pakṣa-saṃgṛhīto yoginā veditavyaḥ / tad yathā[a]nurūpa prayogatā, abhyasta-prayogatā, aviparīta-prayogatā / aśithila prayogatā / kāla-prayogatā / upalakṣaṇa-prayogatā / asaṃtuṣṭa-prayogatā / avidhura-prayogatā / samyak-prayogatā ca / anayā nava-vidhayā śukla-pakṣa-saṃgṛhītayā tvarita(13B-1[5])tvāritaṃ cittaṃ samādhīyate / viśeṣāya ca samādheḥ paraiti / yāvatī cānena bhūmir gantavyā bhavaty anuprāptavyā tāṃ laghu ladhvevāgantā bhavaty adhandhāyamānaḥ (1)/ kṛṣṇa-pakṣa-saṃgṛhītābhirnava-vidhābhiḥ prayogatābhirna tvarita-tvarita[ṃ] cittaṃ samādhīyate / nāpi samādhi-viśeṣāya paraiti / yāvatī cānena bhūmir gantavyā bhavaty anuprāptavyā / tatra (13B-1[6]) dhandhāyate gamanaya /
【2 隨別解釋白品九種】【1 anurūpa prayogatā相應加行mthun pa'i sbyor ba】katamānurūpa prayogatā(ca(2)) / sa cedrāgacarito'śubhāyāṃ cittamupanibadhnāti / dveṣacirito maitryāṃ, yāvadvitarka-carita ānāpāna-smṛtau, samabhāga-caritaḥ mandarajasakaḥ punaḥ patrālambane priyārohatā bhavati / tena prayujyate / iyam anurūpa-prayogatā [/]
【2 abhyasta-prayogatā串習加行goms pa'i sbyor ba】katamā abhyastaprayo(13B-1[7])ga(prayoga(3))tā / abhyāso[']nena kṛto bhavati yo antataḥ parītto[']pi na sarvveṇa sarvvamādikarmika eva bhavati / tathā hyadikarmikasyānurūpe[']pyālambane na prayuktasya niva(ā) raṇāni nābhīkṣṇaṃ samudācarita(ranti) kāya-citta-dau(13B-1[8])ṣṭhulyaṃ ca / yenāsya tat(ca) cittaṃ samādhīyate / iyam abhyasta prayogatā /
【3 aśithila prayogatā不緩加行mi lhod pa'i sbyor ba】tatra katamā aśithila prayogatā / sātatyaprayogī bhavati / satkṛtyaprayogī ca / sacet punar vyuttiṣṭhate / (13A-1[1]) samādheḥ piṇḍapātahetoś ca [gu] rūgauravopasthānahetorvā / glānopasthānārthamvā, sāmīcīkarmaṇo vā anyasyaivaṃbhāgīyasyetikaraṇaṃ yasyārthā ya sa tannimnena cetasā tat pravaṇenatat prāstāreṇa (bhāreṇa) ca sarvva karoti / laghulaghveva ca kṛtvā, pariprāpya, punar eva prayujyate / niyamya prātasaṃlayanāya sa cedbhikṣubhikṣuṇyupāsaka (13A-1[2]) kṣatriyabrāhmaṇaparṣadbhiḥ sārdhaṃ samāgacchati / na ciraṃ saṃsargeṇātināmayati / mitaṃ ca saṃlapati / na ca bhāṣyaprabandhamutthāpayati / nānyatra vyapakarṣati / evaṃ ca punar ārabdhavīryo bhavati / yannvahamad yaiva prāptavyamadhigaccheyaṃ / tatkasya hetoḥ / bahavo me pratyayā maraṇasya-vāto vāme kupyeta, pittamvā śleṣmamvā(śleṣma vā), bhuktaṃ vā viṣamyeta, (13A-1[3]) yena me viṣūcikā kāye santiṣṭheta / ahirvā me (māṃ) daśeta(t) / vṛśicako vā śatapadī vā [/] manuṣyādapi me bhayamityetāni sthānāni nityakālasya na(1)─karotyapramattaś ca viharatyevaṃ ca punar apramatto vihara[ti /]api bata jīveyaṃ saptāhaṃ ṣat pañcacatustridvire(dvaye)kāhayāmamardhayāmam api muhūrtam api ardhamuhūrtam api [/] aho bata jīve(13A-1[4])yaṃ yāvat piṇḍapātaṃ parimuñjeyaṃ / yāvadāśkasitvā(sya)praś vaseyaṃ /
【4 無倒加行phin ci ma log pa'i sbyor ba】yāvac ca jīveyaṃ tāvadyogamanasikāreṇa śastuḥ śāsane yogamāpadyeyaṃ / ya i(di) yatā mayā bahukṛtyaṃ syādyad uta śāstuḥ śāsane itīyamaśithila prayogatā /
【5 kāla prayogatā應時加行dus kyi sbyor ba】【1 總說】tatra katamā / aviparīta prayogatā / kālena kālaṃ śamathanimittaṃ pragrahanimitta(13A-1[5])mupekṣānimittaṃ bhāvayati / śamathaṃ ca jānāti śamathanimittaṃ ca / śamathakālañca [/] vipaśyanāṃ vipaśyanā-nimittaṃ vipaśyanākālaṃ, pragrahaṃ(2) pragrahanimittaṃ, pragrahakālaṃ / upekṣāmupekṣānimittamupkeṣākālañca /
【2 別釋】【1 了知其止、止相、止時】tatra śamathaḥ navākārā cittasthitiḥ / nirnimittañca tac cittaṃ tatra bhavati, nirvikalpaṃ, śānta-praśāntaṃ, (13A-1[6]) śamatha-sthitaṃ, niṣkevalaṃ, tenocyate śamatha iti / tatra śamatha-nimitta dvi-vidham ālambana-nimittaṃ, nidāna-nimittañca / jñeya-vastu-sabhāgaṃ pratibimbamālambana-nimittaṃ / yenālambanena tac cittaṃ śamayati, śamatha-paribhāvite cetasi uttaratra śamathasya pāriśuddhaye / yo vipaśyanā-(13A-1[7])prayoga idaṃ nidānaṃ(na)-nimittaṃ [/] śamatha-kālaḥ katamaḥ / āha / uddhate citte ūrdhvamvābhiśaṃkini śamathasya kālo bhāvanāyai / tathā vipaśyanā-paribhāvite citte iti karaṇīya-vyākṣepopahate śamatha-kālo bhāvanāyai /[8] tatra vipaśyanā caturākāra[ā]trimukhī ṣaḍ-vastu-prabhedālambana-vyavacārā //
【2 了知其觀、觀相、觀時】tatra vipaśyanā-nimittaṃ dvividhamālambananimitta[ṃ] nidāna-nimittañ ca / tatra alambana-nimittaṃ vipaśyanā-nimittaṃ / (12A-1[1]) [śamatha(1)]pakṣyaṃ jñeyavastu-sabhāgaṃ pratibimbamālambanamimittaṃ(2) yenālambanena prajñāṃ vyavacārayati / tatra nidāna-nimittaṃ vipaśyanā-paribhāvite cetasi uttaratra vipaśyanā-pariśuddhaye cetaḥ śamathabimbayogaḥ [/]
tatra vipaśyanā-kālaḥ śamatha-paribhāvite cetasi ādita eva cājñeyavastuyathābhūtāvabodhāya vipaśyanāyāḥ kālo bhāvanāyai(3) (12A-1[2])
【3 了知其舉、舉相、舉時】tatra pragrahaḥ katamaḥ / yānyatamānyatamena prasadanīyenālambanenodgṛhītena cittasamharṣaṇā saṃdarśanā samādāpanā [/] tatra pragrahanimittaṃ yena ca prasadanī yenālambanena nimittena cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti / yasya vīryārambhaḥ tadānulomikastatra pragrahakālaḥ līnaṃ cittaṃ līnatvābhiśaṃkini pragraha sya kālo bhāvanā yai /
【4 了知其捨、捨相、捨時】tatropekṣā (12A-1[3]) katamā /(1) yā ālambane asaṃkliṣṭa-cetasaḥ citta-samatā śamatha-vipaśayanāpakṣe / prasa(śa)ṭha-svara-saṃvāhitā / karmaṇya-cittasya ca karmaṇyatā, cittasyānupradānamanābhegakriyā / tatropekṣānimittaṃ / yena cālambanena cittamadhyupekṣate / yā ca tasminn evālambane vīryodrekāpratikāyatā / tatropekṣākālaḥ śamatha-vipaśyanā-(12A-1[4])pakṣālayau(lau)ddhatya-vinirmukte cetasi upekṣāyāḥ kālo bhāvanāyai / iyaṃ kāla prayogatā /
【6 upalakṣaṇa prayogatā解了加行ñe bar brtag pa'i sbyor ba】tatra katamā upekṣā lakṣaṇā (upalakṣaṇa) prayogatā [/]tānyeva nimittāni sugṛhītāni bhavanti / susaṃlakṣitāni yeṣaṃ sūdgṛhītatvāt / yadā ākāṃ kṣate / tadā vyuttiṣṭhate samādhigo caraṃ(1) pratibimbamutsṛjya samāhita-bhūmikāprākṛtālambana-(12A-1[5])manasikāreṇa [/] iyamupalakṣaṇa(ā) prayogatā /
【7 asaṁtuṣṭṭa prayogatā無厭足加行chog mi śes pa'i sbyor ba】tatra katamā asaṃtuṣṭa prayogatā / asaṃtuṣṭo bhavati kuśalai-kuśalairdhamaiḥ / aprativā(bhā)ṇi(ṇī) ca / prahāsairūttaraṃ praṇītataraṃ sthānamabhiprārthayamāna[o]rūpī bahulaṃ viharatīti / nālpamātrakenā(ṇā)varamātrakenā(ṇā)ntarā viṣādamāpadyate / atyuttare karaṇīye / (12A-1[6]) iyam asaṃtuṣṭa-prayogatā /
【8 avidhura prayogatā不捨軛加行mi 'gal ba'i sbyor ba】tatra katamā avidhura prayogatā / śikṣāpada-samādānamvā na khaṇḍīkaroti, na chi(cchi)drīkaroti / na ca śiśumudāravarṇṇaṃ raṃjanīyaṃ mātṛgrāmaṃ dṛṣṭvā nimitta-grāhī bhavaty anuvyamjana-grāhī, bhojane ca samakārī bhavati / jāgarikānuyuktaś cālpārtholpa-kṛtyolpavyāsakaḥ / cira-kṛta-cira-bhāṣita(12A-1[7])manusmarttā bhavaty anusmārayitā / ity evaṃ bhāgīyā dharmā avidhura prayogatetyucyate / anukūlā ete dharmāścittaikāgratāyāḥ / avidūrā, na ca citta-kṣepāya samvarttante / tena bahirdhā vyāsaṃgāya, nādhyātmacittākarmaṇyatāyai / iyam ucyate avidhura-prayogatā /
【9 samyak prayogatā正加行yaṅ dag pa'i sbyor ba】【1 標略其相】tatra samyak prayogatā katamā / adhimucyādhimucyā(12A-1[8])lambanasya vibhāvanayā samyak prayoga ity ucyate / sa cedaśubhāprayukto bhavaty aśubhāṃ cāśubhākārair manasikaroti / nimitta-mātrānusāriṇyā vipaśyanayā [/] tena manasikārastadālambano muhurmuhu rvibhāvayitavyo, muhur muhuḥ saṃmukhīkartavyaḥ /
【2 釋廣五門】【1 列】vibhāvanā punaḥ pañca-vidhā adhyātma-cittābhisaṃkṣepataḥ / asmṛtyamanasikārataḥ /(12B-1[1]) tadanya-manasikārataḥ / pratipakṣa-manasikārataḥ / ānimitta-dhātu-manasikārataś ca /
【2 釋】tatra navākāra-citta-sthityā vipaśyanā pūrvvaṃ gamayā adhyātmaṃ cittābhisaṃkṣepataḥ / sarvva-nimitta-vaipulyena āditaḥ / avikṣepāyopa nibadhnato['1]smṛtyamanasikārataḥ / samāhita-bhūmi-kādālambanālambanāntaraṃ samāhita-bhūmikameva manasi kurvvatas tadanya-(12B-1[2])manasikārataḥ / śubhatā pratipakṣeṇāśubhāṇtā(bhatāṃ) yāvadvitarka-pratipakṣeṇa ānāpāna-smṛtiṃ / rūpa-pratipakṣeṇākāśa-dhātu[ṃ] manasi kurvvataḥ pratipakṣa-manasikārataḥ / sarvva-nimittānāmamanasikārāda[ā]nimittasya ca dhātor manasikārādāni nimitta-dhātu-manasikārataḥ /
【3 簡取正明】【1 總標簡取所明二種】api ca / vyāpya tadālambanam vibhāvanālakṣaṇaṃ vyavasthāpi (12B-1[3]) tamasmiṃstvarthe adhyātmaṃ nimittābhisaṃksepataḥ / asmṛtyamanasikārataścābhipretā /
【2 出其相】【1 解不念作意相】tatrādikarmike(ṇa(1))tat prathamakalipiko (karmikeṇa) ādita eva cittaṃ na kañca(kvaci)dālambane upanibandhitavyaṃ / aśubhāyāmvā, tadasminvā, nānyatra vikṣepāyaiva / kaccinme cittaṃ nirnimittaṃ, nirvvikalpaṃ śāntaṃ, praśāntam avicalam avikampyam anutsukaṃ, nirvyāpā(12B-1[4])pāramadhyātmamabhiramata iti / tathā prayakta utpannotpanneṣu sarvvabāhyanimitteṣu asmṛtyamanasikāraṃ karoti / iyam asyāsmṛtyamanasikāreṇālambana-vibhāvanā [/]
【2 解內攝其心】【1 法】sa tatra yogaṃ kurvvan pratigṛhṇāti, sa nirmimitte cālambane sa-vikalpamaśubhādike carati / kathaṃ ca punaś carati / nimittamātrānusāriṇyā(12B-1[5])vipaśyanayā paryeṣaṇāpratyavekṣaṇānucāriṇyā [/] na caikāṃśena vipaśyanā-prayukto bhavati / punar eva vipaśyanā-nimittaṃ(1) pratyudāvartya tadevālambanaṃ śamathākāreṇa manasi karoti / tena tadālambanaṃ tasmin samaye muktaṃ bhavati, nodgṛhītaṃ / yasmāt tadālambanaḥ śamatho vartate / tasmānna muktaḥ / yasmānna ni(12B-1[6])mittī-karoti / na vikalpayati / tasmānnodgṛhītam evam adhyātmamabhisaṃkṣepataḥ / ālambanaṃ vibhāvayati / tatra vipaśyanā-nimittamudgṛhītavataḥ / punar jñeya-vastu-nimittālambanaṃ saced ayam ekāṃśenālambanam adhimucyate / na punaḥ punar vibhāvayet / nāsyādhimokṣa uttarottaraḥ / pariśuddhaḥ, paryavadātaḥ / pravartate / (12B-1[7]) yāvaj jñeya-vastu-pratyakṣopagamāya / yataś ca punaḥ punar adhimucyate / punaḥ punar vibhāvayati / tatosyottarottarodhimokṣaḥ / pariśuddhataraḥ, pariśuddhatamaḥ pravartate / yāvajjñeyavastupratyakṣopagamāya /
【2 喻】tad yathā citra-karaś citra-karāntevāsī vā tat prathamaś citra-karmaṇi prayuktaḥ syāt / sa ācāryasyāntikācchikṣāpūrvagamaṃ rūpaka(12B-1[8])mādāya dṛṣṭvā dṛṣṭavā pratirūpakaṃ karoti / kṛtvā kṛtvā vibhāvayati, vināśayati / punar eva ca karoti / ya yathā yathā bhaṅktyā bhaṅktyā karoti / tathā tathāsyottaraṃ rūpakaṃ pariśuddhataraṃ paryavadātataraṃ khyāti / evaṃ hi samyak prayuktaḥ kālāntareṇācāryasamatāḥ gacchati / tat prativiśiṣṭatāmvā [/] sacet punar abhaṃ(narbhaṃ?)(12A-2[1])ktyā tadrūpakaṃ tasyaivopariṣṭātpaunaḥpunyena kuryāt / na janvandhasya tadrūpaka-pariśuddhiṃ nigacched evam ihāpi nayo veditavyaḥ /
【3 合】tatra yāvadālambanamadhimucyate / tāvadvibhāvayati / na tvavaśyaṃ yāvadvibhāvayati / tāvadadhimucyate / parīttam adhimucyate, parīttameva vibhāvayati / evaṃ yāvanmahadgatapramāṇaṃ / parīttaṃ puna(12A-2[2])r vibhāvayitvā(bhāvya) kadācitparīttamevādhimucyate / kadācinmahadgatameva / pramāṇamevaṃ mahadgate / pramāṇe veditavyaṃ / tatra rūpiṇāṃ dharmāṇāṃ yannimittaṃ pratibimbaṃ, pratibhāsaṃ(saḥ) tadaudārikaṃ nirmāṇasadṛśamarūpiṇāmvā punar dharmāṇāṃ nāmasaṃketa pūrvvakaṃ yathānubhā vādhipateyaṃ / pratibhāsam iyam ucyate / samya(12A-2[3])k-prayogatā /
【3 結二品辨其順逆總束】saiṣā navavidhā śukla-pakṣyā śamatha-vipaśyanānulomā prayogatā veditavyā / evaṃ paryāyeṇa navākāraiva vilomatā / sa eṣa kṛṣṇa-śukla-pakṣa-vyavasthānenāṣṭādaśa-vidha-prayogo bhavatīyam ucyate ekāgratā //(1)
【2 āvaraJaviśuddhiḥ淨障sgrib pa rnam par sbyoṅ ba】【1 解淨障】tatrāvaraṇaviśuddhiḥ katamā /
【2 以四句分別能淨障行】【1 先總標列】āha / caturbhiḥ kāraṇair evaṃ samyak-prayukto yogī (12A-2[4]) āvaraṇe svañcittaṃ pariśodhayati / svabhāva-parijñānena, nidānenādīnava-parijñānena, pratipakṣa-bhāvanayā ca /
【2 隨別解釋】【1 第一番解】【1 āvaraJasvabhāva遍知諸障自性snrib pa'i ṅo bo ñid】tatra katama āvaraṇasvabhāvaḥ / āha / catvāryāvaraṇāni / paritamanā, nivaraṇaṃ(2), vitarkaḥ(3) ātma-saṃpragrahaś ceti / tatra paritamanā yā naiṣkramya-pravivekya-prayuktasya kliṣṭā utkaṇṭhā, aratiḥ / (12A-2[5]) spṛhaṇā, daurmanasyam upāyāsaḥ / tatra nivaraṇaṃ kāma-cchandādīni pañca-nivaraṇāni / tatra vitarkaḥ kāma-vitarkādayaḥ / kliṣṭā vitarkāḥ / tatrātma-saṃpraygraho yadaṇumātrekā(ṇā)varamātrekena(ṇa)jñāna-darśana-sparśa-mātrakenā(ṇā)tmānaṃ saṃpragṛhṇāti / ahamasmi lābhī, anye ca na tatheti / (12A-2[6]) pūrvavad-vistareṇa veditavyam ayam āvaraṇa-svabhāvaḥ /
【2 nidāna遍知諸障因緣gshi】tatra paritamanā yāvat ṣaṇnidānāni / tad yathā pūrva-karmādhipatyā, vyādhi-parikleśādvā āśraya-daurbalyaṃ / ati-prayogaḥ / ardha-prayogaḥ / ādi-prayogaḥ / kleśa-pracuratā / vivekānabhyāsaś ca nivaraṇasya, vitarkā(12A-2[7])ṇām ātma-saṃpragrahasya nivaraṇa-sthānīye, avitarka-sthānīye, svātma-saṃpragraha-sthānīyeṣu dharmeṣv ayoniśomanasikāro bahulīkāra-nivaraṇa-vitarka-saṃpragrahāṇaṃ nidānaṃ yadaśubhatāmamanasi(12B-2[1])kṛtya śubhatāṃ manasikarotyayamatrāyoniśaḥ / evaṃ maitrīṃ[ṃ] manasikṛtya, prahāya naimittam(tti)[kī(1)]m āloka-saṃjñā[ṃ]manasikṛtyāndha-kāra-nimittaṃ śamatham amanasikṛtya, jñāti-ja[ā]napadāmara-vitarkaṃ paurāṇa-krīḍita-hasita-rasita-paricāritaṃ / iyaṃ(daṃ) pratyayatā pratītya(12B-2[2])samutpādam amanasikṛtya, traiyaghvikeṣv ahamiti vā, mameti, vā, ayoga-vihitāṃ saṃjñaṃ manasi karoty ayam atrāyoniśasta(śaḥ) /
【3 ādīnava遍知諸障過患ñes dmigs】tatrādīnavaḥ katamaḥ / asmin nāvaraṇe sati saṃvidyamāne caturvidhepyanadhigataṃ nādhigatāt parihīyate / yoga-prayogādbhraśyate / saṃkliṣṭa-vihārī ca bhavati, duḥkha-vihārī ca bhavaty ātmā caitam avavadati / parataścā vavādaṃ(12B-2[3])labhate / kāyasya ca bhedāt paraṃ maraṇādapāyeṣūpapadyate / ayam atrādīnavaḥ /
【4 pratipakṣa修習對治gñnen ṅo bsgom pa】【1 明怯弱治】tatra pratipakṣaḥ katamaḥ / tatra paritamanā yā samāsato[']nusmṛtayaḥ / pratipakṣaḥ anusmṛti-manasikāreṇāyaṃ cittaṃ saṃhaṣayitvā (saṃhaṣrya)utpannāṃ paritamanāṃ prativinodayatyu(tyanu)tpannāṃ ca notpādayati / tatra yac ca kāya-daurbalyaṃ, yaścāpratiyogo, yaścādi-prayogaḥ / tatra vī(12B-2[4])ryasamatā pratiṣe(ve)dhaḥ / pratipannaḥ yordhaprayogaḥ [/] tatra śuśrūṣā, paripṛcchā pratipakṣaḥ / yā kleśa-pracuratā tasyā yathāyogam aśubhādyālambana-prayogaḥ / pratipakṣaḥ / yo[']nabhyāsas tasya vavidhaṃ pratisaṃkhyānaṃ pratipakṣaḥ / pūrvvaṃ me(mayā)vivekābhyāso na kṛto, yena me etarhi viveka-prayuktasya paritamanā utpadyate [/] sa cede tarhi na kariṣyāmyabhyā(12B-2[5])saḥ (saṃ) evam āyati[ḥ] punar bhava evaṃrūpo bhaviṣyati / pratisaṃkhyāya mayā aratistyaktavyā /
【2 明餘蓋覆】ratiḥ karaṇīyety evam iṣṭānāṃ nivaraṇādīnām ayoniśo-manasikāra-viparyaryeṇa yoniśo manasikāra-bhāvanā pratipakṣo veditavyaḥ /(1)
tatra svabhāvaṃ parijñāya āvaraṇataḥ, saṃkleśataḥ, tāvacchamathabāhulyaṃ [/]sā vipaśyanā jñeyā kṛṣṇapakṣataḥ / parivarjanīyam etad iti / nidāna-parivarjanā(12B-2[6])c ca punar asya parivarjaneti / nidānaṃ paryeṣate / aparivarjanāc ca punar asya parivarianīyasya ko doṣa ityata ādīnavaṃ paryeṣate / parivarjitasya cāyatyāṃ katham anutpādo bhavatītyataḥ pratipakṣaṃ bhāvayaty evam anenāvaraṇebhyaś cittaṃ pariśoddhitaṃ bhavati /
【2 第二番解】【1 明bāhulyṁ隨眾多教順觀眾多maṅ ba】sa tatra yāvad deśanābāhulyaṃ vipaśyanānulomikaṃ tāvad vipaśyanā-bāhulyaṃ, yāvad vivapaśyanā (12B-2[7]) bāhulyaṃ nānyāda(1)nantā veditavyā / yad uta ebhireva tribhirmakhaiḥ śaṇṇāṃ vastūnām ekaikaśyā(syā a)nantākāra-praveśanayena,
【2 明由觀串習增長廣大】yathā ca yathā vipaśyanā samyak prayuktasya pṛthu-vṛddhi-vaipulyatāṃ(vipulatāṃ) gacchaty abhyāsa-pāriśuddhi-balam adhipatiṃ kṛtvā, tathā, tathā, śamatha-pakṣasyāpi (12A-3[1]) kāya-citta-praśrabdhi-janakasya pṛthu-vṛddhi-vaipulyatā(vipulatā) veditavyā / tasya yathā yathā kāyaḥ praśrabhyate, cittaṃ ca, tathā tathālambana-cittaikāgratāyāś ca yad utāśraya[ṃ] vivarddhayate / yathā cittaikāgratā vivardhate tathā tathā kāyaḥ praśrabhyate, cittaṃ ca, ity etau dvau dharmāvanyonyaṃ nirvṛtāv anyonyaṃ pratibaddho [']yad uta cittaikāgratā, pratyakṣa-jñānotpattiḥ(1) /
【3 明五停能淨障行滿足分齊】【1 問】tatra kiyatā (12A-3[2]) aśabhā pratilabdho (dhā) bhavati / kiyatā yāvad ānāpāna-smṛtiḥ pratilabdhā bhavatīti / peyālaṃ /
【2 答】【1 明不淨觀成滿分齊】ataś cāsya yogīnaḥ aśubhāprayogasyāsevanānvayāt bhāvanānvayād bahulīkārānvayāc carato vā, viharato vā, viṣaya-saṃmukhībhāve [a]pi nimitta-pratyavekṣaṇayāpi prakṛtyaivānabhisaṃskāreṇa bahutarāśubhatā-saṃprarkhyānaṃ / yathāpi(12A-3[3]) tatsubhāvitatvād aśubhāyāḥ kāmarāsthānīyeṣu dharmeṣu cittaṃ[na(2)] praskandati / na prasīdati / nādhimucyate / upekṣā saṃtiṣṭhate / nirvvitpratikūlatā veditavyaṃ(yā) / yoginānuprāpto(ptaṃ) me, aśubhāprāptaṃ me, bhāvanā-phalam iyatā aśubhā pratilabdhā bhavati / viparyayeṇa [a]pratilabdhā veditavyā / yathā aśubhā evaṃ maitrī, idaṃ pratyayatā-pratī(12A-3[4])tyasamutpādaḥ / dhātu-prabhedaḥ / ānāpāna-smṛtiś ca veditavyā /
【2 辨差別】tatrāyaṃ viśeṣaḥ bahutaraṃ maitra-cittatā khyāti / na pratigha-nimittaṃ / vyāpāda-sthānīyeṣu dharmeṣu cittaṃ na praskandatīti vistaraḥ / bahutaramanityatā, duḥkhatā, nairātmyaṃ khyati, na nitya-sukha-sattvāya dṛṣṭi-sahagataṃ sammoha-nimittaṃ moha-paryavasthānīyeṣu dharmeṣu / (12A-3[5]) cittaṃ (na(1))praskandatīti vistaraḥ / bahutaraṃ nānādhātukatā[ta(2)]dekadhātukatā kāyapi (ci) tta-prabheda-saṃjñā khyati / na tveva pi(ci)ttasaṃjñā, māna-paryavasthānīyeṣu dharmeṣu cittaṃ na praskandatīti vistaraḥ / bahutarā adhyātmamupaśama-saṃjñā / śamatha-saṃjñā / khyati / na tv eva prapañca-saṃjñā vitarka-paryavasthānīyeṣu dharmeṣu cittaṃ na praskandatīti vistaraḥ /
【4 明止觀二道雙運分齊】【1 問】(12A-3[6]) tatra niyatā(taṃ) śamathaś ca vipaśyanā cobhe mitrībhūte samayugam varttete / yena yuganaddhavāhīmārga ity ucyate /(1)
【2 答】āha / yo lābhī bhavati navākārāyāṃ citta-sthitau navamasyākārasya yad uta samāhitatāyāḥ [/] sa ca taṃ pariniṣpannaṃ samādhiṃ niśritya adhiprajñaṃ dharma-vipaśyanāyāṃ prayujyate / tasya tasmin samaye dharman vipaśyataḥ [/] svarasa-vāhana eva mārgo bhavaty anābhoga-vāhanaḥ / anabhisaṃskāreṇa vipaśyanā pariśuddhā, paryavadātā, śamathānuyoga(ta)ā kalpa(lpi)tā parigṛhītā pravarttate / yathaiva śamathamāsate[te(1)] nocyate śamathaś cāsyavipaśyanā cobhe mitrībhūte samayugam varttete / śamatha-vipaśyanā-yuganaddhavāhī ca mārgo bhavatīti // anantaroddānaṃ //
【3 以uddānaṁ嗢柁南sdom總收】tatra manaskārabhāvanā katamā [/] āhādikarmikas tat prathamakarmika evaṃ vyāpini(2) laksaṇe vyavasthāpite ekāgratāyāmā(ā)varaṇaviśuddheś ca mithyāprayogaṃ ca varjayati / samyakprayoga(1) ca śikṣate / sa tat prathamata ekāgratāṃ prahāṇābhiratiṃ cādhigamiṣyāmīti caturbhirmanaskāraiḥ prayujyate /
【2 別解釋】【1 初番】【1 總說】katamaiś cacaturbhiś citta-santā panīyena manaskāreṇa, cittā(12B-3[2])bhiṣyandanīyena, praśrabdhi-janakena, jñāna-darśana-viśodhakena ca manaskāreṇa [/]
【2 別釋】【1 cittasaṁtāpana調練心作意sems kun tu gduṅ bar】tatra cittasantāpano manaskāraḥ katamaḥ[ḥ][/] āha / yenāyaṃ manaskāreṇa / saṃvejanīyeṣu dharmeṣu cittaṃ samvejayatyayaṃ cittasantāpano manaskāraḥ /
【2 cittābhiṣyandano滋潤心作意sems mṅon par brlan par 'gyur ba】tatra katamaścittābhiṣyandano manaskāraḥ / yenāyaṃ prasadanīyena manaskāreṇa cittamabhipramodayatyayaṃ(1) (12B-3[3]) cittābhiṣyandano manaskāraḥ /
【3 praśrabdhijanako manaskāra生輕安作意śin tu sbyaṅs pa skyed pa'i yid la byed pa】tatra katamaḥ praśrabdhijanako manaskāraḥ / āha / yenāyaṃ manaskāreṇa kālena kālaṃ cittaṃ samvejanīyeṣu dharmeṣu saṃvejayitvā (saṃvejya) kālena kālam abhipramodanīyeṣu dharmeṣu cittam abhipramodayitvā (modyā')dhyātmaṃ śamathayati / nirnimittāyāṃ / nirvikalpakatāyām evaṃ sthāpayaty ekāgrāṃ smṛtiṃ pravarttayati ye(12B-3[4])nāsya hetunā, yena pratyayena kāya-citta-dauṣṭhulya-pratipakṣena kāya-citta-hlādana-karī kāya-praśrabdhiś citta-praśrabdhiś cotpadyate / ayam ucyate praśrabdhi-janako manaskāraḥ /
【4 jñānanadarśana-viśodhano manaskāra淨智見作意ye śes daṅ mthoṅ ba rnam par sbyoṅ ba'i yid la byed pa】tatra jñāna-darśana viśodhano manaskāraḥ katamaḥ / yena manaskāreṇa kālena kālaṃ cittena tathādhyātmaṃ saṃśayamiti (saṃśamayati) tena punaḥ punar abhīkṣṇaṃ adhiprajñaṃ dharma-vipaśya(12B-3[5])nāyāṃ yogaṃ karoti / yad uta tam evādhyātmaṃ cetaḥ śamathaṃ niśritya / ayam ucyate jñāna-darśana-viśodhano manaskāraḥ(1) /
katamaḥ kālena kālaṃ saṃvejanīyeṣu dharmeṣu cittaṃ samvejayaty evam asya tac cittaṃ taptaṃ bhavati / santaptamudvignaṃ saṃvignaṃ yadutāsravasthānīyeṣuṃ ca dharmeṣu /
【2 第二番】【1 saṃvejanīyāni Sthānāni可厭患處kun tu skyo bar 'gyur ba daṅ mthun pa'i chos rnams】sarva saṃvejanīyāni sthānāni / katamāni / āha / ca (12B-3[6]) tvāri tad yathā ātma-vipattiḥ, para-vipattiś ca, vartamāne samavahite saṃmukhībhūte yoniśo manasikārānvayāt samvejanīyaṃ sthānaṃ bhavati / tatrātma-sampattiḥ / para sampattiś ca / abhyatīte kṣaṇe virūddhe vigate vipariṇate yoniśo manasikārānvayāt samvejanīyaṃ sthānaṃ bhavati / sa kālena kālam abhipramodanīyeṣu dharmeṣu citta(12B-3[7])m abhipramodayati / tasyābhipramodayataḥ / evam asya tac cittaṃ snigdhaṃ bhavaty ārdraṃ ca, dravañcācchaṃ ca, prasannaṃ ca /
【2 abhipramodamīyāḥ dharmāḥ可欣尚處mṅon par dga' bar 'gyur ba daṅ mthun pa'i chos rnams】tatrābhipramodanīyāḥ dharmāḥ katame // āha / trividhā[ḥ] a(catvāro ')bhipramonādhiṣṭhānaṃ, ratnāni, śikṣāpadapāriśuddhiḥ / ātmani ca viśeṣādhigamasaṃbhāvanājātasya cetaso [a] saṃkocaḥ / sa evaṃ ratnānyanusaraṃścittamabhipramodayati (12B-3[8]) lābhā me sulabdhāḥ / yasya me śastā tathāgatorhan samyak saṃbuddhaḥ / lābhā me sulabdhā yo [a]haṃ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajitaḥ / lābhā me sulabdhāḥ / yasya me sabrahmacāriṇaḥ śīlavanto guṇavantaḥ peśalāḥ / kalyāṇadharmāṇaḥ / bhadrakaṃ me maraṇaṃ bhaviṣyati / bhadrikā kālakriyā, bhadrako [a]bhisaṃ parāyaḥ / evaṃ (12A-4[1]) catvāryanusmaraṃścittamabhipramodayati /
kathaṃ śikṣāpada-pāriśuddhiṃ śīla-pāriśuddhiṃ anusmarata(raṃ)ś cittam abhipramodayati / lābhā me sulabdhā [ḥ] so [a]haṃ śāstari tathāgate [a]rhati samyak saṃbuddhe, tasya ca svākhyate dharmavinaye, tatra ca supratipanne śrāvaka-saṃghe, ahamebhiḥ sabrahmacāribhiḥ śīlasāmānyagataḥ / śikṣā-sāmānyaga(12A-4[2])to, maitrakāyavāṅmanaskarmāntaḥ, dṛṣṭi-sāmānyagataḥ / sādhāraṇa-paribhogī [/] evaṃ śikṣāpadapāriśuddhiṃ, śīla-pāriśuddhim anusmaran(raṃ)ś cittam abhipramodayati / yad uta vipratisāra pūrvva keṇa prāmodyena-
tatra kathamātmaneḥ adhigama-saṃbhāvanāmadhiṣṭhāya bhavyo [a]ham asmy eva[ṃ] pariśuddhaśīlaḥ / pratibalaś ca bhājanabhūtaś ca / (12A-4[3]) ebhiḥ sabrahmacāribhiḥ śīla-sāmānyagato, dṛṣṭisāmānyagataḥ, sadbhiḥ sāmānyagataiḥ (samyag-gataiḥ) satpuriṣaūḥ, bhavyo [a]hamasmyevaṃbhūta, evaṃ pratipanno, dṛṣṭa eva dharme aprāptasya prāptaye, anadhigatasyādhigamāya, āsākṣātkṛtasya sākṣātkriyāyai / iti prāmodyam utpādayaty evam ātmano[a]dhigama-saṃbhāvanādhiṣṭhānena cittam abhipramodaya(12A-4[4])ti /
api ca / yadaneva pūrvveṇāparamārabdha-vīryeṇa viharatā viśeṣādhigamaḥ kṛto bhavati / tad anusmarannuttari ca viśeṣādhigamam abhiśraddhyā["da(1)]dhaṃ ścittam abhipramodayaty ayam aparaḥ /
【3 依二處生四作意以障功能】【1 法】saṃvejanīyeṣudharmeṣu cittamabhisaṃtāpayannāsravamāsrava-sthānīyebhyo dharmebhyaś cittaṃ vimukhī karoti / viguṇī karoti / pratimukhyenāva(12A-4[5])sthāpayati / viśleṣayaty abhipramodanīyeṣu dharmeṣv abhipramodayannamiṣyandayannaiṣkramyapravivekajeṣu dharmeṣu sasnehaṃ cittam abhimukhīkarotyupaśleṣayati / ramayati / saṃyojayaty evam asya tac citte(ttaṃ) yābhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ dharmābhyāṃ / sarvva-kṛṣṇṇa-pakṣa-vimukhaṃ sarvvakṛṣṇa(śukla) pakṣābhimu khaṃ ca pravarttate / yad uta saṃvegapraharṣābhyāṃ ya(12A-4[6])taścittamevaṃ kṛṣṇapakṣa vimukhaṃ ca / kṛtvā cittasantāpanīyena manaskāreṇa śuklapakṣābhimukhaṃ krtvā, abhiṣyandanīyena manaskāreṇa kālena kālamadhyātmaṃ ca pradadhāti / yad uta cetaḥśamathena praśrabdhijanakena manaskāreṇa kālena kālaṃ dharmānvicinoti / pravicinoti / parivitarkayati / parimīmānsa (māṃsā) māpadya (12A-4[7])te / jñāna-darśana-viśodhake(ne) na manaskāreṇa [/] evam asya tac cīttaṃ kālena kālaṃ śamatha-vipaśyanā-parigṛhītaṃ / sarvvākāra-sarvva-guṇa-hetūpakṛtaḥ (taṃ)teṣām teṣāṃ rātri-divasānāmatyayat / kṣaṇa-lava-muhūrttānāṃ(ṇāṃ) [/] viśeṣāya paraiti /
【2 喻】tad yathā jātarūparajataṃ dakṣeṇa karmāreṇa (12B-4[1]) vā, karmā [rā(1)]ntevāsinā vā kālena kālaṃ yadā saṃtāpitaṃ ca bhavati / vigatamalakaṣāye bhāve nābhiṣyanditaṃ ca bhavati / tatra tatrālaṃkārakarmaṇāṃ mṛdu-karmaṇyatāyogenābhimukhīkṛtaṃ bhavati / tamenaṃ dakṣaḥ karmāro vā, karmā[rā(1)]ntevāsī vā tadupamena śilpajñānena karmāntavastunā yatreṣṭa[ā'](ma)laṃkāravikṛ[ti]tastatra pariṇamayatyena(va) meva yogi (12B-4[2]) yadā tac cittam abhidhyādima-lakaṣāye vimukhībhāvenodvejitaṃ ca bhavati kliṣṭa-daurmanasya vimukhībhāvena cābhipramoditaṃ bhavati /
【3 合】tamenaṃ yogī yatra yatra niyojayati / śamathapakṣe vā vipaśyanā-pakṣe vā tatra tatra sūpaśliṣṭaṃ ca bhavati / sulagnaṃ cāvikalaṃ cāvikampyaṃ ca / yathābhipretārtha-sampattaye ca paraiti /
【2 教初修業者於修作意取五種相】【1 先教誨始修業者,依五停觀一一教取parikalpaṁ pañcanimittāny udgṛhṇīṣva五相修習mtshan ma lṅa】【1 總問答標列】【1 問】tatra (12B-4[3]) kathamādikarmikaḥ tat prathamakarmiko manaskāra-bhāvanāyāṃ viniyujyate / (1) yathāyaṃ viniyujyamānaḥ pratipadyamānaś ca spṛśati /
【2 答】tat prathamataḥ prahāṇābhiratiṃ cittasyaikāgratāṃ /iha yoga-jño yoga-prayuktenādikarmi(tamādikarvmi)kaḥ (kaṃ) / tat prathamata evam avavadate ehi, tvaṃ, bhadra-mukha, trīṇi nimittodgra[ā]hakāni(ṇi) kāraṇāni niśritya yad uta dṛṣṭamvā (12B-4[4]) śrutamvā, cintānumānādhipateyaṃ vā / parikalpaṃ pañca nimittānyudgṛhṇīṣva [/] samvejanīyaṃ, prasadanīyam ādīnava-nimittamāloka-nimittaṃ vastu-rūpaṇānimittañca [/]
【2 別解釋】【1 教多貪行者依五種相修不淨觀】【1 問】sacet sa yoga-prayukta ādikarmiko rāga-carito bhavaty aśubhāvineyaḥ kathaṃ sa pañcānāṃ nimittānām udgrahaṇāyā [va] bodhyate /
【2 答】【1 明依五相推求觀察】【1-2 saṁevejanīya厭離相kun tu skye bar 'gyur ba與prasadanīya欣樂相daṅ bar 'gyur ba】【1 明教取厭離相】evam a[va]bodhyate / ehi, tvaṃ, bhadramukha / (12B-4[5]) yaṃ yameva gramamvā nigamamvopaniśritya viharasi / sa cedanyatra grāme, nigame vānyatamaṃ purūṣamvā, striyamvā ābādhikaṃ śṛṇoṣi / duḥkhitambāḍhaglānaṃ, mṛtamvā kālagataṃ, purūṣamvā striyamvā [/] api tu tasya purūṣasya vā, striyā vānyatamānyatamaṃ mitrāmātyajñātisālohitaṃ, paracakrakṛtamvā tadgrāma-paryāpannasya ja(12B-4[6])nakāyasya bhojana-vyasanamagnidāhakṛtamvā, udakāpaharaṇakṛtamvā, kuvihita-praviṇāśakṛtamvā, kuprayukta-karmānta-pralujyanākṛtamvā, apriyadāyādādhigamakṛtamvā, kulāṃgāra vipraṇāśakṛtamvā [/] no cecchṛṇoṣi / apitu pratyakṣaṃ paśyasi / no vānyasmiṃ (smin) grāmanigame, no ca tasminn eva (12B-4[7]) grāmanigame, na pareṣāma (raira)pi tvātmanaiva spṛṣṭo bhavasi / śārīrik ābhir-vedanābhirduḥkhābhistīvrābhiriti vistareṇa pūrvva-vat /
sarvvaṃ dṛṣṭvā śrutvā caivaṃ cittaṃ saṃvejaya / duhkho batāyaṃ saṃsāraḥ, kṛcch ātmabhāvapratilabdho yatremā evaṃ rūpātmamaś ca (rūpā ātmanaś ca) pareṣāñca vipattaya upa-labhyante / yadutārog yavipattir api, jātivipatti(12A-5[1])r api, bhogavipattirapi, vyādhir vyādhi-dharmatā ca / maraṇaṃ, maraṇa-dharmatā ca / api caikeṣāṃ śīla-vipattir api, dṛṣṭi-vipattir api yato nidānaṃ sattvā dṛṣṭe ca dharme duḥkha-vihāriṇo bhavanti / samparāye ca durgati-gāminaḥ / yāś ca sampattayo dṛṣṭa-dharma-sukhavihārāya, abhisamparāye ca, sugatigamanāya tā apyanityā[ḥ], tāsāmapi anitya(12A-5[2])tā prajñāyate / vipattiścet saṃmukhībhūtā, vimukhībhūtā tasmin samaye sampattiḥ / asaṃmukhībhūtāyām api vipattau durlabhā sampattir vināśa-dharmiṇī ca, evaṃ ca punaś cittam udvejayitvā(jya ) sādhu ca, suṣṭhu ca, yoniśaḥ pradadhatsva / anāśvāsyametatsthānam aviśvāsyaṃ / yatsaṃsāre me saṃsarataḥ, aparinirvṛtasyāvimukta-cetasaḥ etā vi(12A-5[3])pattisampattayo, na me saṃmukhībhāvaṃ, vimukhībhāvaṃ ca gaccheyuḥ / na vā atonidānaṃ me duḥkhamutpadyate(dyeta) / tīvraṃ, kharaṃ kaṭukamanālāpamalabhyametatsthānaṃ tasmād etatsavārthamadhipatiṃ kṛtvā prahāṇaratiratena me bhavitavyamapramattena, evaṃ bahula-vihāriṇo me apy evāsyānarthasyākriyā syādityevaṃ yoniśaḥ (12A-5[4]) pradadhatsva,
【2 明教取欣樂相】evaṃ tvaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ nimittamud gṛhya, punaḥ prasadanīyaṃ nimittamudgṛhṇīṣva [/] evaṃ ca punar ūdgṛhṇīṣva [/] ātmanaḥ śīlāni pratyavekṣasva / kiṃ pariśuddhāni me śīlānyapariśuddhāni [vā(1)], yā (yo) me smṛtisaṃpramoṣādvā, anādarādvā kleśapracuratayā vā, avyutpannato vāsti kaścicchikṣāvyatikramaḥ / vyatikrānte vā, me(mayā)śikṣā[ṃ]ya(12A-5[5])thādharmaṃ pratikṛtyādhyāśayena ca punar akaraṇāye cittamutpāditaṃ / kaści(kacci)nme kartavyaṃ kṛtamakarttavyañca (vyaṃ vā) / na kṛtaṃ samasataḥ / kaccidadhyāśayasampanno [a]smi prayogasampannaś ca / yad uta / śikṣāpadeṣu / evaṃ na te pratyavekṣamāṇena / sacet pariśuddhaḥ śīlaskandhaḥ, na punaste cetanā karaṇīyā / kaccinmevipratisāḥ(12A-5[6])ra utpadyetāpi tu dharmaṃtaiveyaṃ / yad evaṃ viśuddhaśīlasyāvipratisāra utpadyate / evaṃ cāvipratisāriṇā na cetanā karaṇīyā, kaccinme pramodyaṃ utpadyeta / api tu dharmataiveyaṃ yadavipratisāriṇaḥ prāmodyam utpadyate / anena tāvadekena prāmodyādhiṣṭhānena dvayāvipratisāra-pūrvakaṃ prāmodya(12B-5[1])mutpādayitavyaḥ(m) / utpādya pareṇa saṃpraharṣādhiṣṭhānena mānasaṃ saṃpraharṣaya / sacet punar bhavasi pūrvveṇāparaṃ parīttas yāpi viśeṣādhigame prītir janayitavyā, bhavyohamasmi, pratibalaḥ / evaṃ pariśuddha-śīlo bhagavataḥ śikṣāsu supratiṣṭhitaḥ / dṛṣṭe dharme prāptasya prāptaye, anadhiga tasyādhigamāya / asākṣātkṛtasya (12B-5[2]) sākṣātkriyāyai / anenāpyadhiṣṭhānena mānasaṃ saṃpraharṣaya // sacet punar lābhī bhavati pūrvvaṇ āparaṃ para-cittasyāpi viśeṣādhigamasya [/] sa tvaṃ / tamadhipatiṃ kṛtvā pareṣāṃ ca paripūrṇṇe viśeṣādhigame yad uta tathāgate, tathāgataśrāvakeṣu vā, ātmanaś cottari-viśeṣādhigama-saṃpratyaya-jāto mānasaṃ saṃpraharṣaya iti (/) (12B-5[3]) ya ebhirākārair manasaste sa praharṣa iti / ya ebhirākāraiḥ sa pūrvva pramuditasyaitarhi trītimanaskatetyucyate /
evaṃ prasadanīyaṃ nimittamudgrāhayatyudgrāhayitvā(hyo) punassamanuśāsti / ehi, tvaṃ, bhadramukha, saṃvejanīyena nimittena saṃtāpitacittaḥ, prasadanīyena cittenābhiṣyanditacittaḥ prahāyābhidhyādaurmanasyaṃ(sye) (12B-5[4]) loke bahulaṃ vihariṣyasi /
【3 明由厭離欣樂二相當得身心輕安一心境性】yatra ca yatrālambane prayokṣyase // śamatha-pakṣe, vipaśyanā-pakṣe vā, tatra tatrālambane cittaṃ sthitaṃ bhaviṣyati / adhyātmaṃ susaṃsthitaṃ / kāya-citta-praśrabdhi-cittaikāgratāś ca pratilapsyase [/] evaṃ kṛṣṇa-pakṣa-vimukhībhūtaḥ śukla-pakṣābhimukhībhūtasya yad uta saṃvegābhiṣyandanatayā sarvvaṃ
【3 ādinava nimitta過患相ñes dmigs kyi mtshan ma】puna(12B-5[5])r asyādīnava-nimittamudgṛhṇīṣva yad uta nimittebhyo vipakṣebhyahyaścopa kleśebhyaś ca [/]
tatra nimittāni rūpa-nimittādīni daśa, vītarkāḥ kāma-vitarkādayo['] ṣṭau, upakleśāḥ kāmacchandādayaḥ (/) pañca / evañca punas teṣvādīnavamudgṛhṇīṣva / itīmāni nimittāni vyāpārakārakāni(ṇi) cittasya / itīme vitarkā au(12B-5[6])nmukta-saṃkṣobhaka[ā]rakāś cittasya [/] itīme upakleśā anupaśamaka[ā]rakāś cittasya / yaś ca cittasya vyāpāro nimittakṛtaḥ / yaś conmukta-saṃkṣobho vitarka-kṛtaḥ / yaś cānu(nū)pakleśa [upakleśa (1)] kṛtaḥ duḥkhāvihāra eṣa cittasya, tasmādime nimittavitarkopakleśāḥ duḥkhā anāryā (12A-6[1]) anarthopasaṃhitāś citta-vikṣepa-saṃkṣobhakarā[ḥ / ] evam ādīnavanimittamudgṛhya cittaikāgratāyāṃ cittasthitau, cittāvikṣepaḥ(pe) ṣaḍbhirākārairnimittamudgṛhāṇa, yad uta nimittasaṃjñayā ṇirnimitte vāvyāpārasaṃjñayā, nirvikalpasaṃjñayā, ṇirvikalpe cānautsukyāsaṃkṣobhasaṃjñayā, upaśamasaṃjñayā, upaśame(na(2)) niṣparidā(12A-6[2])ha nairvṛtya[ā]śubhasaṃjñayā [/]
【4 āloka nimitta光明相snaṅ ba'i mtsahan ma】evaṃ nimittamudgṛhya punar apanaṃ cālokanimittamudgṛhāṇa [/] yad uta pradīpādvā, agniskandhaprabhāsādvā, suryamaṇḍa lādvā, candramaṇḍalādvā
【5 vasturūpaṅnimitta了別事相dṅos po la brtag pa'i mtshab ma】【1 教詣塚間取青瘀等相還所住處繫念在前類身亦爾】nimittamudgṛhya, śmaśānādyupasaṃkramya, vinīlakādvā nimittamudgṛhāṇa / yāvadasthī(sthi)nāmvā, asthiśaṃkalikānāmvā, no cecchamaśānādapi tu citrakṛtādvā, kāṣṭha(12A-6[3])śmaśānakṛtādvā nimittamudgṛhāṇa,
【2 教思惟不淨加行】【1 明教思惟止品加行】【1 法】udgṛhaya śayanāsanāsanamupasaṃkrama, upasaṃkramyāraṇyagato vā, vṛkṣamūlagato vā, śūnyāgāragato vā, maṃce vā, pīṭhe vā, tṛṇa-saṃstarake vā niṣīdo [/] paryaṅkamābhujya, pādau prakṣālya, ṛjuaṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya, pratimukhāṃ(khīṃ) smṛtimupasthāpya, niṣadya tat prathamata ekāgratāyāṃ (12A-6[4]) cittāvikṣepe smṛtyupanibaddhaṃ kurū, tatra ca ṣaḍsaṃjñāṃ(ḥ) nirvvikalpa-saṃjñāmupasaṃśama-saṃjñāṃ nirvyāpārasaṃjñāmanautsukyāsaṃkṣobhasaṃjñānniṣparidāhanairvṛtya[ā]śu bhasaṃjñāṃ / tatra ca te vikṣepāvikṣepaparijñāvadhānaṃ pratyupasthitaṃ bhavatu / yena vikṣepāvikṣepaparijñāvadhānena tathā tathā nimittavitarkopakleśeṣu vikṣepañca pari(12A-6[5])jānīṣva, cittaikāgratā[yā]ñca ṣaḍsaṃjñābhāvanānugatāyāmavikṣepaṃ [/] tatra ca vikṣepāvikṣepe(payoḥ) tathā tathāvahito bhava yathā te ekāgratopanibaddhā, adhyātmaṃ cetaḥśamatho panibaddhā sarvvā cittasantatiścittadhārā paurvvāparyeṇa nirnimittā pravarteta / nirvikalpā upaśāntā [/] sa cetpunaḥ saṃpramoṣā[t]smṛti-saṃpramoṣāttathā śamatha-prā(12A-6[2])pte cetasi nimitta-vitarkopakleśānabhyāsa-doṣādābhāsamāgacchanti / sukham ādarśayanti / ālambanīkurvvanti / teṣūtpannotpanneṣu smṛtyamanasikāraḥ kartavyaḥ / yad uta purvva dṛṣṭamevamadhipatiṃ kṛtvā evaṃ tadālambanama[nu]smṛtya-manasikāreṇa vibhāvitaṃ / viśvastamanābhāsagatāyām avasthāpitaṃ bhaviṣyati / tac caitad, bhadramukha, sūkṣma(12A-6[7])mālambanaṃ / duḥpra(duṣpra) tividhyamasya te prativi(ve)dhāya tīvra[c]cchandaś ca vyāyāmaś ca karaṇīya [ḥ /]
【2 喻】idaṃ cālambanaṃ sandhāyoktaṃ bhagavatā(1) / janapada-kalyāṇī janapada-kalyāṇīti bhikṣavo(2) mahājana-kāyaḥ sannipateta / atha purūṣa āgacchedabālajātīyaḥ / taṃ kaścideva[ṃ] vadedidaṃ te bhoḥ, purūṣa, tailapātrapurṇṇaṃ samatittikamanabhiṣekyama(12A-6[8])ntarā ca jana-kāyaḥ sannipateta / sā khalu janapadakalyāṇīma (a)ntarā ca mahāsamājaṃ / pariharttavyamayaṃ ca te utkṣiptāsiko badhakapurūṣaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ / sacet tva masmātailapātrādekabindumapi pṛthivyāṃ cipātayiṣyasi tataste utkṣapta [ā] siko badhakapurūṣa ucchinnamūlaṃ śiraḥ prapātayiṣyati / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ (12B-6[1]) api nu sa purūṣaḥ amanasikṛtvā tailapātramamanasikṛtvo tailapātramamanasikṛtvā utkṣiptāsikiṃ badhakapuruṣaṃ janapada kalyāṇī[ṃ] manasi kuryānmahājanasamājamno, no, bhadanta, tatkasya hetostathāhi tena puruṣeṇo[tkṣi]ptāsiko vadhakapurūṣaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddho dṛṣṭaḥ tasyaivaṃ syāt [/] sa ced aham asmāt tailapātrād eka-bindumapi pṛthivyāṃ patayiṣyāmi / ato me u(12B-6[2])tkṣiptāsiko badhaka-purūṣaḥ ucehinna-mūlaṃ śiraḥ prapātayiṣyati / nānyatra sa purūṣaḥ amanasikṛtya(tvā) janapadakalyaṇī[ṃ] mahāsamājamvā / tadeva tailapātraṃ sarvvacetasā samanvā hṛtya samyargeva pariharedevemeva bhikṣavaḥ /
【3 況】ye kecic catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni satkṛtya bhāvayanti / gurū-kṛtya sarvva-cetasā samanvāhṛtyate me (ta ime) śrāvakā iti [/] tatra (12B-6[3]) janapadakalyāṇīti kāya [c]chandādyupakleśa-paryavasthānīyānān dharmāṇām etadadhivacanaṃ / parama-pradhānā nṛtta-gīta-vādita iti vitarka-prapañca-saṃkṣobhasthānīyānāṃ dharmāṇām etad adhivacanaṃ / mahāsamāja iti / rūpa-nimittādīnāṃ daśānāṃ nimittānām etad adhivacanaṃ / abālabhāgīyaḥ purūṣa iti / yogācārasyādhivacanaṃ / tailapātramiti / (12B-6[4]) śamathopanibaddhasya cittasya etad adhivacanaṃ / kāya-citta-praśrabdhi-snehanārthena utkṣiptāsiko badhaka-purūṣa iti-nimitta-vitarkopakleśaṣu pūrvodgṛhītasyādīnasyaitadadhivacanaṃ [/] satkṛtya viharati / na caikabindumapi pṛthivyāṃ pā(12B-6[5])tayatīti vikṣepāvikṣepa-parijñānāvadhānaparigṛhītasya śamathamārgasyaitadadhivacanaṃ / yenāyaṃ sarvvo(sarvāṃ) citta-santatiṃ citta-dhārāṃ nirmimittāṃ nirvikalpāmupaśāntāṃ vīryabalena nirantarāṃ paurvvāpayeṇa pravarttayati / na caikacittamutpādayati / nimittālambanamvā vitarkopakleśālambanamvā //
【2 明教思惟觀品加行】【1 結前止道善不善修】tamenamevaṃ śamatha-prayuktamādi(12B-6[6])karmikaṃ yogī samanuśāsti / yāvat te, bhadramukha, evaṃ śamathamārgaprayuktasya evam upāyaparigṛhītaṃ smṛti-saṃprajanya-sahagataṃ sābhirāmaṃ cittaṃ bhavati / tāvatte śamathamārga eva bhāvayitavyaḥ / sacet punar anabhyāsamoṣānna ramate sopāyaṃ ca tadālamba tasmān nirvikalpādālambanād vyutthāya sa-vikalpa ālambane (12B-6[7]) smṛtyupanibaddhaṃ kurūte /
【2 正明觀】【1 明二種作意修不淨觀】【1 作假想勝解】yad eva te pūrvvodgṛhītamaśubhanimittaṃ tadeva manasi kurū tat prathamato nimittamātrānusāriṇyā vipaśyanayā yad uta vinīlakamvā, vipūyakamvā, yāvadasthiśaṃkalikāmvā // tathā prayuktaś ca tat prathamava (ta) ekaṃ vinīlakamadimucyasva, yāvadekāmasthiśamkalikāṃ yataścātra kṛtaparicayo bhavasi /(12B-6[8]) prabhāsvaraś ca tedhimokṣaḥ pravartate / tadālambanandvau tadā dvau, trīṇi, catvāri, paṃca, daśa, viṃśa, trimśac catvārimśat / pañcāśadvinīlakaśataṃ vinīlakasahasraṃ, yāvat sarvvā diśo vidiśaś ca / pramāṇākāreṇa pūrvvā[ṃ] nirantarā [ma(1)]dhimucyasva / yesāṃ na syādavakāśaḥ antato daṇḍa-viṣṭambhanakoḍīmātram api [/] yathā vinīlakānām evaṃ yāvada (12A-7[1]) sthiśaṃkalikānāṃ sarvvam
【2 當趣入真實作意】evam adhimuktimanaskāraṃ niśritya bhūtamanaskāramavatara, evaṃ ca punar avatara, yāvantyetāni vinīlakāni mayādhimuktāni yāvadasthiśaṃkalikā ato [a]pramāṇavarāṇi me pūrvvāntabhārabhya, tatra tatra bhavagaticyutyupapādeṣu, mṛtasya kālagatasya yāni vinīlakāni nirvṛttāni, yāvadasthiśaṃkalikānirvṛtyāṃ / yeṣāṃ pū(12A-7[2])rvvā koṭirna prajñāyate, nivartamānānāṃ, tāḥ sacet kaścit, saṃharet saṃhṛtāś ca na vinaśyeyuḥ, na ca pūtībhaveyuḥ / nāsti sa pṛthivī-pradeśo yatra teṣām avakāśaḥ syāt / ekakalpikānāmapi, tāvadyāvadasthi-śaṃkalikānāṃ sacet kaścitsaṃhārako bhavet / tāsāṃ syāt saṃhṛtānāṃ vipula-pārśva-parvatasamā rāśiḥ / yathā pūrvvasyāntara (pūrvānta)mārabhyaivama(12A-7[3])parāntam api yāvat (/) duḥkhasyāntaṃ na kariṣyāmyevaṃ hi tvamabhiyukṣi(yuṃkṣva) / manaskāraṃ niśritya bhūtamavaskāramanatīrṇṇo bhaviṣyasi(bhava) / na caitāni vinīlakāni yāvadasthiśaṃkalikā[yā(1)] vipaśyanā-prayuktena sakṛdvipaśyitavyā(2)[ni], nānyatraikaṃ(1) vinīlakamadhimucya punaścittaṃ śamayitavyaṃ tāvac ca tadvinīkamadhimoktavyaḥ(vyaṃ) (12A-7[4]) yāvat tasmenā(sminnā) lambane sābhirāmaprabhāsvaraṃ nopāyāsena paryavanahyate /
【2 明此觀門非頓觀察】na tāva(ā)tkālakaraṇīyaṃ bhavati / tasmin samaye adhyātmaṃ sā(saṃ?) śamayitavyaṃ yathā vinīlakam evam yavadasthiśaṃkalikaikā evaṃ yāvadapramāṇā anenaiva nayena veditavyā[ḥ] / cittam adhyātmaṃ saṃśamayitvā (saṃśamya) (12A-7[5]) vimoktavyāstataḥ sarvvapaścādapramāṇāni vinīlakānyapramāṇā yāvadasthiśaṃkalikā adhyātmaṃ cittābhisaṃkṣepeṇa vibhāvayatyanābhāsagatāyāṃ sthāpayati / na ca tāni nimittānyutsṛjati // sa-vikalpāni nāpi ca kalpayati / nānyatra tadālambanameva nirnimittaṃ nirvikalpamupaśāntaḥ cittamavasthāpayati /
【3 明總教二品加行】sa puna(12A-7[6])ś copadiśyate, yatte bhadramukha, pūrvvameva loka-nimittamudgṛhītaṃ, tattvaṃ śamatha-pakṣaprayoge [a]pi manasi kurū, vipaśyanā-pakṣaprayoge [a]pi, ālokasahagatena cittena, saprabhāsasahagatena, prabhāsvareṇānandha-kāreṇa śamatha-vipaśyanāṃ bhāvaya / evaṃ ca te śamatha-vipaśyanā-mārge āloka-saṃjñāṃ bhāvayataḥ / sa ce (12A-7[7]) dādita eva avispaṣṭodhivimokṣo bhaviṣyatyālambane samya[gā]bhāsaḥ / sa tena hetunā, tena pratyayena, bhāvanābhāsādviśiṣṭatā bhaviṣyati / pracurābhāsa-(ga(1))tā ca /sacet punar ādita eva vispaṣṭo bhaviṣyati / pracurābhāsaḥ / sa bhūyasyā mātrayā vispaṣṭataratāḥ pracurābhāsataratāñca gamiṣyati /
【2 結aśubhāprayukta不淨觀mi sdug pasmṛtyupasthāneṣvavataradran pa ñebar gshag ba dag la yaṅ 'ṇug par bya趣入念處】【1 結五相明由趣入】sa tvam etatsamvega-nimittena(12A-7[8]) sūdgṛhītena, prasadanīya-nimittena, śamatha-nīmittena, vipaśyanā-nimittena, loka-nimittena, sūdgṛhītena kālamadhyātmaṃ cittaṃ saṃśayamayankālena kālaṃ dharmānvicinvanti(cinvan), nimitta-mātrānusāriṇyā vipaśyanayā smṛtyupasthāneṣvavatara / yadutāśubhāprayoga(12B-7[1])mevādhipatiṃ kṛtvā, evaṃ ca punar vicinvan bahirdhā ṣaṭtriṃśato (t)dravyāṇi kāyāt keśādi prasāva paryantā(ntaṃ) nimittamudgṛhya adhyātmametāni sarvvāṇi aśucidravyāṇyadhimucyādhyātmaṃcittaṃ saṃśamaya(sva(1)), idaṃ te bhaviṣyatyadhyātmaṃ kāyena kāyānupaśyanāyāḥ yadutātmano [']ntaḥ kāyamārabhya, sa tvaṃ punar api bahirdhā aśubhānimittenodgṛhītena vinī(12B-7[2])lakaṃ cādhimucyasva, yāvadasthi vā śaṃkalikāmvā, parīttena vādhimokṣeṇa, mahadgatena vā [a]pramāṇena vādhimucyādhimucyādhyātmaṃ cittaṃ saṃśamaya, idaṃ te bhaviṣyati / bahirdhā kāyena kāyānupaśyanāyā, yad uta parasāntatikaṃ bahiḥkāyamārabhya, sa tvaṃ punar apyātmanaḥ antaḥkāye śubhatāparibhāvitena cetasā(12B-7[3])ś cāśubhatā-paribhāvitena cetasā parakāye cāntarbahiścāśubhatāparibhāvitena cetasā ['] 'tmānaṃ ghri(mri)yamāṇamadhimucyasva, mṛtamvā punaḥ śmaśāne [a]bhirnirhriya māṇamabhinirhṛtamvā, śmaśāne cchritaṃ, choritamvā vinīlakāvasthaṃ, vipūyakāvasthaṃ, yāvadasthiśaṃkālikāvasthamadhimucyasva, idaṃ te bhaviṣyaty adhyātma-bahirdhā kāye kāyānupaśyanāyāḥ sa [t]tvaṃ, punar api catvāvo 'rūpiṇah skandhāḥ(12B-7[4]) śrutacintādhipa te yena pari kalpa-nimitta-graheṇa triṣu bhāgeṣv adhimucyasva śamathapakṣye, vikṣepapakṣye, vipaśyanā-pakṣye ca / yadādhyātmaṃ cittamabhisaṃkṣipasi tatra nirmimittanirvikalpopaśamākārā nirvyāpārānutsukāsaṃkṣobhaniḥparidāha nairvṛtyasukhasaṃjñā kārā avikṣepālambanā vedanādayaś catvāro[a]rūpiṇaḥ skandāḥ / (12B-7[5]) pratikṣaṇaṃ pratikṣaṇamanyo [']nyatayā navanavaniṣpurāṇatayā pravartanta ityadhimucyasva, idaṃ te bhaviṣyatyadhyātmabahirdhā vedanāsu, citte, dharmeṣu, dharmānupaśyanāyāḥ sattvaṃ / ye pūrvvaṃ viṣayo pādānā, viṣayā lambanā asamāhitabhūmipatitā abhyapatitāḥ kṣīṇā, ye caitarhi smṛtisaṃpramoṣāccittakṣepe satyutpadyante (12B-7[6]) nimitta-vitarkopakleśālambanādhipateyā vedanādayaś catvāro [a]rūpiṇaḥ skandhāsteṣāmā(yā)pāyikatāṃ tavatkālikatāmitvarapratyupasthāyitāṃ, sādīnavatāṃ, sadhruvatāmanāśvāsikatāmaparimucyasva / idaṃ te bhaviṣyati / bahirdhā vedanācittadharmānupaśyanāyāḥ sattvaṃ, punar api vipaśyanā-nimittamudgṛhya sanimitte saṃkalpe (12B-7[7]) manaskāre sthitaḥ / ye savikalpa-sanimittālambanādhipateyā adhyātmamutpadyante / vedanādayacatvāro [a]rūpiṇaḥ skandhāsteṣāṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ navanavatāṃ niṣpurāṇatāmanyo [']nyatā pūrvavadadhimucyasva / idaṃ te bhaviṣyati bahirdhā vedanāyāṃ, citte, dharmeṣu dharmānupaśyanāyāḥ [sattvaṃ] / evaṃ hi tvamaśubhāprayogamadhi[8]patiṃ kṛtvā catvāri smṛtyupasthānānyavatīrṇṇāo bhaviṣyasi / smṛtyupasthāne, prayoge [a]pi tra /
【2 明依聚落護身心】te kālena kālaṃ śamatha-vipaśyanāyāṃ prayoktavyaṃ / satvam evam upasthitayā smṛtyā caturṣu smṛtyupasthāneṣu yaṃ yameva grāmaṃ vā, niga(12A-8[1])maṃ vopaniśritya viharasi, sa tvaṃ tam eva grāṃaṃ vā, nigamaṃ vā / tan nityena cittena, tatpravaṇena, tatprābho(bhā)reṇa ālambanamāmambana-nimittamutsṛjatā piṇḍāya praviśa / caṇḍasya hastinaś caṇḍasyāśvasya, caṇḍasya goś caṇḍasya kurarasya, ahiśvabhrasthāṇukaṇṭka-palvala-prapātasyandika-gūtha-kaṭhalla-pāpike yā caryā śayanāsana-pari(12A-8[2])varjanā [/] araksitaste ātmā bhavati / yeṣu ca te viṣaya-nimitteṣv indriyāṇi prerayitavyāni teṣv anābhogatayā asaṃvṛtānīndriyāṇi bhavantu / yeṣu vā punar nimitteṣv indrīyāṇi prerayitavyāni / teṣu teṣūpasthitā smṛtiḥ / bhavatu, yad uta kleśāsamudācārāya / sa tvam evaṃ surakṣitena kāyena, susaṃvṛtair indriyaiḥ, sūpa(12A-8[3])sthitayāsmṛtyā, tadgatena mānasena mātrayā piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuṃkṣva / mitabhāgī(ṇī) ca bhava, sārdhaṃ gṛhastha-pravrajitair yuktakā(bhā)ṇī, kāla-bhāṇī, ārjava-bhāṇī / praśānta-bhāṇī / adharmyā ca te[tvayā] kathā sarvveṇa sarvvaṃ parivarja yitavyā / dharmyāmapi te[tvayā] kathā[ṃ]kathayatā na vigṛhya kathā karaṇīyā / tatkasya hetoḥ [/] vigṛhya kathā-saṃ(12A-8[4])rambhānuyogamanuyuktasya purūṣa-pudgalasya viharataḥ kathā-bāhulye cittaṃ santiṣṭhate / tathā bāhulye satya-uddhatya manudhatye satya-vyupaśamaḥ / avyupaśānta-cittasyārāccittaṃ samādher bhavati / na tvam evaṃ cārī tvarita-tvaritamanutsṛṣṭe nā lambanena bhe[a]dya-śamatha-vipaśyanāyāṃ yathodgṛhītena iva nimittena pratanu-kāritayā(12A-8[5])vā, antakāritayā ca / yogaṃ kurū, te (sa tvam) agnimathana-prayogeṇa ca sātatya-satkṛtya-prayogatayā pratatakārī bhava, evaṃ tu punaś citaṃ praṇidhatsva / sa cedyāvadāyur jarmbūdvīpe sarvveṣāṃ jaṃbūdvīpakānāṃ manuṣyāṇām abhūttatsarvvamabhisamastaṃ mamaikasyaitarhi syāt / so[a]haṃ tāvadapramāṇenāyuṣā pramāṇayo(12A-8[6])gaprayogeṇa ca sātatyasatkṛtyaprayogatayā pratatakārī bhava[āmi] [/] evaṃ ca punaścittaṃ praṇidhatsva / sa cedyāvadāyurjaṃ būdvīpe manasikāre śamatha-vipaśyanāyāṃ yogaṃ na rimcayaṃ(yan) yadutāsyaiva yogaprayogasya mahāphalatāṃ mahānuśaṃsatāṃ ca viditvā pragevāsmin pari(praṇi)dhatte [/] āyuṣītvare jīvite dūram api(12A-8[7]) gatvā varṣaśati(ta)ke parigaṇyamānamau(1)ntike [/] evaṃ hi tvaṃ yathānuśisṭaḥ pratatakārī vātyantakārī ca / yasyārthe prahāṇamupagatastasyārthasyābādhako bhaviṣyasi / tat prathamata[sta(2)]mpra[kṣya(3)] si / mṛdukāṃ kāyapraśrabdhiṃ cittaikāgratāṃ tataścottari vipulā[']laukikalokottarāṃ sampadamārāgayiṣyati(si) /
【3 結教誨正行】(12A-8[1]) evam ayamādikarmikas tat prathamakarmikaḥ / aśubhāprayukto yogajñenācāryeṇa codyamānaḥ samyag a(k)codito bhavaty evaṃ ca pratipadyamānaḥ / samyak pratipanno bhavati /
【2 類多瞋痴慢尋思者修慈等觀】【1 總類同】yathā[a]śubhāvineyo [a]śubhāyāṃ, tathā maitryavineyādayo [a]pi ānāpānasmṛtiparyavasānāye yathāyogaṃ veditavyāstatrāyaṃ vi(12A-8[2])śeṣaḥ / tadanyeṣv avataraṇamukheṣu taṃ vibhāvayiṣyāmi /
【2 顯差別異不淨觀】【1 慈愍觀】【1 解於三品有情修與樂觀】tatra maitrībhāvanāprayuktenādikarmikā(ṇa) bahirdhā mitra-pakṣādudāsīnapakṣāc ca nimittamudgṛhya pratirūpaśayanāsanagato hi sukhādhyāśayagatena manaskāreṇa samāhitabhūmikena pūrvvamekaṃ mitrarmadhimoktavyamekamamitramekamu(ka u)disī (12A-8[3])naṃ(naḥ), teṣu ca tri[ṣu]pakṣeṣu tulyaṃ hita-sukhādhyāśa-yogatena manaskāreṇopasaṃhāraś ca karaṇīyaḥ / sukhitā bhavantyete sukhakāyāḥ sattvā yadutānavadya kāmasukhena, anavadyasaprītikasukhena, anavadya niṣprītikasukhena / tataḥ paścād dve mitrāṇi, trīṇi, catvāri, pañca, daśa, viṃśa, triṃśatpurvvavadyā vatsarvvā diśo vidiśaś ca mitrāmitra (tvaiḥ) pūrṇṇā adhimucya(12A-8[4])nte / nirantarā yatra nāstyantaramantato daṇḍa-koṭīviṣkambhanamātram api yathā mitra pakṣeṇaivamamitrodāsīnapakṣeṇa vedītavyaṃ /
【2 慈行趣入念住】sa ca maitri-prayogaaṃ ca na jahāti / nānyatra bhāvayanneva maitrīṃ smṛtyupasthāneṣv avatarati / kathaṃ punar avataratyadhimucyamano [a]vatarati / yathāham apy anyeṣāṃ mitra sammato [a]mitra sammataś codāsīna-sammataś ca [/] aham api (12A-8[5]) sukha-kāmo duḥkha-pratikūlaḥ / idam asyādhyātmaṃ kāye kāyānupaśyanāyāḥ [sattvam(1)] / ete [a]pi sattvāḥ pareṣāṃ mitrabhūtā, amitrabhūtā, udāsīnabhūtāś ca, yathā me te [a]pi sukha-kāmāḥ duḥkha-pratikūlā idam asya bahirdhā kāyānupaśyanāyāḥ [sattvaṃ(1)], yathāhaṃ tathaite sattvā, yathā me ātmanaḥ sukhameṣaṇīyaṃ sattvānām ātmasamatayātma-tulyata (12A-8[6]) yā eṣāṃ sattvānāṃ mayābhihita-sukhopasaṃhāra-karaṇaya itīdam asyādhyātmabalirdhā kāye kāyānupaśyanāyāḥ [sattvam(1)] catvāri caitāni smṛtyupasthānāni, saṃbhinna-skandhālambanatayā saṃbhinnālambanaṃ smṛtyupasthānaṃ bhavati / rūpa-nimittantu yogī udgṛhya varṇṇa-saṃsthāna-nimittaṃ, vijñapti-nimittaṃ ca mitrā [']mitrodāsīnapakṣād (kṣebhyo) [']dhimucyate / tene(12A-8[7])daṃ kāyasmṛtyupasthānameva vyāvasthāpyate / sodhi-mukti-manaskāraṃ niśritya, bhūta-manaskāramas yāvat aratyevaṃ ca punar adhimucyamāno [a]vatarati / yāvadapramāṇāḥ sattvā ete mayā [a]dhimuktā / hita-sukha-gatenādhyāśayena / ato [a]pramāṇatarāḥ sattvā ye mama-pūrvvāntamārabhya mitrā [']mitrodāsīnapakṣatayā [a]bhyatītā ye mama mitratāṃ (13A-2[1]) gatvā(2) amitratāmupagatā, amitratāṃ gatvā mitratāṃ codāsīnatāṃ topa(copa)gatāstadanena paryāyeṇa(3) sarva eva sattvās samasamā, nāstyatra kācinmitratā vā, amitratā vodāsīnatā vā, pariniṣpannetyanenaiva paryāyeṇa tulya-hita-sukhopasaṃhāratā ca karaṇīyā / yathā pūrvvāntamārabhya evam aparāntamapyāramya, satyāṃ saṃsṛtau (13A-2[2]) saṃsāre yepi ca mayā sattvāḥ pūrvvāntamārabhya tanmaitreṇa cittenānukampitāh / kiṃ cāpi te [a]bhyatītā apitu tānetarhyanukampe yad uta cittaniṣkāluṣya(kaluṣa) tāmavyāpannatāmupādāya / sukhitā bata te sattvā, bhūtā bhaviṣyan (abhūvan), ye [a]pi ca na bhūtā anāgate [a]dhvani sukhita bhavantu / evaṃ bhūtamanaskārānupratiṣṭhasya maitrīvihariṇaḥ yaḥ puṇyābhiṣyandaḥ (13A-2[3]) kuśalābhiṣyandaḥ / tasyādhimokṣika-maitrīvihāragataḥ puṇya-skandhaḥ / śatimāmapi kalāṃ naupeti / saha-srimāmapi / saṃbhyāmapi, kalāmapi / gaṇanāmapyupaniṣadamaip nopaiti [/] śeṣaṃ pūrvvat //
【2 idaMpratyayatItyasamudpāda緣性緣起觀rkyen 'di la ñid dten ciṅ 'brel par 'byuṅ ba la rab tu brtson pa】【1 觀緣起】tatredaṃpratyayatāpratītyasamutpāda ādikarmikaḥ śruta-cintādhipateyena parikalpitaṃ na nimittamudgṛhṇātya-nyeṣāṃ (13A-2[4]) sattvānāmajñānaṃ sammoho yeneme pratyakṣamanityaṃ nityato [a]vagacchanti pratyakṣamaśuci śucitaḥ, duḥkhaṃ sukhataḥ, nirātmakatāmātmataḥ / viparyastā ete sattvā viparyāsa hetordṛṣṭe dharme, vedanāsu samparāye cātma-bhāvābhirnivṛttau, tṛṣyanti, tṛṣitāś ca jatimūlakāni karmāṇi kṛtvā evam āyatyāṃ karma-kleśahetu [……(1)] kevalaṃ saṃduḥ(13A-2[5])kha(2) mabhimirvvartayantyevaṃ nimittamudgṛhyādhyātmam adhimucyate / ayam api kevalo duḥkhaskandha evam eva saṃbhūta iti / ye cātmabhāvā nānantā[ḥ] paryantāḥ pūrvvāntamārabhya yeṣāmādireva na prajñāyate / te'pyevaṃbhūtā, eṣāmapi sattvānām atītānāgata-pratyutpannāḥ sarvva evātmabhāvā duḥkha-skandha-saṃgṛhītā evam evābhimirvṛttāḥ āya(13A-2[6])tyāṃ notpadyante / sa khalvayamiyaṃ(daṃ)pratyayatāpratītyasamutpādamanaskāraḥ sarvva-bhūtamanaskāra eva nāstya [ā]dhimokṣikaḥ / yadi na punar ātmano varta manān skandhān pratītyasamutpannān manasikaroti / tadādhyātmaṃ kāye yāvaddharmeṣu dharmānudarśī viharati / yadā ca punaḥ pareṣāṃ vartamānānskandhān pratītyasamutpannānmanasi(13A-2[7])karoti /
【2 從緣起趣於念住】tadādhyātmabahirdhā kāye yāvaddharmeṣu dharmānudarśī viharati / yadātmanaś ca pareṣāṃ cātītānāgatān [skandhān(1)] pratītyasamutpannānmanasi karoti / tadādhyatmabahirdhā kāye yāvaddharmeṣu dharmānudarśī viharati / śeṣaṃ pūrvvat /
【3 dhātuprabhedaprayogaprayukta(六)界差別觀khams rab tu dbye ba la rab tu brtson pa】【1 通觀內外諸界(缺解2)】【1 觀麁六界】tatra dhātu prabheda-prayoga-prayukta ādikarmiko bahi(13A-2[8])rdhā-pṛthivīkāṭhinya nimittamudgrahya, tad yathā bhūparvvata-tṛṇa-vana-śarkara-kaṭhilla-maṇi-mukti-vaiḍūrya-śilā-pravālādikebhyaś cādhyātmaṃ kāṭhinyam adhimucyate / bahirdhā (13B-2[1]) apsvabdhātornni(rni)mitta mudgṛhya, tad yathā nadī-prasravaṇa-taḍāgakūpādibhya[ḥ], tathā mahato [a]gniska ska[ndhasya(2)]bdhau vādityakiraṇasaṃtāpitā bhūrāviṣṭebhyo [vā(1)] sarvvebhyaḥ / udārāgni-saṃpratāpitebhyo vā praśrayebhyaś ca no bahirdhā vāyu-skandhātpūrvva-dakṣiṇa-paścimottarebhyo vāyubhyo yāvadvāyumaṇḍalebhyaḥ / ye deśā [astyādestāraṇīyā(2)] (13B-2[2]) vāyugatena sacchidrāḥ, suśirāḥ, sāvakāśāḥ tasmādākāśadhātor nimittamudgṛhṇātyadhyātmamabdhātuṃ tejo dhātuṃ vāyu-dhātumākāśa-dhātumadhimucyati (te) / śruta-cintādhipateyena ca parikalpitena [/] evaṃ vijñāna-dhātor nimittamudgṛhṇāti / cakṣurādhyātmikamāyatanamaparibhinnaṃ ced bhavati / rūpamābhāsagataṃ / na ca tajjo manaskāraḥ (13B-2[3]) pratyupasthito bhavati/na tajjasya cakṣurvijñānasya prādurbhāvo bhavati / viparyayādbha vati / evaṃ yāvanmanodharmān manovijñānaṃ veditavyam /
evaṃ nimittamudgṛhyāpyeṣāṃ sarvveṣāṃ vijñānānām asmin kāye ca[ā]tur-mahā-bhūtike bījaṃ dhāturgotraṃ prakṛtir ity adhimucyate /
【2 假想以細折麁(缺解3)】【1 折四大(缺解2-4)】tānyetāni catvāri mahābhūtāni tat prathamato [a]ṅgapratyaṃgo(gato) [a]rthaṃ vināpya (13B-2[4]) dhimucyate [/] tataḥ paścāt / śūkṣmatarāvayava prabhedāna (a)dhimuayate / evaṃ yāvadgatāyana-praviṣṭa-[s]tu[ṭi(2)] samatayā, evaṃ yāvacchanaiḥ śanaiḥ paramāṇuśo-[a]dhimucyate / sa ekaikamaṃgāvayavapramāṇa paramāṇusañcaya-sanni-viṣṭamadhimucyate /
【4 ānāpānasmṛti安那波那念dbugs rṅub pa daṅ dbugs dbyuṅ ba dran pa】【3 勸修加行(缺解1-2)】kaḥ punar vvādah sarvva-kāyam ayaṃ(yam / ayaṃ)dhātu-prabheda-prayuktasya cārtha-prabheda-paryantaḥ rūpiṇāṃ tā(13B-2[5])baddhātūnām ākāśadhātoḥ punaḥ /
【2 初業者如教修行得色界定】【1 明正修行】yat punar asya tasmin prayoge śamatha-vipaśyanābhāvanāyāṃ vikṣepāvikṣepaparijñāvadhānam idam asya saṃprajanyasya smṛtisamatāyāś ca [/] yatpunaḥ saṃveganimittaṃ, prasadanīyaṃ ca nimittaṃ sūdgṛhītaṃ bhavatīdamasyābhidhyādaurmanasya vinayasya,
tasyaivam ātāpino viharato yāvat(d) dvi(13B-2[6])tīya-loke [a]bhidhyādaurmanasyaṃ
【2 明前能引後:sukṣma→audārika-kāyacittaprasrabdhi微劣→強盛身心輕安phra ba→rags lun daṅ sems śin tu sbyaṅ pa】pūrvvameva samyak prayoga-[sa]mārambhakāle / sūkṣma-citta-praśrabdhir durūpalabhyā pravarttate / yā tatra śamathamvā bhāvayato, vipaśyanāmvā prasvathacittatā, prasvasthakāyatā / citta-kāya-karmaṇyatā / iyam atra kāya-citta-praśrabdhiḥ / tasya saiva sūkṣmā cittaikāgratā citta-kāya-praśrabdhiś cābhivara[ṃ(1)] nī audārikāṃ (13B-2[7]) sūpalakṣyāṃ cittaikāgratāṃ kāya-praśrabdhimāvahati / yad uta hetu-pāraṃ paryādāna-yogena, na tasya, na cirasyedānīmaudārikī-citta-kāya-praśrabdhiś cittaikāgratā ca / sūpalakṣyotpatsyatīti / yāvadasyā pūrvva-nimittaṃ purva nigauravapratibhasamutpadyate / na caitadvādha [8] lakṣaṇaṃ /
【3 明行漸增:cittapraśabdhi→kāyapraśrabdhi心輕安→身輕安sems śin tu sbyaṅs pa→lus śin tu sbyaṅs pa】tasyānantatrotpādād yat prahāṇarativivandhakārī(ri)ṇāṃ kleśānāṃ pakṣyaṃ cittaṃ(tta)-dauṣṭhulyaṃ tatprahīyate / tatpratipakṣeṇa ca citta-karmaṇyatā citta-praśrabdhir ūtpadyate / tasyotpādāt kāya-praśrabdhyutpādānukūlāni (13A-3[1]) vāyūrdhva[mu]ktāni mahābhūtāni kāye [']vakramanti / teṣām avakramaṇa-hetor yatkāya-dauṣṭhulyaṃ tadvigacchati / prahāṇa-ratiriva [da(1) ka]rakle-śāpakṣya kāya-praśrabdhyā ca tatpratipakṣikayā sarvva-kāyaḥ pūryate / syādā[……(1)]dhyāti /
tataḥ prathamopanipāte cittausṭhilyaṃ (citta-dauṣṭhulyaṃ) citta-sumanaskāra-prāmodya-sahagatālambana-sābhirāmatā ca / cittasya tasmin samaye khyā(13A-3[2])ti / tasyordhvaṃ yo [']sau tat prathamopanipātī praśrabdhivegaḥ / sa śanaiḥ śanaiḥ pariślatharo bhavati / chāyevānugatā praśrabdhiḥ kāye ca pravarttate / yac ca tadauddhilyaṃ(ddhtyaṃ) cetasa-stadapyavahīyate / praśāntākāracittasālambane śamatho yas tac ca (yassa) pravarttate /
【4 得色界定】【1 明得定samanaskāra有作意yid la byed pa daṅ】tata ūrdhvamayaṃ yogī ādikarmikaḥ samanaskāro bhavati / [sa] manaskāra iti ca (13A-3[3]) saṃkhyāṃ gacchati / tatkasya hetoḥ / rūpārtha[ā]nurodhena samāhita-bhūmiko manaskāraḥ parīttastaprathamataḥ pratilabdho bhavati / tenocyate samanaskāra iti /
【2 明samanaskārasya liṃgāni有作意者相狀yid la byed pa daṅ bcas pa de'i rtags】tasyāsya samanaskāra syādikarmikasyemani liṃgāni bhavanti / parīttamanena rūpāvacaraṃ cittaṃ pratilabdhaṃ bhavati / parīttā kāya praśrabdhiś citta-praśrabdhiś cittai(13A-3[4])kāgratā, bhavyo bhavati pratibalaḥ / kleśa-viśodhanālambanaḥ prayoga[o']sya, stigvā(mā) cāsya cittasantatiḥ pravarttate / śamathopagūḍhāc caritaṃ tadānena viśodhitaṃ bhavati / sa cedraṃ janīye viṣaye carati, na tīvraṃ rāga-paryavasthānamutpādayati / alpamātrekaṇāvaramātrakeṇa ca / pratipakṣa-sanni-śrayeṇābhoga (13A-3[5]) mātrakeṇā [']śakto[a]tiprativiśoda (dha)yituṃ / yathā raṃjanīye evaṃ dveṣaṇīye, mohanīye māna-sthānīye, vitarka-sthānīye veditavyam / niṣaṇṇasya cāsya pratisaṃlayane cittaṃ pratidadhatas tvarita-tvaritaṃ cittaṃ praśrabhyate // kāyaś ca [/] kāya-dauṣṭhulyāni ca nātyarthaṃ bādhante / na cātyarthaṃ nivaraṇa-samudācāro bhavati / na cātyarthammutkaṇṭhā ratiparitamanāsa(13A-3[6])hagatā[ḥ] saṃjñā-manasikārāḥ samudācaranti / vyutthitasyāpi manasa[ś](vyutthitamanaso'pi)carataḥ / praśrabdha(bdhi) mātrā kāciccitte, kāye, (citte(1)) cānugatā bhavatītyevaṃ bhāgīyāni [sa]manaskārasya [ādikarmikasya (2)] liṃgāni nimittānyavadātāni veditavyani //
// piṇḍoddānam //
tatra labdhamanaskārasya yoginaḥ / evaṃ parītta-prahāṇa-rati-praviṣṭasya tadurdhvaṃ dve gatī bhavataḥ / ananye / katame dve tad yathā / laukikī ca lokottarā ca /
tatrāyamādikarmiko yogā(13A-3[8])cāraḥ / samanaskāraḥ / laukikayā vā gatyā gamiṣyāmi / lokottarayā veti / tameva manaskāraṃ bahulīkaroti / yathā yathā bahulīkaroti / tathā tathā sā praśrabdhiś cittaikāgratā ca / teṣāṃ teṣāṃ rātridivasānām atyayāt pṛthu-vṛddhi-vaipulyatāṃ gacchati / yadā cāsya dṛṣṭi-sthiraḥ kharaś ca manaskāraḥ saṃvṛtto bhavati / pariśra(13A-3[9])bdhaś cālambanādhimokṣaḥ / pravartate / śamatha-vipaśyanā-pakṣyāc ca nimittāny udgṛhītāni bhavanti / tadā sa laukikena mārgeṇa gantukāmastatra ca prayogamārabhate loko(13B-3[1])ttareṇa vā mārgeṇa [/]
【2 廣辨】【1 辨laukika-marga趣世間道'jig rten pa'i lam】【1 略辨六門】tatra kati pudgalāḥ / ye dṛṣṭe dharme laukikenaiva mārgeṇa pṛ(ga)cchanti/na lokottareṇa / āha / catvārastad yathā sarvva ito bāhyakaḥ / iha dhārmiko[']pi mandaḥ / pūrvvaśamathacaritastathā bhūyo [']pyaparipakvakuśalamulaḥ / bodhisattvasyāyatyāṃ bodhimanuprāptukāmaḥ / no tu dṛṣṭa eva dharme (/) amī catvāraḥ pudgalā dṛṣṭa eva (13B-3[2]) dharme laukika-mārgayāni-(yi) no bhavanti / tac ca laukikamārgagamanaṃ dvividhaṃ / saka [la(1)] bandhanānāñ ca pṛthag-janānāṃ, vikala-bandhanānāṃ ca/ śaikṣāṇāṃ (2) /
tatpunaḥ katamat / kāmānāmaudārikatāṃ paśyataḥ, prathame ca dhyāne samāpattyupapatti-kleśāntatāṃ paśyatas tatkāma-vairāgya-gamanamevaṃ yāvat / ākiñcanyāyatana-vairāgyaṃ veditavyam / (13B-3[3]) tathā asaṃjñi-samāpattiḥ / dhyāna-samāpatti-sanniśrayena ṣa[ḍ iva (1)] jñānānāṃ pañcānām abhinirhāraḥ /
【2 廣辨六門】【1 解七作意kāmavairāgya離欲'dod pa'i 'dod chags daṅ bral bar bya ba(缺解2釋非想非非想名)】【1 明七種作意離欲界欲】【1 先總標列】tatra kāmavairāgyāya prayukto yogī saptabhir manaskāraiḥ / kāma-vairāgyamanuprāpnoti / katame punaste sapta manaskārāḥ / āha / lakṣaṇapratisaṃvedī, ādhimokṣikaḥ, prāvivekyo, ratisaṃgrāhakaḥ / mīmānsā (māṃsā) manaskāraḥ / pra(13B-3[4])yoganiṣṭhaḥ, prayoga-niṣṭhā-phalaś ca /
【2 別解釋】【1 次第別釋七作意】【1 lakṣaṇapratisaṁvedī manaskāraḥ了相作意mtshan ñid so sor rig pa'i yid la byed pa】【1 總說】tatra lakṣaṇa-pratisaṃvedī manaskāraḥ katamaḥ / āha / yena manaskāreṇa kāmānām audārika-lakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvedayate / prathame ca dhyāne śānta-lakṣaṇaṃ / kathaṃ ca punar audārikalakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvedayati / āha / kāmānāṃ ṣaḍ-vastūni paryeṣamāṇaḥ arthanye svūlakṣaṇaṃ (arthaṃ, svalakṣaṇaṃ, sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ) / (13B-3[5]) pakṣaṃ kālaṃ yaktiñca /
【2 別釋】【1 義】tatra udārikārthaṃ tāvat paryeṣate / itīme kāmāḥ sādīnavā, bahūpadravā, bahvītikā, bahūpasargā iti / yā eṣu kāmeṣu bahvādīnavatā / yāvadvahūpasargatā / ayam audārikārthaḥ /
【2 事】tatra vastu paryeṣate / asty adhyātmaṃ kāmeṣu kāma(c)cchanda iti /
【3 相】【1 自相】tatra svalakṣaṇaṃ (13B-3[6]) paryeṣate / amī kleśakāmāḥ / amī vastukāmāḥ / te punaḥ sukhasthānīyā, duḥkhasthānīyā, aduḥkhasukhasthānīyāś ca / sukhasthānīyāḥ kāmarāgādhiṣṭhānāḥ / saṃjñācittaviparyāsādhiṣṭhānāḥ / duḥkhasthānīyā[ḥ] punar dveṣādhiṣṭhānāḥ krodhopanāhādhiṣṭhānāḥ / aduḥkhāsukha-sthānīyāḥ mrakṣa-pradāśamāyāśā(13B-3[7])ṭhya[ā] hrīkyama(kyā)napatrāpyādhiṣṭhānā dṛṣṭi-viparyāsādhiṣṭhānāś ca / evam anī kāmāḥ praduṣṭa-vedanānugatāś ca, pratyasta-kleśānugatāś caivaṃ kāmānāṃ svalakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate /
【2 共相】tatra kathaṃ sāmānya lakṣaṇaṃ (/) paryeṣate / sarvva ete kāmā jāti-duḥkhatayā, jarā-duḥkhatayā [yā(1)]vad icchāvighāta-duḥkhatayā samasamamanubaddhā(13B-3[8])ś cānuśaktāś ca / ye [']pikāmopabhogino mahatyāṃ kāmasampadi varta[n]te / te [']pi jātyādidharmatayā avinirmuktās tāvatkālikī sā teṣāṃ sampat / evaṃ sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ paryeṣate /
【4 品】kathaṃ pakṣaṃ paryeṣate / kṛṣṇapakṣapatitā ete kāmāḥ / asthikaṃkālopamā, mānsapeśyupamāstṛṇolkopamāḥ / aṃgāra(13B-3[9])karṣūpamāḥ / āśīviṣopamāḥ / svapnopamāḥ / yācikālaṃkāropamāḥ / tṛṇaphalopamāś ca / paryeṣamāṇā api satvāḥ(ttvāḥ) kāmān paryeṣaṇākṛtaṃ (/) duḥkhaṃ pratisaṃvedayanti / ārakṣākṛtaṃ, sneha-paribhraṃśa-kṛtama(ā)tṛptikṛta(13A-4[1])masvātantryakṛtaṃ, duś caritakṛtaṃ, ca duḥkhaṃ pratisaṃvedayanti / pūrvvavadeva tāvatsarvvaṃ veditavyaṃ/
tathā kāmānpratiṣevataḥ / paṃcādīnavā uktāḥ / bhagavatā alpāsvādāḥ kāmāḥ bahusu(duḥ)khā, bahvādī-navāḥ [/] kāmānkhalu pratiṣevamāṇasya nāstyalaṃ tāva(t) tṛptitā ca paryāptitā vā, anena paryāyeṇa kāmā vi(13A-4[2])garhitā buddhaiḥ buddhaśrāvakaiś ca sadbhiḥ, samyag gataiḥ, satpurusaiḥ [/]
kāmānkhalu pratiṣevamāṇasya saṃyojanānyupacayaṃ gacchanti / nāsti cāsya kiṃcit pāpakamakuśalaṃ karmākaraṇīyaṃ vadāmi / itīme kāmā atṛptika[ā]rakā[ḥ] sādhāraṇā, adharmaviṣamacaryāhetavaḥ / kāma-tṛṣṇāviva(13A-4[3])rdhakāḥ, satāṃ vivarjanīyāḥ, kṣipramviṣaya-gāminaḥ, pratyayādhipā, pramādabhūmayo, riktā, anityās tucchā, mṛṣāmoṣa-dharmāṇo, māyopamāḥ, bālalāpanāḥ / ye ca dṛṣṭadhārmikāḥ (/) kāmāḥ, ye ca sāṃparāyikāḥ, ye ca divabcyāḥ, ye ca mānuṣyakāḥ / mā[ra]mārabhyaiṣa gocaro, mārasyaiṣa nivāpo yatreme ['ne] kavidhāḥ (13A-4[4]) pāpakā akuśalā dharmā mānasāḥ saṃbhavanti / yadutābhidhyā, vyāpāda(ā)[ḥ], saṃrambho vā, ye vā punar āntarāyikā bhavantyāryaśrāvakasyāśikṣamāṇasyānekaparyāyeṇa kṛṣṇapakṣapatitā ete kāmā yad bhūyasā [/] eva mpakṣaṃ paryeṣate /
【5 時】atītānāgatapratyutpanneṣvadhvasu anityaṃ mityakālaṃ(ma) dhruvaṃ dhruvakālame (13A-4[5]) te kāmāḥ / evaṃ bahūpadravāḥ, bahūpasargā, bahvādīnavā ityevaṃ kālamparyeṣate /
【6 理】kathaṃ yuktiṃ paryeṣate / mahatā saṃrambheṇa, mahatyā paryeṣṭyā, mahatā pariśrameṇa vividhairvicitraiḥ śilpa-karma-sthānaiḥ kāmāḥ saṃhriyante / nirvvartyante, upacīyante [/] te punaḥ sūpacitā api, sunirvartitā (13A-4[7]) api / yāvadeṣa bahirdhā parigrahavastunaḥ mātā(tṛ)-pitṛ-putra-dāra-dāsī-dāsa-karmakara-pauruṣeya-mitrāmātyajñātisā-lohitānāṃ / asya vā punaḥ kāyasyādhyātmikasye rūpiṇa audārikasya ca[ā]tur-mahā-bhūtikasyaudanakalmā-ṣopacitasya nityotsadanasnapanapārimardanabhedana(c)-cchedana (13A-4[7]) vikiraṇavidhvaṃnsa (dhvaṃsa) na dharmeṇa utpanno-tpanna-duḥkha-mātra-pratīkārāya samvartante / kṣud-duḥkha-pratīkārāya bhojanaṃ / śītoṣṇa-duḥkha-pratīghātāya / hrī-kopana-praticchādanāya (/) ca vastraṃ [/] nidrāklamaduḥkhapratīghātāya ca śayanāsanaṃ / caṃkramasthānaduḥkha-pratighātāya ca / vyādhiduḥkhapratighātāya [8] ca (/) glāna-bhaiṣajyamiti duḥkha-pratīkārabhūtā ete kāmā iti / naite raktena paribhoktavyāḥ / na saktena nānyatra vyādhigrastenaivātureṇa vyādhimātropaśamāya bhaiṣajyamā-ptāgamo[']pyeṣaḥ / tathaite kāmāḥ evaṃ caivaṃ caudārikāḥ / (13B-4[1]) pratyātmam api me jñānadarśanaṃ pravarteta / ānumāniko [']pyeṣa vidhiḥ / prakṛti-ś caiṣā kāmānāṃ anādikālikā prasiddha-dharmatā acitta (-cintya?)dharmatā / sā na cintayitavyā(ḥ) / na vikalpayate(yitavye)tyevaṃ yuktimparyeṣate /
sa evaṃ kāmānāmaudārikalakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvejya yad uta saḍbhirvastubhiḥ prathame dhyāne śāntalakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvedayati nāstye tat sarvaśa audā(13B-4[2])rikatvaṃ (/) prathame dhyāne yadetatkāmadhātāvityanenaudārikalakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvedayate / prathame ca dhyāne śāntalakṣaṇamayamucyate lakṣaṇapratisaṃvedī manaskāraḥ / sa khalve(13B-4[3])ṣa manaskāraḥ / śruta-cintāvyavakīṇṇo[r] veditavyaḥ /
【2 ādhimokṣiko manaskāraḥ勝解作意mos pa las byuṅ ba'i yid la byed pa】sa evaṃ kāmānparijñāya prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ yathāvatparyeṣṭau(ṣyau)dārika-śānta-lakṣaṇena śrutaṃ ca cintāṃ ca vyatitkrāmyaikāntena bhāvanākāreṇaivādhimucyate / tannimittālambanāmeva śamathavipaśyanāṃ bhāvayati / bhāvayaṃś ca yathā yathā tāmaudārikaśāntatāṃ punaḥ punar adhimucyataḥ / ity a[u]papadyate / (13B-4[4]) [ā]dhimokṣīko manaskāraḥ /
【3 prāvivekyo manaskāraḥ遠離作意rab tu dben pa'i yid la byed pa】ta(ya)syāsevanānvayād bhāvanānvayād bahulīkārānvayāt tat prathamataḥ kleśa(ḥ) prahāṇāya mārga utpadyate / kleśa-prahāṇāya ca mārge samutpanne yastadbhagavato manaskāraḥ / ayam ucyate prāvivekyaḥ /
【4 ratisaṁgrāhako manaskāraḥ攝樂作意dga' ba sdud pa'i yid la byed pa】sa tat prathamataḥ kāmāvacarakleśādipraheyaprahāṇāttatpakṣye dauṣṭhulyāpagamāc ca / tadūrdhvaṃ prahā(13B-4[5])ṇārāmo bhavati / vivekārāmaḥ / tasmiṃś ca prahāṇānuśaṃsadaśī[r]parītta-praviveka-prīti-sukha-saṃspṛṣṭaḥ kālena kālaṃ prasadanīyena manaskāreṇa / saṃpraharṣayati / saṃvejanīyena manaskāreṇa saṃvejayati / yāvadeva styāna-middha-uddhatyāpagamāya (/) ayam ucyate / rati-saṃgrāhako manaskāraḥ /
【5 mīmānsa manaskāraḥ觀察作意dpyod pa'i yid la byed pa】tasya tathā prahāṇārāmasya (13B-4[6]) bhāvanārāmasya samyak prayuktasya sataḥ kuśala-pakṣa-prayogopastambha-kāma-pratisaṃyuktaṃ kleśa-karma-paryavasthānaṃ carato vā viharato vā na samudācarati / tasyaivaṃ bhavati / kiṃ santamevāhaṃ kāmeṣu kāma (c) cchandaṃ pratisamvedayāmyāhosvida-santamparimīmānsayitukāmaḥ / anyatamānyatamaṃ prasadanīyaṃ śubha-nimittaṃ manasi karo(13B-4[7])ti / tasyāprahīṇatvāt sarvveṇa sarvvamanuśayasya tannimittaṃ manasikurvvataḥ sevanānimnaṃ cittaṃ bhavati / sevanāpravaṇaṃ / sevanāprabho(bhā)raṃ nāpekṣāpatti-yutena nirvijugupsā-(prati)vā niḥpratikūlatā / tasyaivaṃ bhavati / na me samyag-viaraktaṃ vimuktaṃ cittaṃ yuduta kāmebhyaḥ saṃskārābhinigṛhītaṃ mecittaṃ vārivad dhṛtaṃ (13A-5[1]) dharmatābhinigṛhītaṃ (/) ya[n]nvahaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā tasyānuśayasyāśeṣaprahāṇāya bhūyasyā mātrayā prahāṇārāmo vihareyaṃ / bhāvanārāmaḥ / ayamucte mīmānsāmanaskāraḥ /
【6 prayoganiṣṭho manaskāraḥ加行究意作意sbyor ba mthar thug pa'i yid la byed pa】sa bhūyasyā mātrayā prahāṇārāmo viharati / bhāvanārāmaḥ / śamatha-vipaśyanā-yuktaḥ / paunaḥ punyena ca mīmānsate / tasya pratipakṣaṃ ca bhāvayataḥ (13A-5[2]) kālena kālaṃ prahīṇā [']prahīṇatāṃ mīmānsamānasya sarvvebhyaḥ kāmāvacarebhyaḥ kleśebhyaś cittaṃ visaṃyujyate / tāvatkālikayogena (/) na tvatyantādbīja-samuddhāto bhavati / tasmin ś ca samaye prayoga-dhyāna-prayoga-mārgaparyavasānagataḥ / sarva kleśa-prātipakṣiko manaskāraḥ / saṃutpanno bavaty ayam ucyate prayoganiṣṭho manaskāraḥ (/)
【7 prayoganiṣṭhaphala manaskāraḥ加行究意果作意sbyor ba mthar thug pa'i bral bu yid la byed pa】(13A-5[3]) tasya ca samanaskāra-pratyayaṃ taddhetukaṃ prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpadyate / maula-prathama-dhyānasahagato yo manaskāraḥ / ayam ucyate prayoga-niṣṭhāphalo manaskāraḥ /
【2 明四作意轉時喜樂充滿住對治果】tatra pravivekye manaskāre vartamāno, rati-saṃgrāhake ca vivekajena prīti-sukhena kāyaṃ pratiprīṇayati / kadācit kenacit pratanuka-saṃmukhībhāva-yogena pra(ā)yo(13A-5[4])ga-niṣṭhā-manaskāra-kālasyārati[ḥ] / kadācit kadācit dhyāna-vipulatara-saṃmukhībhāvena prayoga-niṣṭhāphale punar manaskāre vartamānasya nāsti kiñcidasyā(sya) bhavati / smāraṇīyaṃ sarvataḥ kāyādyuta(dyaduta) vivekajena prīti-sukhena sa tasmiṃ(smin) samaye viviktaiḥ kāmaiḥ viviktaṃ pāpakair akuśalair dharmaiḥ sa-vitarka-sa-vicāraṃ vivekajaṃ (13A-5[5]) prīti-sukhaṃ prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ paṃcā[ṅ]gam upasampadya viharati / kāmāvacara-pratipakṣa-bhāvanāphale sthitaḥ kāmavairāgya [tā]manuprāpta ity ucte /
【3 重釋作意作用差別】tatra lakṣaṇapratisaṃvedinā manaskāreṇa / yat prahātavyaṃ tat samyak prajānāti / prahātavyasya ca prahāṇāya praptavyasya ca prāptaye cittaṃ pra(13A-5[6])ṇidhatte / ādhimoksikeṇa ca manaskāreṇa prahāṇāya prāptaye ca samyak prayoga-mārabhate / prāvivekya-manaskāreṇādhimātrajña śāṃ(tāṃ)jahāti / rati-saṃgrāhakeṇa sa kleśa-prakāraṃ jahāti / mīmānsāmanaskāreṇa prāptinir abhimānatāyāṃ cittam avasthāpayati / prayoga-(13A-5[7])niṣṭhena mṛduṃ kleśa-prakāraṃ jahāti / prayoga-niṣṭhāphalenaiṣāṃ kleśa-prakārāṇāṃ bhāvitānāṃ subhāvitānāṃ bhāvanāphalaṃ pratyanubhavati /
【4 將六作意與四作意及厭斷二治相攝】api ca yaś ca lakṣaṇapratisaṃvedī mana(13B-5[1])skāraḥ / yaścādhimokṣikaḥ / ayamucyate ānulomiko manaskāro[']pi dūṣaṇāpratipakṣasahagataḥ / yaś ca prārivekyo manaskāraḥ, yaś ca prayoganiṣṭo[']yaṃ prātipakṣiko manaskāraḥ / prahāṇa-pratipakṣagavataḥ(-kṣagataḥ) [/] tatra yo ratisaṃgrāhako manaskāraḥ (/) ayaṃ prātipakṣikaś ca prasadanīyaś ca [/]
tatra yo mīmānsāmanaskāraḥ ayaṃ pratyave(13B-5[2])kṣaṇā-manaskāraḥ / ity ucyate / evaṃ sati ṣaṭṣu manaskāreṣu catvāro manaskārāḥ pravidhnā veditavyāḥ / tad yathā ānulomikaḥ / prātipakṣikaḥ / prasadanīyaḥ / pratyavekṣaṇīyaśceti /
【2 明七作意離初靜慮已上乃至無所有處欲】【1 舉初定總類上地皆有七作意】yathā prathama-dhyāna-samāpattiḥ saptabhir manskārair evaṃ dvitīya-tṛtīya-caturtha-dhyāna-samāpattiḥ (1) / ākāśa-vijñānā-kiṃcanyāyatana-naivasaṃjñānāsaṃ(13B-5[3])jñāyatanasamāpattiḥ saptabhireva manaskāraiḥ /
【2 別解依上離下有七作意】tatra yena vitarkeṣvaudārikalakṣaṇaṃ pratisamvedayate / avitarkaś ca dvitīyadhyāne śānta-lakṣaṇaṃ sa lakṣaṇa-pratisaṃvedī manaskāraḥ / dvitīya-dhyāna-samāpattaye [/] tatra dhyāna-samāpannaḥ / prathama-dhyāna-lābhī vitarkeṣv audārikatām paśyati / yaḥ samāhita-bhūmiko [']py ugrālambana-bhārī (13B-5[4]) tat prathamopanipātitayā cālambane audāriko manojalpaḥ / ayam vitarkas tadanubandhānucārī vyagracāryevālambane sūkṣmataro manojalpaḥ vihāraḥ / ete punar vitarkavihā (cā) rāś caitasikāścetasyutpadyamānā utpadyante / sahabhuvaḥ saṃprayuktā [ḥ] / ekālambana-vṛttayaḥ / evam ete adhyātmam utpadyante /
bāhyāyatana-saṃgṛhītāś ca / (13B-5[5]) sarva tva cātītā, anāgata-pratyutpannā, hetu-samutpannāḥ, pratītyasamutpannāḥ, ākāyikāstāvatkalikāḥ / itvara-pratyupasthāyinaś citta-saṃkṣobhakarā, iṃjakā apraśāntākāreṇa vartante uparimāṃ bhūmimārabhya duḥkha-vihārānugatatvāt kṛṣṇa-pakṣyā kāma-viveka-prīti-sukhamevānuśaṃsānugatā bhūmiś caiṣā tādṛśī pra(13B-5[6])kṛtyā yatra sthitasya nityaṃ nitya-kālaṃ, dhruvaṃ dhruva-kālaṃ, sa-vitarkaḥ, sa-vicāraḥ, citta-pracāraḥ pravartate / na śānta-praśāntaity evam ādi bhirākārair vitarkeṣv audārika-lakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvedayate / (1)
sarva śo nāsty etad audārikalakṣaṇamavitarke(13B-5[7]) dvitīye dhyāne ityataḥ śāntaṃ dvitīyaṃ dhyānamasya-udārikatvasyāpagamāt / (1) śeṣo(ṣe) manaskārā dvitīya-dhyāna-samāpattaye yathā(pi) yo(13A-6[1])gaṃ pūrvvavadveditavyaṃ / evaṃ bhūmau bhūmau yāvannaivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatana-samāpattaye yathāyogaṃ sapta manaskārā veditavyāh / (2)
【3 以六事尋思二種麁相】audārika-lakṣaṇaṃ punaḥ sarvvāsvadharimāsu bhūmiṣu yāvadākiṃcanyāyatanāt samāsena dvi-vidhaṃ veditavyaṃ / duḥkhataraṃ vihāvito(ritā) cādharmū(dhobhū)mīnāmapraśānta-vihāritā ca / alpāyuṣkatarā ca / ity etad dvi-vidhamaudārika-(13A-6[2])lakṣaṇaṃ / ṣaḍbhir vastubhir yathāyogaṃ paryeṣate / yasyā yasyā bhūmervairāgyaṃ karttukāmo bhavaty upariṣṭāc ca yathāyogaṃ śānta-lakṣaṇaṃ / yāvat prayoga-niṣṭhā-phalān manaskārāttatra viviktaṃ kāmairiti /
【2 廣辨八定】【1 八定】【1 prathamaṁ dhyanamupasaṁpadya viharati初靜慮具足安住bsam gtan daṅ po bsgrubs te gnas】dvividhāḥ kāmāḥ kleśakāmā vastukāmāś ca [/] (3) kāma-vitarko[']pi dvi-vidhaḥ / saṃprayogaviveka ālambanavivekaś ca [/] viviktaṃ(13A-6[3]) pāpakair akuśalair dharmairiti / upakleśāḥ kāmahetukā akuśalā dharmā-s tad yathā kāya-duścaritaṃ, vāgduścaritaṃ, manoduścaritaṃ / daṇḍādānaṃ śastrādānaṃ / kalaha-bhaṇḍana-vigraha-vivāda-śāṭhyavañcananikṛtimṛṣāvādāḥ sambhavanti / teṣām prahāṇādviviktaṃ pāpakair akuśalair dharmair avitarka-vicāreṣv adoṣa-darśanātsv abhūmi(13A-6[4])kair vitarka-vicāraiḥ kāma-pra[ā]tipakṣikaiḥ kuśalaiḥ [/] sa-vitarkaṃ sa-vicāraṃ prayoga-niṣṭho manaskāraḥ kāma-vivekaṃ(kaḥ) tasyānantaramutpannaṃ(nnaḥ) / taddhetukaṃ(kas) tatpratyayaṃ(yas) tenāha vivekajamīpsitābhilaṣitārtha-saṃprāptaḥ, prītau vā doṣa-darśanāt / sarva-dauṣṭhulyāpagamāc ca vipula-praśrabdhi citta-kāya-karmaṇyatayā prīti-sukhamanupū(13A-6[5])rvveṇa gaṇayataḥ / tat prathamataś ca kāmadhātūc ca(ci)latāt prathamaṃ samyag ālambana-upanidhyānād ekāgrasmṛtyupanibandhāddhyānaṃ prayoga-niṣṭhāphalatvād upasampadya / uttaratra ca bhāvanābabulīkāraniṣpā danāt [/] nikāmalābhī, akṛcchralābhī, akisara(akṛtsna?)lābhī, tathā dhyāna-samāpattyā rātrimatināmayati / divasam api yā(13A-6[6])vadākāṃkṣamāṇaḥ saptarā triṃdivasāni tenāha viharatīti /
【2 dvitīyaṁ dhyanamupasaṁpadya viharati第二靜慮具足安住bsam gtan gñis pa bsgrubs te gnas】sa-vitarka-sa-vicāra-viviktebhyaś cittam vyāvartayitvā(ttaṃ vyāvartya) avitarkā [']vicāra samādhi-nimitteṣūpanibadhnāti / vyagra-cāriṇa ālambanādvivecya avyagra-cāriṇyālambane ekadharmatayā śāntaṃ prasannaṃ cittaṃ pravarttate / vyavasthā(13A-6[7])payati / tenāha vitarka-vicārāṇāṃ vyupaśamādadhyātma-saṃprasādanātsabhāvanābhyāsāttasyaivā[']vitarkā['] vicārasya samādheḥ, vitarka-vicārasya samādheḥ, sa[c]chidrasāntara[ā]mavasthāmatikramya niśchidra-nirantarā(13B-6[1])mavasthāṃ prapnoti / tenāha cetasa ekotībhāvāt ṣarvveṇa sarvvaṃ vitarkavicāraprahāṇādavitarkamavicāraṃ prayoganiṣṭho manaskāraḥ samādhistasyānataraṃ taddhetukaṃ taṃtpra(kastatpra)tyayamutpa(yautpa)dyata iti / tenāha samādhijaṃ īpsitā[']ninditārthaprāpteḥ prītau vā doṣa-darśanāt / sa saṃpraharṣa-gataṃ daurmanasya gataṃ vitarka-vicāra-(13B-6[2])prathama-dhyāna-kleśa-pakṣa sarva dauṣṭhulyāpagamāt tatprātipakṣika-praśrabdhi-citta-kāya-karmaṇyatāsuravānugatvāt / prīti-sukhamanupūrvveṇa gaṇayato dvitīyaṃ bhavaty evaṃ sarvvaṃ pūrvvvad veditavyam /
【3 tṛtīyaṁ dhyanamupasaṁpadya viharati第三靜慮具足安住bsam gtan gsum pa bsgrubs te gnas】prītinimitteṣu doṣaṃ paśyati / tenāha prītervivāgāt [/] tasmiṃś ca samaye dvividho [']sya citta-kṣobhakaraḥ apaksālo(1)[']dhi(13B-6[3])gato bhavati / niḥ prītike tṛtīya-dhyāne cittaṃ pradadhataḥ / dvitīye ca dhyāne vitarka-vicārāḥ, ca etarhi prītiḥ, tenāha upekṣako viharati / etau hi dvau dharmau citta-saṃkṣobhakarau / nirantarāyā upekṣāyā vidhnakārakau / tatra prathame dhyāne vitarkavicārā bhavanti / yena nirantaropekṣā na pravarttate / dvitīye dhyāne (13B-6[4]) prītirbhavati / yenātrāpi nirantaropekṣā na pravarttate / tenāyaṃ dhyāyī prathamadvitīyeṣu (yayoḥ) dhyāneṣu(nayoḥ) nāsti, tena tṛtīye dhyāne upekṣako viharatītyucyate / sa upekṣakassanstathā(ssaṃstatā) tathopasthita-smṛtir viharati / yathā yathā te prīti-sahagatāḥ saṃjñāmanasikārāḥ samudācaranti / sacet punar abhāvitatvāt tṛtīyasya dhyāna(13B-6[5])sya smṛti-saṃpramoṣāt kadācitkarha[i]cit citte prīti-sahagatāḥ saṃjñāmanasikārāḥ samudācaranti / (2) tāṃ (tān) laghu laghveva prajñayā pratividhyati / samyag eva prajñānāti / utpannotpanpannāś ca nādhivāsayati / prajahāti vinodayati / vyantīkaroti, cittamadhyupekṣate / tenāha smṛtaḥ saṃprajāna[āna] iti / tasya tasmin samaye e(13B-6[6])vam upekṣakasya viharatā smṛtasya saṃprajanya(1)syāsevanānvayādbahulīkārānvayāt prīti-sahagataṃ prahīyate / tac citta-uddhatyakaraṃ, niḥprītikaṃ, śāntaṃ, praśāntaṃ cetasi veditamutpadyate / prīti-prātidvandvyena tasmin samaye rūpa-kāyena, manaḥkāyena vedita (13A-7[1]) sukhaṃ ca praśrabdhi-sukhaṃ pratisamvedayate / tṛtīyāc ca dhyānāt / adhas tadrūpaṃ sukhaṃ nāsti nāpi nirantarā upekṣā tṛtīyā[d]dhyānādūrdvaṃ yadapy upekṣopalabnyate / na tu sukhaṃ / tatrādhaḥ sukhopekṣābhāvād ūrdhvaṃ ca sukhābhāvāt / idaṃ tadāyatanaṃ yad uta tṛtīyaṃ dhyānaṃ yattadāryā (13A-7[2]) ācakṣate / yatpratilambhavihāriṇaṃ pudgalamadhikṛtya smṛtimāṃ(mān) sukhavihārī tṛtīyaṃ dhyānamupasaṃpadya vihavatīti āryāḥ punaḥ vṛddhāś ca vṛddha-śrāvakāś ca /
【4 caturthaṁ dhyanamupasaṁpadya viharati第四靜慮具足安住bsam gtan bshi pa bsgrubs te gnas】tatrātulyajātīyatvāt / pratipakṣasya sukhasya prahāṇa-pratipakṣānākhyātaḥ (kṣo'nākhyātaḥ) / yad eva tatpratipakṣa-kṛtaṃ sukha-prahāṇaṃ ta(13A-7[3])devākhyātaṃ / kaḥ punarasau pratipakṣaḥ / yadutopekṣā smṛti-samprajanyañ ca / tasya ca niṣevaṇābhyāsāttṛtīyadhyānāc calito yatra tṛtīyadhyānabhūmisukhaṃ tatprajahāti / tenāha / sukhasya ca prahāṇātpūrvvameva ca saumanasya daurmanasyayorasta(ṅ)gamāt / tatra caturthadhyānasamāpattikāle tasmin (13A-7[4]) samaye sa dhyayī sukha-duḥkha-vyatitkramamanuprāpnoti / tena yaś(c)ca pūrvaprahīṇaṃ, yaś cai(c cai)tarhi prahīyate / tasya saṃkalanaṃ kurvvannovamāha / sukhasya ca prahāṇāt(d), duḥkhasya ca prahāṇāt, pūrvvameva ca saumanasya-daurmanasyayorasta[ṅ]gamāt / tanna caturtha-dhyāna-samāpattikāle sukhasye ca prahāṇād dvitīya-dhyāna-sa(13A-7[5])māpatti-kāle duḥkhasya, tṛtīya-dhyāna-samāpattikāle saumanasyasyā[']staṅgamāt, prathama-dhyāna-samāpattikāle daurmanasyasya, asti tāvatsukha-duḥkhasya(yoḥ) prahāṇādaduḥkhāsukhaivāsya vedanā, na viśiṣṭā bhavati / tenāha / aduḥkhāsukhā tasmin samaye prathamaṃ dhyānamupādāya sarvve adhobhū(13A-7[6])mikāḥ apakṣālāḥ prahīṇā bhavanti / tad yathā vitarka-vicārāḥ, prītir āśvāsa-praśvāsāh / teṣāṃ ca prahāṇādyā tatropekṣā / smṛtiś ca sā pariśuddha[ā] bhavati / paryavadātā, yenāsya etac cittaṃ caturtha-dhyāna-samāpannasyāniṃjyaṃ santiṣṭhate / sarvveñjitāyatanaṃ / (1) tenāha / upekṣā-smṛti-pariśuddhamiti [/] (13B-7[1]) tatra caturthamiti pūrvavad veditavyam // yathāpramāṇādiṣu sthāneṣu //
【5 ākāśanantyāyatanamupasaṁpadya viharati空無邊處具足安住nam mkha' mtha' yas skye mched bsgrubs te gnas】tatrākāśādhimokṣasya varṇṇa-saṃjñā nīla-pītalo-hitāvadātādi-pratisaṃyuktatāmasātāmasātayā nirvirāgatayā ca samatikrānto bhavati / tenāha / (1) rūpa-saṃjñānāṃ samatitkramādanābhāsa-gamana-hetor yā anekavidhā (13B-7[2]) bahunānāprakārā varṇṇa-pracaya-hetukā[ā] āvaraṇa-saṃjñā sā (yā) sā vigatā bhavati / tenāha / pratigha-saṃjñānām asta[ṅ]gamāt, tāsāmvā punar vigama-hetor yā aupacayikīsaṃjñāsteṣv avaśiṣṭeṣu viśiṣṭeṣu saṃghāteṣu pravṛttās tad yathā bhojana-pāna-vastrālaṃkāra-gṛhodyāna-vana-senā-parvvatādi-saṃjñā[ḥ] / te(13B-7[3])ṣu sarvveṇa sarvvamābhogo[']pyasya na pravartate / tenāha / nānātva-saṃjñānām amanasikārāt / sa evaṃ rūpa-pratighanānātva-samjñā bhāvayitvā anantākāreṇā ["]kāśādhimukto bhavati / tenāha / anantamākāśama(śaṃsa) sāmantakamatirkamya prayoga-niṣṭhānmanasikārāduc ca prayoga-niṣṭhāphalaṃ maulaṃ samāpadyate / tenāha / ākāśānantyā(13B-7[4])yatanamupasampadya viharati / tasya yāvanmaulaṃ na samāpadyate / tasyākāśamālambanaṃ samāpannasya punas tac ca tad anye ca skandhāḥ svabhūmikāḥ sāmantake punar adhobhūmikā api skandhāḥ / (1)
【6 vijñānantyāyatanamupasaṁpadya viharati識無邊具足安住rnam śes mtha' yas skye mched bsgrubs te gnas】samayena vijñānenānantamākāśam adhimucyate / tadeva vijñānamanantākārā ["]kāśādhimokṣikaṃ / vijñānānantyāyatanaṃ samāpattukāmaḥ ā(13B-7[5])kāśānantyāyatana-ṣaṃjñāṃ vyāvat ya[r] / tadeva vijñānamanantākāreṇādhimucyate / sasāmantake maulamākāśānantyāyatanaṃ samatikramyate / tenāha / sarvaśa ākāśānantyāyatanaṃ samatikramyānantaṃ vijñānamiti / sa vijñānānantyāyatanamiti sāmantakaṃ samatikramya yāvat prayoga-niṣṭhān manasikarānmaula-prayoga-niṣṭhā-pha(13B-7[6])laṃ samāpadyate / tenāha / vijñānānantyāyatanam upasampadya viharatīti //
sa vijñānānantyāyatanāduc calito vijñānāt pareṇā ["]lambanaṃ samanveṣamāṇo na punar labhate (/) kiñcana pratisaṃyuktaṃ rūpi vā, arūpi vā [/] sa tadālambanamalabhamānaḥ sasāmāntakamaulaṃ vijñānānantyāyatanaṃ [sa(1)] matikramya nāsti kiñcidanyadā(13A-8[1])lambanam adimucyate / so[a]kiñcana-saṃjñādhimukta eva bhavati / sa tasya saṃjñādhimokṣasya bahulīkārānvayādākiṃcanyāyatana-sāmantakaṃ samatikramya yāvat prayoga-niṣṭhā(n)manasikārānmaulaṃ prayoga-niṣṭhā-phale samāpadyate / tenāha / sarvaśo vijñānānantyāyatanaṃ samatikrambya nāsti kiñcidityākiñcanyāyatanamupasaṃspṛṣya (-sampadya) (13A-8[2]) viharatīti /
【8 naiva saṁjñā-nāsaṁjñā-āyatanamupasaṁpadya viharati非想非非相處具足安住'du śes med 'du śes med min skye mched bsgrubs te gnas】tenāha / saṃjñī yad uta[ā"]kiñcanyāyatanād uccalitaḥ ākiñcanya-saṃjñāyām audārika-saṃjñī ādīnavasaṃjñī ākiñcanyāyatana-saṃjñāṃ vyāvarttayati / tena pūrvamākiñcanyāyatana-samāpatti-kāle [a]kiñcana-saṃjñā-samatikrāntā, etarhy akiṃcana-saṃjñā samatikrāntā bhavati / tenāha saṃjñīṃ yuduta kiñcanasaṃjñāyā vā, akiñcana(13A-8[3])-saṃjñāyā vā, akiñcana-saṃjñā vā, na ca punaḥ sarvveṇa sarvvaṃ sāsya saṃjñā niruddhā bhavati / tad yathā āsaṃjñi[ke]vā, nivodha-samāpattau vā, nānyatra sūkṣmā sā saṃjña nimittālambane pravartate / na eva saṃjñā nāsaṃjñā [/] evaṃ tadāyatanādhimutkaḥ sasāmantakamaulamākiñcanyāyatanaṃ samatikramya na eva samjñānāsaṃjñāyatana-sāmantakasya yā(13A-8[4])vat prayoga-niṣṭhānmanasikārāt prayoga-niṣṭhā-phalaṃ maulaṃ samāpadyate / tenāha / sarvaśa ākiñcanyāyatana[ṃ] samatikramya na eva saṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam upasampadya viharatīti //
【2 約靜慮及與無色相對辨異】tatra dhyāna-samāpatti-kāle adho rasātala-praveśavat / kāya-saṃprakhyāna-liṃgaṃ / ārūpya-samāpatti-kāle ākāśāt patanavat / tatra śama(13A-8[5])tha(ā(1))kālenādhyupekṣaṇāt samyak prayogaḥ /
【3 dve acittike samāpatti二無心定sems med pa'i sñoms par 'jug pa ni rnam pa gñis】tatra dve ācittike samāpattī(2) asaṃjñā(jñi)samāpattir nirodha-samāpattiś ca / tatrāsaṃjñā-samāpatti(1)[ṃ] saṃjñā-vimukhena manaskāreṇa pṛthag-jana eva samāpadyate, nirodhasamāpattiṃ (2) punar ārya eva /
tatra dvābhyāṃ manaskārābhyāmanayoḥ samāpattyoḥ samāpatti-praveśo bhavati / tad yathā saṃ(13A-8[6])jñā-vimukhena manaskāreṇāsaṃjñā(jñi)samāpatteḥ, naiva-saṃjñānāsaṃjñoc calitenālambana-sanni-ruddhena ca manaskāreṇa nirodha-samāpatteḥ [/] tatra saṃjñā-rogaḥ, saṃjñā-gaṇḍaḥ, saṃjñā-śalyaḥ(maṃ), etac chāntametatpraṇītaṃ yadutāsaṃjñikamiti / saṃjñā-vimukhaṃ manaskāraṃ parigṛhyotpannotpannā(13A-8[7])masaṃjñā-smṛtyamanasikārānu(ramanu)careti(rati) [/] tasya bhāvanānvayātprayogamārge sacittikāvasthā bhavati / samanaskāra samāpannasya ca punaścittaṃ na pravartata iti / sa evaṃ niḥsaraṇa-saṃjñā-pūrvvakeṇa manaskāreṇa śubha-kṛtya-vītarāgasya, bṛhat-phalebhyo vītarā(13A-8[8])gasya, citta-caitasikānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ nirodha iyam ucyate [a]saṃjña(jñi) samāpattiḥ / evaṃ ca punar asyāḥ prāptirbhavati //
tatra na eva saṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanalābhī āryaḥ pareṇa śāntena vihāreṇa viharttukāmaḥ na eva samjñānāsaṃjñāyatanāccittam uccā(13B-8[1])layati / tac cittamuc calitamālambanaṃ na labhate / alabhamānaṃ nirudhyate / na pravarttata iti / ya evam ākiñcanyāyatanavītarāgasya śaikṣasyārhato vā vihārasaṃjñāpūrvakeṇa manaskāreṇa cittacaitasikānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ nirodha iyam ucyate nirodhasamāpattirevaṃ ca punar asyāḥ prāptir bhavati //
【4 辨pañcānāmabhijñānāmabhinirhāra五通mṅon par śes pa lṅa】【1 略辨要】【1 已得根本靜慮】tatra dhyānasanniśrayeṇa paṃcānāmabhijñānā(13B-8[2])m abhinirhāro bhavati / kathaṃ ca punar bhavati / yathāpi taddhyāyī lābhī bhavati / pariśuddhasya dhyānasya [/]
【2 依修通正法聽聞受持】【1 依聞思作意思惟】sa tatpariśuddhaṃ dhyānaṃ niśritya yo[a]nenābhijñādhipataye(pateya[o]) dharma[ḥ]śruto bhavaty udgṛhītaḥ, paryavaptaḥ, yuduta ṛddhi-viṣayamvārabhya, pūrvvenivāsa-divyaśrotra-cyutyupapādacetaḥ paryāyamvā(1) tameva manasi kurvan samāhita-bhūmikena manaskā(13B-8[3])reṇārtha-pratisaṃvedī ca bhavati / dharma-pratisaṃvedī ca /
【2 依定地作意了知義法】tasyārtha-pratisaṃvedino dharma(ḥ)pratisaṃvedinastathāstathā (stathā tathā (2)) cittānyabhisaṃskurvato bahulīkārānvayād bhavati / sa kālo bhavati samayo yadasya bhāja(va)nāphalāḥ(ḥ) paṃcābhijñā utpadyante //
【2 廣釋】【1 總舉十二想】api ca tasyā (sa tathā)rtha pratisaṃvedī (1), dharma-pratisaṃvedī sarvābhijñānirhārāya dvādaśa-saṃjñā bhāvayati / (13B-8[4]) tad yathā laghu saṃjñā[ṃ] / mṛdu-saṃjñā[ṃ] / ākāśa-dhātu-saṃjñāṃ / kāya-citta-sama[va]dhāna-saṃjñāmadhimukti-saṃjñāṃ, pūrvānubhūta-caryānukramānusmṛti-saṃjñāṃ nānāprakāra-śabda-sannipāta-nirghoṣa-saṃjñāmavadāta-rūpa-nimitta-saṃjñāṃ, kleśa-kṛta-rūpa-vikāra-saṃjñā[ma]dhimokṣa-samjñāmamibhvāyatana-saṃjñāṃ kṛtsnāyatanasaṃjñāñca /
【2 別釋】【1 依五想修神境通】【1 輕舉想】tatra laghusaṃjñāyāṃ laghuka(13B-8[5])mātmānamadhimucyate / tad yathā tūlapindhurvvā, karpāsapindhurvvā [/] vāyumaṇḍalake vā sa tathā [a]dhimucyamānaḥ tatra prerayatyādhimokṣike ṇaiva manaskāreṇa [/] tad yathā mañcātpīṭhānmañce / evaṃ mañcāt tṛṇasaṃstarakānmañce / tatra mṛdusaṃjñā / mṛdukaṃ kāyamadhimucyate / tad yathā kauśayamvā(2), kac camvā,(3) padgamvā,(3) [/]
【2 柔軟想】itīyaṃ mṛdu-saṃjñāyā(13B-8[6])laghu-saṃjñāyā[ḥ]-poṣikā, anugrā[hi]hakā [ya(4)] yā anugṛhtyamāṇā laghu-saṃjñā pṛthu-vṛddhi-vaikalyatāṃ (vipulatāṃ) gacchati /
【3 空界想】tatrākāśa-dhātu-saṃjñā yayā saṃjñayā laghutāṃ ca mṛdutāṃ cātmano [']dhimucyate / sacet kvacid gantukāmo bhavati / tatra yadantarālaṃ vivandhacaraṃ rūpigataṃ gamanāya tadākāśamadhimucya(13B-8[7])te [/] ādhimokṣikaṃ (kena) ca manaskāreṇa /
【4 身心符順想】tatra citta-kāya-samavadhāna-saṃjñā yayā cittamvā kāye samavadadhāti / kāyamvā citte, yenāsya kāyo laghutaraś ca bhavati, mṛdutaraś ca, karmaṇyataraś ca, prabhāsvarataraś ca [/] cittānvayaścitta pratibandhaś cittaṃ ni(13B-8[8])śritya varttate /
【5 勝解想】tatrādhimokṣika-saṃjñā yayā saṃjñayā bhū(dū)ragamāsanne [a]dhimucyate, āsannaṃ dūre, aṇu sthūlaṃ, sthūlamaṇu, pṛthivī āpaḥ, āpaḥ pṛthivī evam ekaikena mahābhūtenā [']nyo [']nyaṃ karaṇīyaṃ / vistareṇa ta(13A-9[1])thā nirmitaṃ cādhimucyate, rūpa-nirmitaṃ vā, śabda-nirmitaṃ vā [/] ityābhiḥ pañca-saṃjñābhiḥ bhavanā[ā]yā pariniṣpannābhiraneka-vidhamṛddhiṣayaṃ pratyanu bhavaty eko bhūtvā bahu-dhātmānamupadarśayati / yudutādhimokṣikayā nairmāṇikayā(kyā) saṃjñayā(1) tatra bahudhā punar ātmānamupadarśayancai(yaṃś cai)kī bhavati / yad uta nirmāṇāntardhāyikayā (13A-9[2]) [a]dhimukti-saṃjñayā tiraḥkuḍyaṃ, tiraḥprākāramasajjamānena kāyena gacchati / yena gacchati / (yena gacchati (1)) / pṛthi-vyāmunmajja-nimajjanaṃ karoti / tad yathodake, udake bhidyamānena srātasā gacchati / tad yathā pṛthivyāmākāśe paya[r]ṅkenākrāmati / tad yathā pakṣī śakuni[ḥ], imau vā sūryācandramasāvevaṃ mahardhikau mahānubhā(13A-9[3])vau pāṇina āmārṣṭi / para[ā]mārṣṭi / yāvadbrahmalokāt kayena vaśe varttayati / laghu-mṛdv-ākāśa-dhātu-citta-kāya-samavadhāna-saṃjñayā parigṛhītayā adhimukti-saṃjñayā sarvametatkaroti / yathā yogamveditavyaṃ / tatra dvi-vidhābrahmalokasya kāyena vaśe vartanā, gamanena ca (/) vaśe varttayati / yatha ivādhimuktyā vā, brahma-lo(13A-9[4])kādadhaś cartukāmatā bhūtānāṃ tad ekatyasya copādāya-rūpasya [/]
【2 依第六想修宿住通】【6 先所受行,次第隨念想(承前排序)】tatra pūrvānubhūta-caritānukramānusmṛti-saṃjñā(2) yayā kumāraka-bhāvamupādāya yatrāsya smṛtiḥ pravarttate / na vyāhanyate / yatrā yaṃ gato bhavati, sthito, niṣaṇṇuḥ(ṇṇaḥ), śayito vistareṇa sarvvāṃ pūrvānubhūtāṃ caryāmaudāraudārikaudārikatayā anuparivāṭika(13A-9[5])yā avyutkramanti(nte) / kayā samanusmaransaṃjānāti / tasyā bhāvanānvayād bhāvanāphalamanekavidhaṃ pūrvvenivāsaṃ samanusmarati yāvat sansā(saṃsā)raṃ soddeśaṃ vistareṇa [/]
【3 依第七想修天耳通】【7 種種品類集會音聲想(承前排序)】tatra nānāprakāraśabdasannipātanirghoṣasaṃjñā [/] yasmin grāme vā, nigame vā śreṇyāmvā, pūge vā, parṣadi vā, āyataviśāle vā gṛhe, avavarake vā, nānāpra(13A-9[6])kārasya janakāyasya sanniṣaṇṇasya sannipatitasya yo vyatimiśro, vicitro, nirghoṣo niś carita / yaḥ kalakalaśabda ity ucyate / mahatyā vā nadyā vaha[n] tyā nirghoṣaḥ, tatra nimittamudgṛhtya yā saṃjñābhāvanā yayā samāhitabhūmikena manasikāreṇāryā [']nāryeṣu śabdeṣu, divabcyamānuṣyakeṣu, dūrāntikeṣvābhogaṃ vārayati / tasyāsya bahu(13A-9[7]) līkārānvayād bhāvanāphalaṃ divabcyaṃ śrotraṃ(1) pratilabhate / yena divabcyamānuṣyakāṃ[kān]śabdāṃ (bdān)śṛṇoti / ye [']pi dūre, ye[']pyantike [/]
【4 依第八光明想修死生智通】【8 光明色相想(承前排序)】tatrāvabhāsa-rūpa-nimitta-saṃjñā [/] pūrvvavadāloka-nimittamudgṛhya tadeva nimittaṃ manasi karoti / iyam avabhāsa-rūpa-(13B-9[1])nimittasaṃjñā [/] tasyā bhāvanānvayād bhāvanā-phalaṃ cyuty-upapāda-jñānaṃ(1) pratilabhate / yena divayena cakṣuṣā viśuddhena vistareṇa yāvat kāyasya bhedātsvargatau svargaloke devaṣūpapadyante(te) /
【5 依第九想修心差別通】【9 煩惱所作色變異想(承前排序)】tatra kleśa-kṛta-rūpa-vikāra-saṃjñā / yayā raktadviṣṭamūḍhānāṃ krodhopanāhapra[yu(2)]kta-paridāha[ā] hrīkyānapatrāpyakleśopakleśaparyavanaddhacittānāṃ sattvānāṃ (13B-9[2]) rūpāvastha[ā]mupalakṣayati / pari[c]cchinatti [/] evaṃ rūpāraktasya rūpāvasthā bhavati / rūpa-vikṛtiḥ / tad yathā uddhatendriyatā, smitamukhatā [/] evaṃ rūpā dviṣṭasya rūpāvasthā bhavati / rūpavikṛtiḥ / tad yathā mukhavivarṇatā sagadgadasvaratā / kṛtabhṛkuṭitā / evaṃrūpā mūḍhasya paryavasthā bhavati / rūpavikṛtih / tad yathā mūkatā (13B-9[3]) arthanidhyaptāvapratipadyanatā(danatā) prākṛtā[']prākṛtā vā vāgvyāhāratā [/] ityebhirākārairevaṃ bhāgīyair yāvadāhrīkyānapatrāpyaparyavisthitasya yā rūpāvasthā bhavati / rūpa-vikṛtiḥ / tato nimittamudgṛhya manasi karoti / tad yathā bahulīkārānvayād bhāvanāphalaṃ cetaḥ paryājñānamnutpadyate (1) / yena parasattvānāṃ para-pudgalānāṃ vitarkitaṃ vi (13B-9[4]) ca[ā]ritaṃ mano manasā yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti /
【6 依後解脫勝處通處三想修能引諸聖神通及能引發無諍願智四無礙解種種功德】【10-12 解脫想、勝處想、遍處想(承前排序)】tatra vimokṣābhibhvāyatana-kṛtsnāyatana-saṃjñābhāvanā pūrvvavadveditavyā / tad yathā samāhitāyāṃ bhūmau / yayā bhāvanayā ā[r]yāmṛddimabhimirharati / vastu-pariṇāminī[ṃ] nairmāṇikīmādhimokṣikīṃ / tad yathā araṇā praṇidhijñānaṃ(2) / catasraḥ pratisamvidah(3) dharma tad yathāpratisaṃvid-artha-(13B-9[5])pratisaṃvinnirukti-pratisamvitpratibhāna-pratisamvit [/]
【3 總結】tatrāryāyāścānāryāyā ṛddherayaṃ viśeṣaḥ / āryayā ṛddhyā yad yad eva vastu pariṇāmayati / yad yad eva nimittaṃ nirmiṇoti(1) / tat tatha eva bhavati / nānyathā / sarvveṇa tena kāryaṃ śakyate kartum / anāryayā na punar na tatha eva(2) bhavaty api tu / māyākārakasyaiva saṃdarśana-mātrakaṃ khyāti /
【3 總結】(13B-9[6]) evam ābhirdvādaśabhiḥ saṃjñābhir bahulīkārānvayādyathāyogaṃ sa pañcānām abhijñānām āryāṇāṃ ca guṇānām apṛthagjana-sandhāraṇānāṃ yathāyogamabhinirhāro veditavyaḥ //
【5 upasaṁpadyate修世淨定生處差別skal pa mñam par skye】tatra prathame dhyāne mṛdumadhyādhimātraparibhāvitena yathāyogaṃ brahmakāyikānāṃ, brahmapurohitānāṃ, mahābrahmaṇāṃ devānāṃ sabhāgatāyām upasampadyate [/] (13B-9[7]) dvitīye dhyāne mṛdumadhyādhimātrabhāvite yathāyogaṃ parīttānāmābhāsvarāṇāṃ ca devānāṃ sabhāgatāyāmupasaṃpadyate / tṛtīye dhyāne mṛdumadhādhyimātrabhāvite yathāyogaṃ parīttaśubhānāṃ, sapramāṇaśubhānāṃ, śubhakṛtyānāṃ ca devānāṃ sabhāgatāyāmupaṣaṃpadyate / caturthe dhyāne mṛdumdhyādhimātra-bhāvite (13A-1[1]) yathāyogamanabhrakānāṃ, puṇyaprasavānāṃ, bṛhatphalānāṃ ca devānāṃ sabhāgatāyām upasampadyate / sacet punar anāgāmī anāsraveṇa dhyānena caturthena sāsravaṃ, vyavakīrṇṇaṃ bhāvayati / tasmiṃ(smin) mṛdumadhyādhimātrādhimātratarādhimātratamabhāvite yathāyogaṃ pañcānāṃ śuddhāvāsānāṃ devānāṃ sa(ha)bhāgatāyām upasampadyate / tadya(13A-1[2])thā adahe(hre)ṣvata[ā]peṣu, sudarśaneṣu, akaniṣṭheṣu [/] ākāśa-vijñānākiñcanya-naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatane mṛdumadhyā-dhimātrabhāvite ākāśa-vijñānākiñcanyanavasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanopagānāṃ devānāṃ sabhāgatāyām upasampadyate [/] arūpiṇaś ca devāstasmātteṣāṃ sthānāntarakṛto bhedo nāsti, vihārakṛtastu vi(13A-1[3])śeṣo bhavati / asaṃjñisamāpattyāṃ bhāvitāyāmasaṃjñisattvānāṃ devāvāṃ sabhāgatāyām upasampadyate /(1)
【6 vītarāgasya liṁgāni離欲者相'dod chags dan bral ba'i rtags】tatra katamāni vitarāgasya(2) liṃgāni / āha / sthira-kāya-karmānto bhavaty acalendriyaḥ [/] na cāsyeryāpatha āśu paryādīyate / ekenāpīryāpathena ciraṃ kālamatināmayaty-aparitasyamānaḥ / na tāśu(su)ī(13A-1[4])ryāntaraṃ spṛhayati / mandabhāṇī ca bhavati, praśāntabhāṇī ca [/] na saṃgaṇikārāmo, na saṃsargārāmo, dhīrā cāsya vāg(k)pravartate / cakṣuṣā rūpāṇi dṛṣṭvā rūpa-pratisamvedī bhavati / na rūparāgapratisamvedī / evaṃ śabda-gandha-rasa-spraṣṭavya-pratisaṃvedī bhavati / no tu yāvat spraṣṭavyarāga-pratisaṃvedī / viśāradaś ca bhavati / gambhīra-(13A-1[5])buddhir vipula-praśrabdhi-citta-kāyopaguḍhaḥ // anabhidhyāluravikṣobhyaḥ / kṣamāvānna cāsya kāmavitarkādayaḥ pāpakāś cattaṃ kṣobhayanti / ityevaṃ bhāgīyāni vītarāga-liṃgāni veditavyānītyayaṃ tāvat laukika-mārga-gamanasya vibhāgaḥ //
【2 明lokottara-marga趣出世間道'jig rten las 'das pa'i lam】【1 結前生後】atha lokottareṇa mārgeṇa gantukāmo bhavati
【2 辨七作意】【1 總說】tasya catvāryāyasatyānyāra(13A-1[6])bhya sapta manaskārā anupūrvveṇotpadyante / lakṣaṇa-pratisaṃvedī[di] manaskārādayaḥ prayoga-niṣṭhā-phala-paryavasānā yāvadarhattva-prāpteḥ /
【2 別釋】【1 lakṣaṇapratisaṁvedī manaskāraḥ了相作意mtshan ñid so sor rig pa yid la byed pa】【1 略辨依教修習以十六行了四諦相名為了相】tatra caturṇṇām ārya-satyānāṃ soddheśa-vibhaṃgānāṃ śramaṇenodgṛhītayogācāraḥ / subbāvitamanaskāro vā, mauladhyānārūpya-lābhī vā, caturbhirākārair duḥkha-satyasya lakṣaṇaṃ pra(13A-1[7])tisaṃvedayate / tad yathā'nityākāreṇa, duḥkhākāreṇa, anātmākāreṇa ca / caturbhirākāraiḥ samudaya-satyasya tad yathā hetutaḥ, samudayataḥ, prabhavataḥ, pratyayataś ca [/] caturbhirākārair nirodha-satyasya lakṣaṇaṃ pratisamvedayate / tad yathā nirodhataḥ, śāntataḥ, praṇītato, niḥsaraṇataś ca [/] caturbhirākārair mārga-satyasya lakṣaṇaṃ pratisamvedayate / tad yathā mārgato, nyāyataḥ(13A-1[8])pratipattito, nairyāṇikataś ca(1) / so [']sya bhavati lakṣaṇa-pratisaṃvedī manaskāraḥ //
【2 廣辨十六行了四諦相】【1 別解十六行了四諦相】【1 解欲界四諦】【1 別解】【1 欲界苦諦四行相】【1 標十行悟入四行】tatra daśabhir ākārair duḥkhasatyaṃ parīkṣamāṇaś catura ākārānanupraviśati /
【2 別釋十行入四行】【1 總結十行依三量觀】katamairdaśabhis tad yathā / vipariṇāmākāreṇa, avināśākāreṇa, viyogākāreṇa, sannihitā (14B-1[1]) [/] kāreṇa, dharmatā-kāreṇa / saṃyojana-bandhanākāreṇa, aniṣṭākāreṇa, ayoga-kṣemākāreṇa, anupa(kāreṇa (1))lambhākāreṇa, asvātantrākāreṇa ca / etān punar daśākārān upapatti-sādhanayuktyā upaparīkṣate /
tatrāgamastāvadyathoktaṃ bhagavatā sarva-saṃskārā anityāḥ(2) [/]
【2 別釋】【1 初五行悟入無常行】【1 合變異、滅壞二行以三量觀無常相】【1 至教量觀無常相】te punaḥ saṃskārāḥ samāsataḥ sattvalokaś ca bhājanalokaś ca // (14B-1[2]) uktañca bhagavatā sattva-lokamadhikṛtya, paśyāmyahaṃ, bhikṣavo, divabcyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhenātitkrāntamānuṣyakeṇa satvāṃścyavamānāṃś cotpadyamānāṃ ś ca vistareṇa yāvat kāsasya bhedātsugatau svargaloke deveṣūpapadyante(1) / ityanena tāvatparyāyeṇa ityanena tāvatparyāyeṇa bhagavatā cakṣuṣmatā pratyakṣa-darśinā sattva-lokasyānityatā vyākhyātā / uktaṃca(14B-1[3])(2)-bhagavatā(3), bhavati, bhikṣavaḥ, sa samayo yaddīrghasyādhvano [']tyayādanupūrvveṇa yāvat saptānāṃ sūryāṇāṃ loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / tad yathā saptasūryopame sūgre(tre) yāvadasyāḥ khalu mahā-pṛthivyāḥ sumeroś ca parvvata rājasya / yāvac ca brahma-lokād bhājana-lokasya dagdhasya dhmātasya maṣirapi na prajñāyate / chāyikāvaśiṣṭam api na prajñāyate [/] (14B-1[4]) anena paryāyeṇa bhagavatā bhājana-laukika(loka)sthānityatā ākhyātā'yaṃ(temaṃ)
tāvadāptāgamaṃ niśrityāyaṃ yogī śraddhādhipateyaṃ sarva-saṃskārānityatāyāṃ niś cayaṃ pratilabhate //
【2 以現量觀無常相】【1 總說】sa evaṃ niś cayaṃ pratilabhya, śraddhādhipatyena punaḥ punaḥ pratyakṣatāmapi, parokṣatāmaparapratyayāṃ(yatāṃ) cānityatā(yā)ṃ samanveṣate(1) / kathañca punaḥ samanveṣate (1) / āha / (14B-1[5]) dvividhaṃ vastu vyavasthāpayati (2) / āha / ādhyātmikambāhyaṃ ca / tatrādhyātmikamvastu yatṣaḍāyatanaṃ, bāhyamvastu ((3) sa evaṃ niś cayaṃ pratilabhya śruddhādhipatyena punaḥ punaḥ pratyavekṣatāmaviparokṣatāmaparapratyayatā(ṃ) cānityatāṃ(yāṃ) śamanveṣate / āha / dvividhaṃ vastu vyavasthāpayati / ādhyātmikambāhyañca / tatrādhyātmikamva(14B-1[6])stu yatṣaḍāyatanaṃ bāhyamvastu (3)) ṣoḍaśavidhaṃ / tadyahā pṛthivī-vastu[tad yathā] grāma-nigama-gṛhāpaṇādayaḥ / ārāma-vastu tad yathā tṛṇauṣadhivanaspatayaḥ / parvvata-vastu tad yathā cittrāḥ parvvatasanniveśāḥ / utsasara(sa)staḍāganadīprasravaṇa-vastu [/](1) kṣetra-vastu kośa-sannidhi-vastrālaṃkāra-nṛtta-gīta-vādita-gandha-mālya-vilepana-māṇḍopa(14B-1[7])skāra-loka(ā)-strī-puruṣa-pa(ā)rica[r]yā vastūni ca tānyetāni bhavanti / ṣoḍaśa-vastūni [/]
sa evam ādhyātmika[ṃ]bāhyaṃ vastu vyavasthāpayitvā(vyāvasthāpya) [ā]dhyātmikasya tāvadvastunaḥ pratyakṣādhipateyena manaskāreṇa viparimāṇā(ṇāmā) kāreṇa vipariṇāmānityatāṃ samanveṣate / tatra [pañcada(2)] śavidha ādhyātmikasya vastuno vipariṇāmaḥ / aṣḍau vipariṇāmakara(14B-1[8])ṇāni /
【2 別釋】【1 內事】【1 總說】tatra katamaḥ [pañcada (2)] śavidho vipariṇāmaḥ / ādhyātmikasya vastunas tadyathā-avasthā-kṛto, varṇna-kṛtaḥ, saṃsthāna-kṛtaḥ, sampatti-vipatti-kṛtaḥ / aṃga-sākalya-vaikalyakṛtaḥ, [pariśramakṛtaḥ(2)], paropakrama-kṛtaḥ, [śītoṣṇa-kṛtaḥ(2)] / īryāpatha-kṛtaḥ, [svayaṃkṛtaḥ(2)], saṃkleśa-kṛto(taḥ), [kṛṣi-kṛtaḥ(2)], maraṇa-kṛto, vinīlakādi (14A-2[1])kṛtaḥ, sarvveṇa sarvvamasaṃprakhyāna-parikṣaya-kṛto vipariṇāmaḥ /
【2 別釋】【1 八種變異因緣】【1 總說】tatrāṣṭau vipariṇāmakāraṇāni / katamāni [/] āha / tad yathā kālaparivāsaḥ, paropakrama upabhogaḥ, ṛtuvipariṇāmaḥ, agnidāhaḥ, udakakledaḥ, vāyuśoṣaḥ, pratyayāntarasaṃgatiśceti //
【2 別釋】【1 積時貯畜】tatra kālaparivāso nāma yeṣāṃ bhāvānāṃ rūpiṇāṃ svasthāne [']pyupanyasta(14A-2[2])kānāṃ kālāntareṇa jarjaratopalabhyate / jīrṇṇatā rūpavikṛtiḥ //
【2 他所損害】tatra paropakramo nāma yathāpi tat paro vividhāni rūpāṇi vividhaiḥ praharanaiḥ vividhairupakramaviśeṣaiḥ vicitrāṃ vikṛtimāpādayati /
【3 受用虧損】tatropabhogo nāma yathāpi tatpratisvāmino vividhaṃ rūpamupabhuṃjānā upabhogavidhipatitvā (gamadhipatiṃ kṛtvā vi) kṛti (14A-2[3]) māpādayanti /
【4 時節變異】tatra ṛtuvipariṇāmo nāma tad yathā hemante tṛṇauṣadhivanaspatīnāṃ pāṇḍutvaṃ, śīrṇṇatvaṃ prajāyate / grīṣma-varṣāsu punaḥ saṃpūrṇṇatvaṃ, haritatā ca / tathā phala-samṛddhiḥ, puṣpa-samṛddhiḥ, patra-samṛddhiḥ, vipattiś ca teṣām eva [/]
【5 火所焚燒】tatrāgnidāho nāma yathāpi tadagni(14A-2[4])r mukto grāma-nigama-rāṣṭra-rājadhānīr dahan paraiti // tatrodakakledo nāma tathāpi tanmahān udakaskandhaḥ samudāgato (grāmanigamarājarāṣṭ radhānīṃ dahan paraiti /
【6 水所漂爛】tatrodakakledo nāma tathāpi tanmahānudakaskandhaḥ samudāgato (1) grāmanigamarājarāṣṭradhānī[ḥ] plāvayan paraiti //
【7 風所鼓燥】tatra vāyuśoṣo nāma tathāpi tanmahatā vāyu(14A-2[5])-skandhenārdrāḥ pṛthivī-pradeśā laghu śuṣyanti laghveva / tathārdrāṇi vastūnyārdrāḥ sasyajātayaḥ /
【8 異緣會遇】pratyayāntara samudgamo nāma tad yathā sukha-vedanīyaṃ sparśaṃ pratītya sukhāṃ vedanāṃ vedayamānasya sukha-vedanīya(ḥ)-sparśa-samudgamaḥ / [(1) evaṃ duḥkhāṃ vedanāṃ vedayamānasya su(duḥ)kha vedanīya(ḥ) sparśasamudgamaḥ ] aduḥkhāsukhāṃ vedanāṃ vedayamānasya [ā']sukha-vedanīyasya vā [']duḥkha-vedanīyasya(14A-2[6])vā sparśasya samudgamaḥ / tathā raktasya pratigha-nimitta-samudgamaḥ yasya samudgamād rāga-paryavasthānaṃ ca vigacchati / pratigha-paryavasthānaṃ cotpadyate (/) evaṃ dviṣṭasya mūḍhasya visabhāgaḥ / kleśotpattinimittaḥ samudgamo veditavyaḥ / tad yathā cakṣurvijñāne saṃmukhī-bhūte śabda-viṣaya-samudgamaḥ(2) / gandha-rasa-spraṣṭavya(ā)ḥ / dharma-nimitta-(14A-2[7])samudgamoyena viṣayāntareṇa visabhāgānyutpadyante /
【3 結】itīmānyaṣṭau vipariṇāmaka [ā]raṇāni [/] yā kācidvipariṇatir bhavati / rūpiṇāmvā, arūpiṇāmvā dharmāṇāṃ sarvvo(rvvā) sau ebhir aṣṭābhir nārta uttari nāto bhūyaḥ /
【2 十五種所作變異】【1 分位】tatrādhyātmikasya vastunaḥ kathamavasthākṛtaṃ vipariṇamamparyeṣate / ihā(14A-2[8])necā(nā)tmano [vā(1)] pareṣāmvā dahrāvasthāmupādāya yāvajjīrṇāvasthā dṛṣṭā bhavati / tāṃ pūrvveṇāparāṃ visadṛśāṃ(śīṃ), vyatibhinnāṃ, vipariṇatāṃ, saṃskārasantatiṃ dṛṣṭvā [']syaivaṃ bhavati / anityā bata(te)me saṃskārā[s(1)] tathāpyeṣāṃ (14B-2[1]) pratyakṣata eveyaṃ pūrvvaṇāparā vikṛtirupalabhyate //
【2 顯色】tatra kathaṃ suvarṇṇakṛtā(nā)ṃ viparināmān ityatāṃ paryeṣate / ihānenātmano (sa tathātmano) vā, pareṣām vā, yā pūrvvaṃ(tāma(2)) sva(su)varṇṇatā(tāṃ), succhavitā(tāṃ), tvagvarṇṇatā(tām)/ paścāc ca durvvarṇṇa(14B-2[2])tāṃ duśchavitāṃ rukṣatāṃ rukṣavarṇatāṃ ca / paśyati [/] dṛṣṭvā ca punar eva pratyudāvarttyāpareṇa samayena tāmeva savarṇṇatāṃ paryavadātatvagvarṇṇatāṃ ca paśyati / tasyaivaṃ bhavaty anityā bata(te)me saṃskārāṇā(rāsteṣā)m iyam evaṃ rūpā pratyakṣato varṇṇavikṛtirupalabhyate //
【3 形色】tatra kathaṃ[saṃ](1)sthānakṛtāṃ vipariṇāmānityatāṃ paryaṣate / yathā varṇna ukta(14B-2[3])evaṃ kṛśasthūlatayā saṃsthānaṃ veditavyaṃ sampattirvipattiś ca / tad yathā jñāti-
【4 興衰】sampattirvvā, bhoga-sampattirvvā, śīla-dṛṣṭi-sampattirvvā [/] etad viparyayeṇa vipattista(ttiḥ [/] ta)tkathamaṃgapratyaṃga vipariṇāmānityatāṃ paryeṣate / ihānenātmano vā, pareṣāmvā yā pūrvvaṃ suvarṇṇatā, succhavitā, paryavadātatvagvarṇṇatā dṛṣṭā bhavati / pa(pra)tisampattirvvā (14B-2[4]) bhoga-sampattirvvā śīla-dṛṣṭi-sampattirvā (/) etad viparyayeṇa vipatti s(ḥ) [/](1)
【5 支節具不具】ta(1)tkathamaṃgapratyaṃgavipariṇāmānityatāṃ paryeṣati(te) / ihānenātmano vā, parasya vā, pūrvvam api (vi)kalāmgatā dṛṣṭā bhavati / sopareṇa samayena vikala-tampaśyati rājato vā, corato vā, manuṣyato vā, amanuṣyato vā [/] dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ bha(14B-2[5])vati / anityā bata(te)me saṃskārā iti pūrvvavade(t [/]) /
【6 劬勞】(eva(2))mātmanaḥ pareṣāṃ ca śrāntakāyatāṃ, klānta-kāyatāṃ(3) dhāvato vā, plavato vā, laṃghayato vā, abhiru(ro)hatovā, vividhaṃ vākkarma drutaṃ kurvvataḥ / sopareṇa samayena vigata-klama-śramatāṃ paśyati / tasyaivaṃ bhavaty anityā bateme saṃskārā iti pūrvva-vat / evam pariśramakṛtāṃ (14B-2[6]) vipariṇāmānityatām paryeṣate //
【7 他所損害】evam ātmano vā pareṣāmvā paropakrameṇa kāyavikṛtiṃ paśyati / tad yathā latābhirvvā tāḍitasya, kaśābhirvvā, vaitrairvvā vara(ta)trābhirvvā [/] tathā vividhair daśamaśaka-sarīsṛpa-saṃsparsaiḥ [/] apareṇa vā punaḥ samayena tāṃ vikṛtiṃ na paśyati / dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ bhavaty anityā bata(te)me saṃskārā i(14B-2[7])ti pūrvavadity evaṃ paropakrama-kṛtāmvipariṇāmānityatām paryeṣate //
【8 寒熱】(1)tathātmānaṃ vā, paramvā, śīla(ta)kāle pratyupasthite aviśadakāyaṃ, saṃkucita-kāyaṃ, śīta-paryavasthāna-paryavasthitam uṣṇābhilāṣaparigataṃ paśyati / uṣṇakāle vā punaḥ pratyupasthite aviśadakāyaṃ, saṃkucitakāyaṃ śīta-paryavasthāna-paryavasthitaviśa(14B-2[8])dagātra-prasvinnagātraṃ santaptagātramuccraṣya vacanaṃ tṛṣāparigataṃ / śītasaṃsparśābhilāṣiṇaṃ paśyati / dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ pratyudāvarttya punaḥ śītakāle pūrvvoktairevākāraiḥ paśyati / dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ bhavati / anityā bata(te)me saṃskārā iti pūrvvavadeva[ṃ](14A-3[1]) śītakṛtāṃ vipariṇāmānityatāṃ paryeṣate /
【9 威儀】sa (2) punar adhyātmamvā(rātmano vā) [pare(3)] ṣāṃvā caṃkramasthāniṣadyaśayānairīryāpathairanyatamānyameneryāpathena ātmānamvā paramvā paśyati / punastenaivamekadā anugṛhyamāṇaṃ paśyati / dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ bhavaty anityā bateme saṃskārā iti pūrvva-vat / evam īryā-pathakṛtāṃ vipariṇāmānityatāṃ (14A-3[2]) paryeṣate //
【10 觸對】kathaṃ sparśakṛtāmvipariṇāmānityatām paryeṣate / sukha-vedanīyena sparśena spṛṣṭaḥ, sukha-vedanīyaṃ sparśaṃ pratītyotpannāṃ sukhāṃ vedanāṃ vedayamānaḥ / sukhā[ṃ] vedanāva-sthāmātmanaḥ pari[c]cchinati / yathā sukhadevanāvasthā[ṃ] evaṃ duḥkhā['] sukhā[']su(duḥ)khavedanāvasthāṃ [/] tasya pūrvvā paryeṣaṇā āsāṃ vedanānāṃ navanavatāniḥ pu(14A-3[3])rāṇa-purāṇatāmāpāyikataṃ tāvatkālikatāmitvarapratyupāsthāyitamanyathībhāvaṃ dṛṣṭvā, dṛṣṭvaivaṃ bhavati / anityā bateme saṃskārā iti purvvat //
【11 雜染】tatra kathaṃ kleśakṛtāṃ vipariṇāmānityatāṃ vyavacārayati / sarāgaṃ cittamutpannaṃ parijānāti / vigatarāgaṃ sadveṣamvigatadveṣaṃ / samohaṃ vigatamohamanyatamānyata(14A-3[4])mena vā upakleśenopakliṣṭaṃ cittamupakliaṣṭamiti parijānāti / anupakliṣṭamvā punar anupakliṣṭamiti parijānāti / tasya pū(pau)rvvāparyeṇaibhiḥ kleśopakleśair avatīparṇavipariṇatā[']vipariṇata[āṃ] cittasantatiṃ dṛṣṭvaivaṃ bhavaty anityā bateme saṃskārā iti / tathā hyeṣāṃ pratyakṣataḥ saṃkleśakṛto vipariṇāma(14A-3[5])upalabhyate //
tatra kathaṃ vyādhikṛtāṃ vipariṇāmānityatāṃ vyavacārayati / ihānenaikadā ["]tmā ca pare ca dṛṣṭvā(ṣṭā) bhavantyarogiṇaḥ, sukhino, balavantaḥ / so[']pareṇa samayena paśyatyātmānamvā, paramvā, ābādhikaṃ, duḥkhitaṃ, bāḍhaglānaṃ, spṛṣṭaṃ śarīrikābhirvedanābhiḥ duḥkhābhistīvrabhiriti vistareṇa pūrvva-vat /
【12 疾病】tatra kathaṃ kleśakṛtāṃ (14A-3[6]) vipariṇā[mā]nityatāṃ vyavacārayati / ihānenaikadā ["]tmā ca pare ca dṛṣṭvā (dṛṣṭā) bhantyarogiṇaḥ, sukhino, balavantaḥ / sopareṇa samayena paśyatyātmānamvā, paramvā, ābādhikaṃ, duḥkhitaṃ, bāḍhaglānaṃ, spṛṣṭaṃ śarīrikābhirvedanābhiḥ / sa punar apareṇa samayena paśyatyarogiṇaṃ, sukhitaṃ, balavantaṃ, dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ bhavaty anityā bata(te)(14A-3[7])me saṃskārā iti pūrvva-vat //
【13 終沒】tatra kathaṃ maraṇakṛtāṃ vipariṇāmānityatāṃ vyavacārayati / ihāyaṃ jīvitaṃ paśyati dhriyantaṃ, tiṣṭhantaṃ, yapayantaṃ, sopareṇa samayena mṛtaṃ kālagataṃ paśyati / vijñānaśūnyaṃ kalevaraṃ dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ bhavatīti vistareṇa pūrvva-vat //
【14 青瘀等】tatra kathaṃ [vi]nīlakādikṛtāṃ vipariṇāmānityatāṃ vyava(14A-3[8])cārayati / sopareṇa samayena tāma(tada)sthiśaṃkalikāvasthānaṃ paśyati / sa tadeva mṛtakalevaraṃ vinīlakāvasthamekadā paśyati / ekadā vipūyakāvasthamenaṃ vistareṇa yāvasthiśaṃkalikāvasthaṃ dṛṣṭvāsyaivaṃ bhavaty anityā bata(te)me saṃskārā iti vistareṇa pūrvva-vat //
【15 一切不現盡滅】tatra kathama saṃkhyā(ya)na parikṣaya-kṛtāmvipariṇāmānityatāṃ vyavacārayati [/] (14B-3[1]) sopareṇa [samayena] tāma(tada)pya[sthi]śaṃkalikāvasthānaṃ paśyati / sarvveṇa sarvvaṃ naṣṭā(ṣṭo) bhavati, vidhvastā(sto, viśīrṇṇaḥ / sarvveṇa sarvva cakṣuṣo[a]nābhāsagatā, dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ bhavaty anityā bata(te)me samskārāstathā hyeṣāṃ paurvvāparyeṇa pratyakṣata evāyamevaṃ rūpo vikāra upalabhyate / vipariṇāmaḥ /
【3 結】evaṃ tāvatpratyakṣādhipateyena manaskāreṇādhyātmikasya vastunaḥ(14B-3[2]) [paṃca(1)] daśabhir ākārair vipariṇāmānityatāṃ vyavacārayati / vyavacārayitvā(vyavacārya) ṣoḍaśavidhasya bāhyasya vastuno vipariṇāmānityatāṃ vyavacārayati /
【2 外事十六】【1 總說】ye'nena pṛthivīpradeśā nābhisaṃskṛtāḥ pūrvvaṃ dṛṣṭā bhavanti / gṛha-vastvāpaṇa-vastu-puṇya-śālā-deva-kula-vihār-avastu-prakāraiḥ paścāccābhisaṃskṛtānpaśyatyanabhisaṃskṛtānpaśyatyanandinavā(14B-3[3])nsukṛtānsūpaliptān (/) sopareṇa samayena jīrṇṇān paśyati / jarjarānalūnavilūnāṃ (nān) cchīrṇān cha(kṣa)titapatitān khalu chidrānagninā vā dagchanndakena vāpahratāṃ(hṛtān) / dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ bhavati / anityā bata(te)me saṃskārāḥ [/] tathāpye (hye)ṣāṃ paurvvāparyeṇāyamevaṃrūpaḥ pratrakṣo vikāro vipariṇāma upalabhyate /
【2 別釋】【1 地事】evaṃ pṛthivyāṃ vipariṇāmā(14B-3[4])nityatāṃ vyavacārayati / evaṃ tṛṇauṣadhivanaspataya ārāmodyānāni ca samṛddhapatrapuṣpaphalāni pasyati / harati tāni(haritāni) prāsādikānyabhiramyāṇi [/] upareṇa sa samayenocchuṣkāṇi pasyati / vigata-patra-puṣ-phalāni (/) agnidāhena vā dagdhāni (vā,)
【2 園事】tathā parvatānyekadā samṛddhapāṣāṇāni pasyatyekadā nirluṭhita-pāṣāṇāni patita (14B-3[5]) śṛṃgāṇi, patitakūṭāni, utkūla-nikūlānyagninā dagchāni, udakābhiṣyanditāni,
【3 山事】tathā utsasarastaḍāka(ga)nadīprasravaṇakūpādīnyekadā, samṛddhodakāni paśyatyekadā parikṣīṇodakāni, sarveṇa vā sarvvaṃ viśuṣkāṇi khilībhūtāni koṭarāṇi /
【4 水事】tathā karmāntānekadā sampadyamānānpaśyatyekadā vipadyamānāṃ (nān) [paśyati (1) /]
【5 業事】tad yathā (14B-3[6]) kṛṣikarmāntānnaukarmāntān samyag vyavahārakarmāntān vividhāṃchilpa (vidhāñchalpa)sthānakarmāntān,
【6 庫藏】tathā kośasannidhīnāṃ vicitrāṇāṃ nānāprakārāṇāmekadā ācayaṃ paśyatyekadā āpacayaṃ /
【7-8 飲食】tathā bhojanapānaṃ ca ekadā[na(2)]bhisaṃskṛtā(nnā)vasthaṃ paśyatyekadābhisaṃskṛtāvasthamekadā lālāvisar aviklinnamekadā yāvaduccāraprasrāvāvasthaṃ [paśyati (1)] /
【9 乘事】tathā vi(14B-3[7])vidhāni yānānyekadā sumaṇḍitāni svalaṃkṛtānyabhinavāni paśyatyekadā vigatālaṃkārāṇi / vigatamaṇḍanāni, jarjarāṇi /
【10 衣事】tathā vastrāṇāmekadā abhinavatāṃ pasyatyekadā purāṇatāṃ / prakṣīṇatāmekadā śuddhatāmekadā malinatāṃ /
【11 嚴具】tathālaṃkārāṇāmekadānabhisaṃskṛtatāmekadā[']bhisaṃskṛtatāmekadā sāratāmekadā(14B-3[8])bhinna-prabhinnatāmvikṣīṇatāṃ pasyati /
【12 園事】tathā nṛttagīta-vāditānāṃ pratyutpannaprayogavicitrabhūya [s]samudgatā[ṃ]-bhava-bhaṃgatām paśyati /
【13 香鬘塗飾所有】tathā gandhamālyavilepanānāṃ pratyagrasugandhā[']mlānatāṃ paśyati / apareṇa samayena nātisugandhadurgandhamlānaviśuṣkatāṃ paśyati /
【14 資具】tathā bhāṇḍopaskārāṇāmanabhisaṃskārābhisaṃskārasārabhagnatāṃ (14A-4[1]) paśyati /
【15 光明】tathā ālokānukārayoḥ saṃbhava-vibhavatām paśyati /
【16 男女承奉所有】tathā strīpuruṣacaryāsambhavavibhavatāṃ paśyati / asthiratāṃ [/] dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ bhavaty anityā bata(te)me saṃskārāstathā hyeṣāṃ bāhyānāṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ, ṣaṇṇāṃ ca parigraha-vastūnāṃ, daśānāñ ca kāya-parivārāṇāṃ pratyakṣatā, vikāro, viparimāṇo [']yamīdṛśa upalabhyate /
【3 結】sarvvatracai(14A-4[2])tat peyālaṃ veditavyaṃ //
ebhiraṣṭābhir vipariṇāma-kāraṇaiḥ pūrvva-nirdiṣṭair asyādhyatmika-bāhyasya vastuno yathāyogaṃ pratyakṣādhipateyena manaskāreṇaivaṃ vipariṇāmākāreṇānityatāṃ vyavacārayati / yathānena sā vipariṇāmānityatā pratyakṣaṃ dṛṣṭā bhavaty anubhūtā, aparapratyayaś ca tasyāṃ bhavaty ananyaneyaḥ / tathaivānusmaran(14A-4[3]) vyavacārayati / niścitaś ca bhavati / tenocyate pratyakṣādhipateyo manaskāra iti /
【3 以比量觀無常相】【1 牒結前】sa evaṃ pratyakṣādhipateyena manaskāreṇa vipariṇāmānityatāṃ vyavahā(cā)rayitvā(vyavacārya)
【2 辨先發論端】yeṣāṃ rūpiṇāṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ satī samvidyamānā kṣaṇotpanna-bhagnāvinīlatā(vilīnatā)nopalabhyate /
【3 正辨細無常】【1 以麁比細】tatra pratyakṣādhipateyaṃ manaskāraṃ niśrityānumānaṃ karotyevañca puna(14A-4[4])r anumānaṃ karoti / kṣaṇotpannabhganavilīnānāmeṣāṃ saṃskārāṇāmiyaṃ pūrvveṇāparā vikṛtiryujyate /(1) na tu tathaivāvasthitānāṃ, iti hi kṣaṇikāḥ samskārāsteṣu teṣu pratyayeṣu satsu tathā tathotpadyante /(2) utpannāścānapekṣya vināśaka [ā]ranaṃ svarasena vipa(na)śyanti /(3)
yāni punar etāni vipariṇāmakāraṇāni tānyanyathotpattaye satya(mva)(14A-4[5])rttante vikṛtāyā utpatteḥ kāraṇībhavanti / na tu vināśasya [/] tatkasya hetoḥ [/] sahaiva tena vināśakāraṇena vinaṣṭānāṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ yasmādvisadṛśā(śī) pravṛttirupalabhyate / na tu sarvveṇa sarvvamapravṛttireva [/] yeṣāmvā punaḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ sarvveṇa sarvvamapravṛttirupalabhyate / tad yathā kvāthyamānāmasāmante sarvveṇa sarvvamparikṣayo bhavati (14A-4[6]) agni-nirdagdhānāṃ ca loka-bhājanānāṃ masirapi na [pra(1)]jñāyate / chāyikā ca / śiṣṭam api na prajñāyate teṣām apy uttarottara-karaṇa-paryādānādante sarvveṇa sarvvamabhāvo bhavati / na tvagninaiva kriyate [/] tasmādvipariṇāma-kāraṇānyetānyaṣṭau yathoktāni svarasenaiva tu vināśo bhavati / sa e(14A-4[7])vamānumānika-manaskāreṇa saṃskāreṇa kṣaṇotpannabhagnavilīnatāyāṃ niścayaṃ pratilabhya punar apy apratyakṣa-paralokāsaṃskāra-pravṛttāvanumānaṃ karoti //
【2 以現所受果比知過去不現見因】evaṃ ca punar anumānaṃ karoti / santi satvā(ttvā) (14A-4[8]) ye avarṇṇā api,durvvarṇā apy upalabhyante, ucca-kulīnā api, ādya-kulīnā api, daridra-kulīnā api, alpeśākhyā api, dīrgha-yuṣo (ṣa)āde(14B-4[1])yavākyā api, anādeyavākyā api, tīkṣṇendriyā api [/] tadetat satva(ttva) vaicitryaṃ sati karmavaicitrye yujyate [/] nāsati / yudrūpaiḥ sattvairyadrūpaṃ pūrvvameva bhūtaṃ (kṛtaṃ?) kuśalākuśalaṃ citrakarma kṛtamupacitaṃ, tena hetunā, tena pratyayena, teṣāmidamātmabhāvavaicitryamabhinirvṛttaṃ // (1)
na caitadīśvaranirmāṇahetukaṃ yujyate / sa cedīśvara-nirmā(14B-4[2])ṇa-hetukaṃ syāttadīśvarapratyayameva vā syādanyena vopādāneneśvaro nirmimīta / sa cedīśvara pratyayameva syāt teneśvarasyaiṣāñca saṃskārāṇāṃ yaugapadyaṃ syāt / atha pūrvamīśvaraḥ paścāt saṃskārā, neśvarapratyayāḥ saṃskārā bhavanti / atheśvarasya praṇidhānaṃ nirmāṇa-kāraṇaṃ, neśvara eva / tena samīcchā sahetukā(kī) vā syānnirhetu(14B-4[3])kā(kī) vā [/] yadi sahetukā īśvarahetukaiva ca tena pūrvvakeṇa doṣeṇa tulyatayā na yujyate / athānyahetukā(kī) tenecchā prayatnaḥ / praṇidhānamīśvaravinirmuktānyadharmahetukā tathā sarvve[']pi samskārā dharmahetukā eva bhaviṣyanti / kimīśvareṇa vṛthā kalpitenety evam ādinā(1) a[ā]numānikena manaskārenaivaṃbhāgīyena, paralokena saṃ(14B-4[4])skārapravṛttau niścayaṃ pratilabhate /
sa evaṃ triḥprakāramanaskārādhipatyena śraddhādhipateyena pratyakṣādhipateyenānumānādhipateyānāṃ(yām) nityatāṃ vyavacārayati
【2 以別離行觀無常相】【1 牒前起後】tatra yā pūrvva pañca [vidhā '(2)] nityatā pañcākārabhāvanānugatā uddiṣṭā, tatra vipariṇāmākāranirdiṣṭā, vināśākārā ca /
【2 釋】visaṃyogākārā anityākārā(anityatā)katamā / āha / adhyā(14B-4[5])tmamupādāya bahirdhā ca veditavyā // tatrādhyātmanupādāya yathāpi tad ekatyaḥ pūrvvampareṣāṃ stā(svā)mī bhavaty adāsaḥ apreṣyaḥ / aparakarmakaraḥ / sopareṇa samayena svāmibhāvamadāsabhāvaṃ vihāya pareṣāṃ dāsabhāvamupagacchati / svāmibhāvādvisaṃyujyate /
tathā santaḥ samvidyamānā bhogā avipariṇatā, avinaṣṭā rajñā(ḥ(3)) (14B-4[6]) apahriyante / corairvvā, apriyairvvā, dāyādai[ritya]nityatā veditavyā /
【3 結(缺)】【3 以法性行觀無常相】tatra dharmatākārā[']nityatā yathāpi tasyā eva vipariṇāma[ā]nityatāyāḥ vināśānityatāyāḥ / vartamāne[']pyadhvanyasamavahitāyāḥ anābhoge(gate)[']dhvani bhāvinyā dharmatāṃ pratividhyatyevaṃ dharmāṇa (14B-4[7]) ete saṃskārā anāgate [']dhvani evaṃbhāgīyā iti /
【4 以合會行觀無常相】eṣu sannihitākārāya(rayā?) ita eva vipariṇāmānityatāṃ, vināśānityatāṃ, visaṃyogānityatāṃ samavahitāṃ saṃbhuravībhūta [ā]mākārayati / sa evam ādhyātmikabāhyānāṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ pañca-vidhāyāmanityatāyāmebhiḥ pañca(14B-4[8])bhirākārair yathāyogaṃ manasikārabāhulyād
【2 次三行悟入苦行】【1 結前起後】upapattisādhanabhāvanādhipatyāc ca niye(rme(1))yaṃ pratilabhya tada[na(2)]ntaraṃ duḥkhākāramavatarati / tasyaivam bhavati /
【2 釋】【1 不可愛行】ya ete samskārā anityāsteṣāmanityatāṃ(tā) (14A-5[1]) jāti-dharmato yujyate / iti hyeta eva saṃskārā jātidharmāṇaḥ, jātiś ca duḥkhā, yadā(yā) jātireva[ṃ]jarā vyādhirmaraṇa[ṃ], vipriya-saṃprayogaḥ, priya-vinābhāva, icchāvighātaś ca veditavyaḥ /(3) evaṃ tāvadaniṣṭā(tyā)-kāreṇa duḥkhākāramavatarati /
【2 結縛行】sa ye sukha-vedanīyāḥ skandhaḥ, sāsravāḥ, sopādānāsteṣu saṃyojana-bandhanākāreṇa duḥkhākāramavata(14A-5[2])rati / tathāhi te (tasya)tṛṣṇāsaṃyojanasyākāre [']dhiṣṭhānaṃ, tṛṣṇāsaṃyojanaṃ ca jāti-jarā-vyādhi-maraṇa-śoka-parideva-duḥkha-daurmanasyopāyāsa-bandhanasya, rāga-dveṣa-moha-bandhanasya cādhiṣṭhānaṃ tatrāyoga-kṣemāmāreṇa aduḥkhāsukha-sthānīyeṣu skandheṣu duḥkhākāramavatarati / tathā hyaduḥkhāsukha(ā)sthānīyāḥ skandhāḥ sopādā(14A-5[3])nā dauṣṭhulya-sahagatā abīja[ā]nugatā avinirmutkā / duḥkha-duḥkhatayā, vipariṇāma-duḥkhatayā ca / anityā, nirodha-dharmāṇaḥ
evam ayaṃ yogī sukha-sthānīyeṣu saṃskāreṣu, sukhāyāñca vedanāyāṃ vipariṇāma-duḥkhatāmavatīrṇo bhavati / yad uta saṃyojana-bandhanākāreṇa duḥkha-vedanā-sthānīyeṣu saṃskāreṣu (14A-5[4]) duḥkhāyāṃ vedanāyāṃ duḥkha-duḥkhatāmavatīrṇṇo bhavati /
【3 不安隱行】yudutāniṣṭākāreṇa aduḥkhāsukha-sthānīyeṣu saṃskāreṣu(ṣva) duḥkhāsukhāyāñca vedanāyāṃ saṃskāra-duḥkhatāma-vatīrṇṇo bhavati / yadutāyogakṣemākāreṇa [/] tasyaivaṃ bhavati /
【3 結】saṃyojana-bandhanākāramaniṣṭākāraṃ yoga-kṣema[ā]kāraṃ cādhipatiṃ kṛtvā tisṛṣu ve(14A-5[5])danāsu yatkiñcidvedayitamidamatra duḥkhasyety evam ayamanityākārapūrvvakeṇa manaskāreṇa duḥkhākāramavatīrṇṇo bhavati /
【3 無所得行悟入空行】tasyaivaṃ bhavatīndriyamātra(traṃ)saha(saḥ) upalabhate, viṣayamātraṃ / tajjamanuibhavamātraṃ / cittamātra hatāātmeti(hatātmeti) / nāmamātraṃ / darśanamātramupacāramātraṃ / nāta uttari nāto bhūyaḥ / tadevaṃ sati skandhamātra(14A-5[6])metannāstyeṣu skandheṣu nityo, dhruvaḥ, śāśvataḥ sva(ā)bhūtaḥ / kaścidātmā vā, satvo(ttvo) vā, yo [']sau jāyeta vā, nīyeta vā, mriyate(yeta)vā, tatra vā (tatra vā)(1) tatra kṛtakṛtānāṃ karmaṇāṃ phalavipākaṃ (14B-5[1]) pratisamvedayeta /(2)
iti hi śunyā ete saṃskārāḥ, ātmavirahitā ity evam anupalambha-kāreṇa śūnyākāramavatarati / tasyaivaṃ bhavati /
【4 不自在悟入無我行】ye punar ete saṃskārāḥ svalakṣaṇenānityalakṣaṇena, duḥkhalakṣaṇena yatkāste [']pi pratītyasamutpannatayā asvatantrā, ye [']svatantrāste[']nātmāna ity evam asvatantrākāreṇānātmākāram avatarati /
【3 總結十行攝於四行】evaṃ punar yogi(14B-5[2])nā daśākāraṃ grhītaiś caturbhirākārair duḥkha-satya-lakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃveditaṃ bhavati //
tatrānityākāraḥ pañcabhirākāraiḥ saṃgṛhītaḥ / (1) tad yathā vipariṇāmākāreṇa, visaṃyojanākāreṇa, sannihitākāreṇa, dharmatākāreṇa [/]
duḥkhākārastribhirākāraiḥ saṃgṛhītaḥ / saṃyojana-bandhanākāreṇa aniṣṭākāreṇa ayoga-kṣemākāreṇa ca [/] śunyākāra ekenākāreṇa saṃgṛhīto yadutānupalaṃbhākāreṇa [/]
ānātmākāra eke(14B-5[3])nākāreṇa saṃgṛhīto yadutāsvatantrākāreṇa /
【2 欲界集諦四行相】【1 初復次】sa evaṃ daśabhir ākāraiś caturākāra(2)[ā]nupraviṣṭo duḥkha-lakṣaṇa(āṃ) pratisaṃvedya, asya duḥkhasya ko hetuh, kaḥ samudayaḥ, prabhavaḥ pratyayaḥ iti / yasya prahāṇādasya duḥkhasya prahāṇaṃ syādityebhiś caturbhir ākārais samuda(14B-5[4])yasatyasya lakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvedayati / tṛṣṇāyā duḥkha-kṣemakatvāddhetutaḥ, ākṣipyābhinirvvartakatvāt samudayānayanāt samuda[āna(1)]yataḥ / abhinirvṛttir duḥkhitatvāt prabhavatvāt prabhavataḥ / punar āyatyāṃ duḥkha-bīja-parigrahatvād anukrameṇa ca / duḥkha-samudayānayanāt pratyayataḥ /
【2 第二復次】aparaḥ paryāyaḥ / upādānahetukasya ca bhavasya samudā(14B-5[5])gamādbhavapūrvikāyā jāteḥ prabhavatvāt, jāti-pratyayatāṃ, jāti ca (teś ca)jarā-vyādhi-maraṇa-śokādīnām abhinrvṛtteḥ /(2) hetutaḥ samudayatah, prabhavataḥ, pratyayataḥ / yathāyogaṃ veditavyaṃ /
【3 第三復次】aparaḥ paryāyaḥ [/] yaḥ kleśānuśaya āśraya[ḥ] punar bhavāmabhinirvṛttaye hetustajjasya ca paryavasthā nasya(3) yathā yo(14B-5[6])gaṃ veditvyaṃ [/] aparaḥ paryāyaḥ [/] yaḥ kleśānuśaya āśrayastṛṣṇānuśayādikaḥ / sa āyatyāṃ punar bhavābhinirvṛttaye hetustajjasya ca paryavasthānasya yathāyo(14A-6[1])gaṃ samudayaḥ, prabhavaḥ, pratyayaś ca [/]
tatra paunarbhavikyāstṛṣṇāyāḥ samudānanātsamudayataḥ / sa[ā]puna[ḥ] paunarbhavikī tṛṣṇā nandīrāgasahagatāyāstṛṣṇāyāḥ prabhavo bhavati sā punar nandīrāgasahagatā tṛṣṇā prabhūtā, tatra tatrābhinandinyāstṛṣṇāyāḥ pratyayo bhavaty evam asyānuśayagatāṃ tri-vidha-parya(14A-6[2])vasthāgatāṃ ca tṛṣṇāmāgamyāyati[h] / punar bhavasyābhinirvrttirbhavati prādurbhāvaḥ / tenāha hetu[taḥ(1)], samudayataḥ, prabhavataḥ, pratyayataś ca / evamayaṃ yagī ebhiś caturbhir ākāraissamudaya-satya-lakṣaṇaṃ pratisamvedayate /
【3 欲界滅諦四行相】samudaya-satya-lakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvedya asya samudaya-satyasyāśaṣoparamannirodhaṃ nirodhata ā(14A-6[3])kārayati / duḥkha-satyasyāśeṣoparamecchātaḥ, agratvācchreṣṭhatvāttadantaratvāt praṇītataḥ, nityatvānnissaraṇataḥ /
【4 欲界道諦四行相】evamayaṃ caturbhir ākārai nirodha-satyasya lakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvedayati / pratisamvedya jñeya-parimārgaṇārthena, bhūta-parimārganārthena caturbhir duḥkhair anupravartanārthena / nirvvāṇagamanāyaikāyanārthena (14A-6[4]) mārgaṃ mārga[to], nyayataḥ, pratipattito, nairyāṇikataś ca ākārayati /
【2 總結】sa evaṃ caturbhirākārairmārgatyasya lakṣaṇaṃ pratisamvedayate /
【2 解上界四諦】【1 結前生後】ayam asyocyate catur-ṣvāryasatyeṣv adhyātmaṃ prayātmaṃ lakṣaṇapratisaṃvedī(3) (yate / ayam asyoayate / catur-svāryasatye [ṣu(2)])(3) manaskāraḥ //
【2 正釋】sa evaṃ prayitmikān skandhān pratyeye(14A-6[5])nopaparīkṣya vyavacārayitvā(vyavacārya)viparokṣakān visabhagadhātukān / skandhānanumānataḥ parāhanti / tepyevaṃ dharmāṇah te[']pyevaṃnayapatitā iti / yat kiñcitsaṃskṛtaṃ sarvatra sarvaśaḥ [(1) evaṃ tadevaṃ pratisaṃvedī manaskāraḥ / pratyayenopaparīkṣyavyavacārayitvā(cārya) viparokṣān visabhāgadhātukān skandhānanumānataḥ parāhanti / te[']pyevaṃ dharmāṇaste [']pyevaṃ nayapatitā iti yatkiñcitsaṃskṛtaṃ sarvvatra sarvaśa(1)] evaṃ tadevaṃprakṛtikaṃ, tasya ca nirodhaḥ / śāntaḥ, mārgo, nairyāṇiko yastatprahāṇāya
【3 總結二智】tasya yadā vipakṣokteṣu pratyātmikeṣu skandhe(14A-6[6])ṣu satyajñānaṃ / yac ca viparokṣeṣu visabhāgadhātukeṣv anumānajñānaṃ / taddharmajñānānvayajñānayor utpattaye bīja-sthānīyaṃ bhavati /
【2 顯位地】sa cāyaṃ lakṣaṇa-pratisaṃvedī manaskāraḥ śruta-cintāvyavakīrṇṇo veditavyaḥ /
【2 ādhimokṣiko manaskāraḥ勝解作意mos pa las byuṅ ba yid la byed pa】【1 結前略標】yadā teṣu satyeṣv ayaṃ yogī evaṃ samyak(g)-vyavacāraṇānvayādibhiḥ ṣoḍaśa-bhirākāraiś caturṣv ārya-(14A-6[7])satyeṣu niścayaḥ[-yaṃ] pratitalabdho bhavati / yadutopapatti-sādhana-yuktyā, yad uta yāvadbhāvikatāṃ vā, tadā śruta-cintām ayaṃ manaskāraṃ samati-kramya vyavatīrṇṇavarttinamekāntena bhavanākāreṇādhimucyate / so [a]sya bhavatyādhimokṣiko manaskāraḥ /
【2 廣解四善根】【1 煖法】【1 辨緣諦盡所有性修作意相】satyālambanaś caikāntasāmahitaś ca [/] sa tasyānvayā[d]dve satye adhikṛtya duḥkha-(14A-6[8])satyañca samudayasatyañca aparyantaṃ jñānaṃ pratilabhate / yenānityamanityam ityanityāparyantam adhimucyate //
evaṃ duḥkhā [']paryantatāṃ śūnyākāyā[rā]paryantatāṃ, saṃkleśāparyantāmapāyagamanāparyantatāṃ sampatti(ttya) [paryanta(1)]nāṃ(tāṃ), vipati[ttya]paryantatāṃ, sa vyādhimaraṇa-śoka-paridevaduḥkha-daurmanasyopāyāsā (14B-6[1]) paryantatāṃ [/] tatrā [']paryanteti nāsti saṃsāraṃ(raḥ) sansa(saṃsa)rata, eṣāṃ dharmāṇāmanto nāsti paryantaḥ / yāvat sansā(saṃsā)rabhāvina ete dharmāḥ, sansā(saṃsā)vasya vā[']śeṣoparamādeṣāmuparamo, nāsti anyathoparama ityevaṃ sarva-bhava-gati-cyutyupapādebhyaḥ apraṇihā(hitā)-kāreṇāsanniśrayākāreṇa, prātikūlyāthī(dhi) kāreṇāsanniśrayāka[ā]reṇa [/] prātikūlyādhi(14B-6[2])kāreṇādhimucyamāna ādhimokṣikamanaskāraṃ bhāvayati / sa evaṃ sarvvabha(ā)vopapattibhyaḥ / cittamudvejayitvā(-mudvejya) / uttrāsya / u(t)trāsayitvā(sya) [a]dhyāśayena nirvvāṇe[']pyanyatamānyatamenākāreṇa praṇidadhāti / tasya dīrgha-rātraṃ tac citraṃ(ttaṃ)rūparataṃ śabda-gandha-rasa-spraṣṭa-vyarataṃ ā(tamā) citamupacitaṃ (rūpa-śabda-gandha-rasa-spraṣṭa-vyarataṃā(tamā) citamupacitaṃ(2) /) (14B-6[3]) rūpa-śabda-gandha-rasa-spraṣṭavyaiḥ / yenādhyāśayenāpi nirvvāṇaṃ pradadhate / na praskandati, na prasīdati / na saṃtiṣṭhate / na vimucyate, na pratyudāvarttate (/) mānasaṃ, śānta-dhātvanabhilakṣitatayā / paritamanāmupādāya, sa punaḥ punas taccittamudvejayatyu[t]trāsayati / duḥkha-satyāt samudaya-satyādudvejyo[j]trāsya punaḥ punar adhyāśayato (14B-6[4]) nirvvāre praṇidadhāti / tathāpyasya na praskandati / tatkasya hetostathā hyasau[au]dāriko[a]smi ma[ā]no[']bhisamayāya vibandhakaraḥ(1) / sa manaskārānupraviṣṭaḥ sāntaravyantaro vartate /(2) ahamasmi saṃskṛ(sṛ)tavāna(2)hamasmi saṃsariṣyāmi / ahamasmi parinirvvāsyami, ahamasmi(n(3)) parinirvvāṇāya kuśalāndharmān bhāvayāmi / ahamasmi(14B-6[5])duḥkhaṃ duḥkhataḥ (/(3)) paśyāmi, smudayaṃ samudayto, nirodhaṃ nirodhataḥ / ahamasmi mārgaṃ mārgataḥ paśyāmi / ahamasmi śūnyaṃ śūnyato' praṇihitamapraṇihitataḥ / ānimittamānimittataḥ paśyāmi mamaite dharmāstaddhetos tatpratyayasya taccittaṃ na praskandatyā(tya)dhyāśayamvā[']dhyāśayato [a]pi nirvvāṇama (ta)(14B-6[6])smimānaṃ nirba(viba)ndhakā(ka)raṃ vibandhakāra iti laghu laghveva prajñayā pratividhya, svarasānupravṛttau manaskāramutsṛjya, bahirdhā jñeyālambanād vyāvartya, mā(ma)naskārapraviṣṭāṃ, maskārānugatām, satyavyavacārā(ra)ṇāmārabhate / sa utpannotpannaṃ cittaṃ nirudhyamānamanantarotpannena cittena bhajyamānaṃ paśyati / pravāhānuprabandhayogena / sa tathā (14B-6[7]) cittena cittamālambanī-karotyavaṣṭabhate / yathāsya yo [']sau manaskārānupraviṣṭo[']smimāno vipakṣa(bandha)karaḥ sa tasyāvakāśaḥ / punar bhava-vyutpattaye //
【2 緣如所有性作四諦現觀】tathā prayutko [']yaṃ yogī yattasyāścittasantateḥ anyo[']nyatāṃ navanavatāmāpāyikatāṃ tāvatkālikatāmitvarapratyupasthāyitāñca paurvvāparyeṇa pasyatīdam asyā[a]nityatāyā(14B-6[8])yattas yāś citta-santateḥ upādāna-skandhānupraviṣṭatāṃ paśyatīdamasya duḥkhatāyāstatra yaccittaṃ dharmaṃ nopalabhate / idam atra śūnyatāyāstatra(1) yasyā eva citta-santateḥ pratītyasamutpannatām asvatantrām paśyatīdam asyānātmatāyā[ḥ /] (14A-7[1]) evaṃ tāvad duḥkha-satyama vatīrṇo bhavati / tasyaivaṃ bhavatīyam api me citta-santatiḥ / tṛṣṇā-haitukī, tṛṣṇā-samudayā, tṛṇā-prabhavā, tṛṣṇā-pratyayā [/] asyā api citta-santeteryo nirodhaḥ so[']pi śāntaḥ / asyā api yo nirodhagāmī mārgaḥ / sa nairyāṇika ityevam aparīkṣita-manaskāra-parīkṣāyogena sūkṣmayā prajñayā na tānyārya-satyā(14A-7[2])nyavatīrṇṇo bhavati / tasyaivamāsevanānvayādbhāvanānvayāttasyāḥ samasamālambyālambaka-(ā)jñānamutpadyate / yenāsya udārikatvāsmimāno nirvvāṇābhirataye vibandha-karaḥ samudācarataḥ prahīyate / nirvvāṇe cādhyāyataścittaṃ pradadhataḥ praskandati / napratyudāvartate (yati) (/) mānasaṃ paritamanām upādāya / adhyāśaya(14A-7[3])taś cābhiratiṃ gṛhṇāti / tathābhūta(/)syāsya mṛdu-kṣānti-sahagataṃ samasamālambyālambaka-jñānaṃ tadūṣmagatam ity ucyate /
【2 頂法】yanmadhya-kṣānti-parigṛhītaṃ tanmuḍhe(ḍhami)ty ucyate /
【3 忍法】yadadhimātra-kṣānti-saṃgṛhītaṃ tanmadhyānulomā kṣāntir ity ucyate //
sa evam vibandha-karamasmimānaṃ prahāya nirvvāṇe cādhyāśayaratiṃ parigṛhya(14A-7[4])yo [']sāvuttarottaraś citta-parikṣayābhisaṃskāraḥ / tamabhi-saṃskāraṃ samutsṛjya anabhisaṃskāratāyāṃ nirvikalpa-cittamupanikṣipati / tasya taccittaṃ tasmin samaye khyāti-niruddham iva / na ca taṃ(tan) niruddhaṃ khyātibhavaty anālambanamiva / na ca tadālambanaṃ bhavati /
【4 世第一法】tasya tac cittaṃ praśāntaṃ vigatamiva khyāti / na ca tadvigataṃ bhavati /(14A-7[5]) na ca punas tasmiṃ(smin) samaye madhukaramiddhāvaṣṭabdham api tac cittaṃ niruddhamiva khyāti / na ca tanniruddhaṃ bhavati / yat tad ekatyānāṃ [mandānāṃ(1)] momūhānām abhisamayā[yā]bhimānāya bhavatīdaṃ punaś cittamabhisamayāya iva, na cirasye dānīṃ samyak tvaṃ(ttva) (/) nyāmāvakrāntir bhaviṣyatīti / yadi yamīdṛśī cittasyāvasthā bhavati /
【3 prāvivekyo manaskārah遠離作意rab tu dben pa yid la byed pa】tasya tatsarvva-paścima-nirvvikalpaṃ (14A-7[6]) cittaṃ yasyānantaraṃ pūrvavicāriteṣu satveṣvadhyātmamābhogaṃ karoti / te laukikā agradharmāḥ /
tasmātpareṇāsya lokottarameva cittamutpadyate / na laukikaṃ [/] sīmā eṣā lankikānāṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ, paryanta eṣastenocyante laukikā agradharmā iti / teṣāṃ samanantarapūrvvāvicāritāni satyā[nyā(2)] bhra(vra)jati / ābhogasamantaraṃ yathāpūrvvā(14B-7[1])nukramaḥ [/]
vicāriteṣu satyeṣu anupūrvveṇa iva nirvvikalpa-pratyakṣa-parokṣeṣu // niścaya-jñānaṃ pratyakṣa-jñānamutpadyate / tasyotpādāt traidhātukāvacarāṇāṃ darśana-prahātavyānāṃ kleśānāṃ pakṣyaṃ dauṣṭhulya-sanni-śraya-sanni-viṣṭa tatprahīyate / tasya prahāṇāt sacetpūrvvam eva kāmebhyo vītarāgo bhavati / saha sa(ga?)tyābhisamayāt / (14B-7[2]) tasmin samaye[']nāgāmītyucyate(1) / tasya tānyeva liṃgani veditavyāni / yāni pūrvvamuktāni bītarāgasyāyantu viśeṣaḥ / ayamaupapāduko bhavati / tatra parinirvvāyī / anāgantā punar imaṃ lokaṃ [/]
sacet punar yad bhūyo vītarāgo bhavati / saha gatyā abhisamayāt sakṛdāgāmī bhavati /
sacet punar avītarāgo bhavati / (14B-7[3]) sa bhūyassa tasya dauṣṭulyasya pratipraśrabdheḥ srota āpanno bhavati / jñeyena jñānaṃ samāgataṃ bhavati / pratyakṣatayā / tenocyate [a]bhisamayataḥ / tad yathā kṣatriyaḥ kṣatriyeṇa / sārdhaṃ sammukhībhāvaṃ tadanvabhisamayāgata ity ucyate / evaṃ brahmaṇādayo veditavyāḥ / tasyemāni liṃgāni catvāri jñānānyanena pratilabdhāni (14B-7[4]) bhavanti / sattvacāravihāramanasikāreṣu tīrayato dharma-mātra-jñānamanuccheda-jñānamaśāśvatajñānaṃ / pratītyasamutpannasaṃskāramāyopamajñānaviṣayo[']cāsyapi caratah, sutīvram api kleśaparyavasthānaṃ / yadyapi smṛti-saṃpramoṣādutpadyate / tadapyasyābhogamātrāllaghu laghveva vigacchati / tathā agantā bha(14B-7[5])vatyapāyāṃ(yān) na saṃcidhyaṇikṣāṃ (vidhya[ti]śikṣāṃ) vyatikrāmati / ca tiryagyoni(kṛtaṃ(2)) gataṃ prāṇinaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayati / na śikṣāṃ pratyakhyāya hāvāyārvattate / abhavyo bhavati pañcānām ānantaryāṇāṃ(1) karmmaṇāṃ karaṇatāyai / na svayaṃkṛta-sukha-duḥkhaṃ paryeti, na parakṛtaṃ, na svayaṃkṛtaṃ ca parakṛtaṃ ca, na svayaṃkārāparakā(14B-7[6])rāhetusamutpannaṃ /(2) na ito bahirdhā[']nyaṃ śastāraṃ paryeṣate / na dakṣiṇīyaṃ / na pareṣāṃ śramaṇa-brāhmaṇānāṃ sukhāvalokako bhavati / sukha-parīkṣakaḥ / nānyatra dṛṣṭa-dharmā, prapta-dharmā, paryavagāḍha-dharmā, tīrṇṇa-kāṃkṣas tīrṇna-vicikitsaḥ, apara-pratyayo[']nanyaneyaḥ, śātuḥ śāsane dharmeṣu vai(14A-8[1])śāradyaprāptaḥ / sa kautūhalamaṃgalā-ca bhyāṃ(3) śuddhiṃ pratyeti / nāpyaṣṭamaṃ bhavamabhinirvvarttayati / caturbhir avetyaprasādaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati / tasya yāvallaukikebhyo[']gradharmebhya adhimokṣiko manaskāraḥ satyānyabhisamitavataḥ kleśeṣudarśanaprahātavyeṣu prahīṇeṣu prāvivekyo manaskāraḥ, prahāṇāya (14A-8[2]) ca /
【4 mīmānsā manaskāraḥ觀察作意dpyod pa'i yid la byed pa】【1 略辨】【1 明斷修惑得二果相】ata ūrdhvaṃ yathāpratilabdhaṃ mārgaṃ bhāvayato [']bhyasyataḥ kāmāvacarāṇāmadhimātramadhyānāṃ kleśānāṃ prahāṇāt sakṛdāgāmī(1) bhavati / tasyāpi yāni srota āpannasya liṃgāni /(2) sarvvāṇī veditavyāni / ayañca viśeṣo yadviṣaye [']dharakleśasthānīyeṣu adhimātra-paryavasthānīye[']pi baddhaṃ kleśa-paryava(14A-8[3])sthānamutpādayatyāśu cāpanayati / sakṛccemaṃ lokamāgamya duḥkhasyāntaṃ karoti / anāgāmī / anāgāmiliṃgāni ca pūrvvoktānītyeva
【2 明捨中觀察】tatra sarvvo bhāvanāmārgaḥ pratyavekṣya pratyavekṣya mīmānsā(māṃsa) manaskāreṇa prahīṇāprahīṇatāṃ yathāpratilabdhamārgābhyāmaprabhāvitaḥ /
【2 廣釋】【1 初問答廣辨修道體用品類差別】tatra bhāvanāyāḥ katamaḥ (14A-8[4]) svabhāvaḥ [/] katamatkarma / katamaḥ prakārabhedaḥ / yaḥ samāhita-bhūmikena manaskāreṇa laukika-lokottareṇaiṣāṃ kuśalānāṃ saṃskṛtānāṃ dharmāṇām abhyāsaḥ / paricayaḥ, sātatyasatkṛtya kriyā / citta-santatestanmayatā copanaya[na]mayam ucyate bhāvanā svabhāvaḥ /
【2 明於中觀察】【1 八種修】tatra bhāvanāyā aṣṭavidhaṃ karma / eka(14A-8[5])tyāndharmānbhāvayan pratilabhate / ekatyāndharmānbhāvanayā niṣevate / ekatyāndharmānviśodhayatyekatyāndharmān prativinodayatyekatyāndharmān parija[ā]nāti /(3) ekatyā ndharmānprajahā(1)tyekatyan dharmān prajahātyekatyān dharmān sākṣātkarotyekatyāndharmāndūrīkaroti / tatra ye tāvadapratilabdhā dharmāḥ kuśalā vaiśeṣikāstān pratilabhate / ekatyā(tye) dharmā(14A-8[6])bhāvanayā labdhāḥ, saṃmukhībhūtāś ca vartta[n]te tānniṣevate / tatra ye pratilabdhā, na ca saṃmukhī-bhūtāste taj-jātīyair-dharmair-niṣevya-māṇau(ṇai)rāyatyāṃ saṃukhī-kriyamāṇā[ḥ], pariśuddhatarā[h], paryavadātatarāścotpadyante tatra ye smṛti-saṃpramoṣā(t) kliṣṭā(n) dharmā(14B-8[1])nsamudā-caranti / tānkuśala-dharmābhyāsa-balenādhivāsayati / prajahāti / vinodayati / vyantī karoty anutpannān eva vā prahāta-vyāndharmānrogataḥ parijānāti / vidūṣayati / śalyato, gaṇḍataḥ, aghataḥ, anityato, duḥkhataḥ, śūnyato, [a]nātmataś ca parijānāti / vidūṣayati / tasya parijñān-ābhyāsādānantarya-mārga utpadyate / kleśānāṃ prahāṇāya, (14B-8[2]) yena prajahāti / prahīṇe ca punar vimuktiṃ sākṣātkaroti / yathā ca yathoparimāṃ bhūmimākramate / tathā tathā adhobhūmikāḥ praḥāṇa(ā)dharmā dūrī bhavanti / yāvan niṣṭhāgamanādidaṃ bhāvanīyamaṣṭavidhaṃ karma veditavyam //
【2 十一種品類差別】tatra bhāvanāyāme (yā e)kādaśavidhaḥ(2) prakārabhedo veditavyaḥ tad yathā śamathabhāvanā, vipaśyanā-bhāvanā, [pūrvvavadeva tatra](1) lauki(14B-8[3])kamārgabhāvanā, lokottara-mārga-bhāvanā, mṛdu-madhyādhimātra-bhāvanā, prayoga-mārga-bhāvanā, ānantarya-vimukti-viśeṣa-mārga-bhāvanā [/]
tatra śamatha-bhāvanā navākārāyāś citta-sthityā[ṃ](ñcittasthityāṃ) pūrvva-vat /
vipaśyanā-bhāvanā pūrvvavadeva / tatra laukika-mārga-bhāvanā [ya(2)] dadhobhūmikānāmaudārika-darśanatayā upari-bhūmīnāṃ ca śānta-darśanatayā, (14B-8[4]) yāvadākiñcanyāyatana-vairāgya-gamanaṃ [/]
tatra lokottara-mārga-bhāvanā duḥkhaṃ vā duḥkhato manasikurvvataḥ, yāvanmārgamvā mārgato manasikurvvataḥ / yadanāsraveṇa mārgeṇa samyag dṛṣṭyādikana yāvannaiva saṃjñā nāsaṃjñāyatana-vairāgyagamanaṃ [/]
tatra mṛdumārgabhāvanā yayaudārikānadhimātrān kleśānprajahāti / tatra ma(14B-8[5])dhyamārgabhāvanā yayā madhyān kleśān prajahāti / tatrādhi[mātra(2)] mārgabhāvanā yayā mṛduṃ kleśaprakāraṃ prajahāti / sarvvampaścātyaheyaṃ /
tatra prayogamārgabhāvanā yayā prayogamārabhate kleśa prahāṇāya / tatrānantaryamārgabhāvanā yayā prajahāti / tatra vimukti-mārga-bhāvanā yayā samanantara-prahīṇe kleśa-vimuktiṃ sākṣā(14B-8[6])tkaroti / tatra viśeṣa-mārga-bhāvanā yayāsta(yayā ta)ta ūrdhvaṃ yāvadanya-bhūmikasya kleśa-prayogamārabdhavyaṃ nārabhate / niṣṭhāgato vā nārabhate / ityayam ekādaśavidho bhāvanāyāḥ prakārabhedo veditevyaḥ /
【5 ratisaṁgrāhako manaskārah攝樂作意dga' ba sdud pa yid la byed pa】tasyaivaṃ bhāvanāprayuktasya kālena ca kālaṃ kleśānāṃ (15A-8[1])(1) prahīṇāprahīṇatāṃ mīmānsa(māṃsa)taḥ (mānasya?) kālena kālaṃ saṃvejanīyeṣu dharmeṣu cittaṃ samvejayataḥ, kālena kālamabhipramodanīyeṣv abhipramodayataḥ so 'sya bhavati[rati(2)] saṃgrāha[ko(3)] manaskāraḥ /
【6 prayoganiṣṭho manaskārah加行究竟作意sbyor ba mthar thug pa yid la byed pa】tasyāsya rati-saṃgrāhakasya manaskārasyāsevanānvayād bhāvanānvayādbahulīkārānvayānniravaśeṣa-bhāvanāprahātavya(3)[āḥ(4)] kleśa-prahāṇā(15A-8[2])ya sarvva-paścimah śaikṣo vajropamaḥ samādhir utpadyate / tasyotpādātsarvve bhāvanāprahātavyāḥ kleśāḥ prahīyante /
kena kāraṇena vajropama ity ucyate(5) / tad yathā vajra[ṃ] sarvveṣāṃ tadanyeṣāṃ maṇi-muktā-vaiḍurya-śaṃkha-śilā-pravāḍā(lā)dīnāṃ maṇīnāṃ(1) sarvva-sāraṃ sarvva-dṛḍham(2) tadanyānvilikhati / na tvanyair maṇibhir vilikhyate evam evā(15A-8[3])yaṃ samādhiḥ sarvva-śaikṣa-samādhīnām agryaḥ,śreṣṭhaḥ sarvva-sāraḥ(3) sarvva-kleśānabhibhavati / na ca punar utpatti-kleśair abhibhūyate / tasmādvajropama ity ucyate /
【7 prayoganiṣṭhaphala manaskārah加行究竟果作意sbyor ba mthar thug pa'i bras bu yid la byed pa】【1 辨有為無為果體,以其標位】tasya vajropamasya samādheḥ samanantaraṃ sarvva-kleśa-pakṣyaṃ dauṣṭhulya-bīja-samuddhātādatyantatāyai cittamadhimucyate / gotra-pariśuddhiṃ cānu prāpnoti [/] sarvva dauṣṭhulya kle(15A-8[4])śondhakṣayāya jñānamutpadyate / hetu-kṣayāccāyatyāṃ duḥkhasya sarvveṇa sarvvamaprādurbhāvāyānutpāda jñānamutpadyate / sa tasmin samaye [']rhan bhavati / kṣīṇāsravaḥ, kṛtakṛtyaḥ, kṛtakaraṇīyo [']nuprāptasvakāryaḥ samyag-ājñā-suvimukta-cittaḥ parikṣīṇa-bhava-saṃyojanaḥ / daśabhir aśaikṣair dharmaiḥ samanvāgataḥ / aśaikṣa(15A-8[5])yā samyag dṛṣṭyā samyak saṃkalpena yāvadaśaikṣayā samyag vimuktyā samyag jñānena [/] svacitta-vaśavartī ca bhavati / ca vihāre manasikāre ca / samayena yena kṃākṣate / vihāreṇāryeṇa vā, divabcyena vā, brahmeṇa vā, tena tena vihavati / yaṃ yamevākāṃkṣate dharmaṃ manasi karttum kuśalamarthopasaṃhitaṃ / laukikaṃ vā (15A-8[6]) lokottaramvā, taṃ tameva manasi karoti /
tatrāryo vihāraḥ śūnya[ta]āvihāro(ra[ā])-nimitta-vihāro['praṇihita vihāro(1)] nirodha-samāpatti-vihāraś ca / divabcyo vihāro dhyānārūpyavihāraḥ /
brāhmo vihāro maitrīkaruṇāmuditopekṣāvihāraḥ /
【2 重明羅漢勝德】atyanta-nirmala[o]bhavaty atyanta-vimalo [']tyanta-brahmacarya-parya vasāṇaḥ / (15A-8[7]) nirgata ivāsi utkṣipta pari(1) ..... .......... ityapi paṃcāṃga-prahīṇa-ṣaḍ-aṃga-samanvāgataḥ (e)kārakta ..............(15B-8[1])śe(śro)─ttu(tra)(kṣetra?) dharmāśrayaḥ / praṇunnaḥ pratye .... praviyu(mu)kta cittaḥ, suvimukta-prajñaḥ kevalo ukṣi .....cci ....li puruṣa ity ucyate / pa ścitu ... samanvāgato bhavati / pā laṃ dṛṣṭvā caivaṃ sumanāḥ
(15B-8[2]) bhavati suṣṭhumamāh upekṣako bhavati smṛtaḥ samprajā[nā]naḥ / evaṃ śrotreṇa śabdān, ghrāṇena gandhān, jīhvayā rasān, kāyena spraṣṭavyān, manasā dharmān, vijñāya / me va ... tad urdhva / upekṣako viharati smṛtaḥ saṃprajā[nā]naḥ / sa tasmin samaye apariśeṣa-rāga-kṣayaṃ pratisaṃvedayati / sa kṣayādrāga-dveṣa-mohānāṃ yattyāgaṃ (yastyāgaḥ), tanna karoti ....
(15B-8[3]) samacittaś ca bhavati vāsī candankalpaḥ sendro pitryāṇāṃ devānāṃ mānyaś ca pūjyaś ca mārgakāśeṣa-dhātu-pratiṣṭhite ca bhavati tīrṇṇaḥ pāragato [']ntima(ā) dehadhārītyucyate / pūrvakarmakleśāviddhānāṃ pañca skandhānāṃ svarasaṃ ... nānu pādānāt va, nirupadhi-śeṣa-nirvāṇa-dhātau (praviṣṭaḥ / praviśati)
(15B-8[4]) ... parinirvavṛte[a] bhavati / yathā na saṃsṛto(tau) nānyatra yad duḥkhaṃ tanniruddhaṃ tavyupaśāntaṃ tac chītībhūtaṃ bhava iṃ gataṃ / śāntaṃ śāntamidaṃ padaṃ / yad uta sarvvopadhipratiniḥ sarvasaṃjñākṣayo virāgo nirodho nirvāṇaṃ tasyemāni liṃgānyevaṃ bhāgīyāti veditavyāni / pañca sthānānyu ... bhikṣuḥ kṣīṇāsravaḥ prati / vi vine / kta manyamasaṃ tathā /
(15B-8[5]) prāpayituṃ mandadā tra ma brahmacaryaṃ maithunaṃ dharmaṃ pratiṣevituṃ / saṃprajāna[āno] mṛṣāpabhāṣitumabhavyaḥ mandavikāreṇa kāmānparibhoktuṃ / tathā bhavyaḥ svayaṃ kṛtaṃ sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ pratyetuṃ / pūrvvavad yāvat svayaṃ kāyakāro[']hetu-samutpannamugraduḥkhaṃ praṇītamamavyāya kṛtastubhiḥ(tiḥ) / satrāsaṃ māṃsaṃ bhakṣya(vya) ......
(15B-8[6]) 'anyatāmānyatamvā bhayabhairavaṃ ... saṃtrāsamāpattu rayamasau vajropamaḥ samādhirayaṃ prayoganiṣṭho manaskāraḥ
【3 對因立果】yaḥ punar agra-phalārhattva-saṃgṛhīta-manaskāro 'yaṃ prayoga-tiṣṭhā- phalo manaskāraḥ /
【3 總結】ebhiḥ saptabhirmanaskārairlokottareṇa mārgeṇātyantaniṣṭhāt(1) ā / prā pā taḥ - ta(1)
【3 聲聞地總結】(15B-8[7]) ity ayam ucyate sā / mo dha ka(2) sarvveṣāṃ samya-k-saṃbuddhānāṃ saśrāvaka-saṃyuktānāṃ nirdeśa-sthānīyānāṃ sākṣātkā[ra] sthānīyānāṃ tad yathā sarva-nāmakāya-padakāya-vyaṃjanakāya-kāvyamanu[1]śāstrāṇi // mātṛkā //
//uddānam //